As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 1, 2013

Registration No. 333-                     

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM S-8

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

ACTAVIS PLC

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Ireland   98-1114402

(State or Other Jurisdiction of

Incorporation or Organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

70 Sir John Rogerson’s Quay

Dublin 2, Ireland

(862) 261-7000

(Address of Principal Executive Offices)

THE 2013 INCENTIVE AWARD PLAN OF ACTAVIS plc

ACTAVIS, INC. 401(K) PLAN

WARNER CHILCOTT EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

(Full Title of the Plans)

Paul M. Bisaro

President and Chief Executive Officer

Actavis plc

Morris Corporate Center III

400 Interpace Parkway

Parsippany, New Jersey 07054

(862) 261-7000

(Name, Address and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Agent for Service)

 

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer   x    Accelerated filer   ¨
Non-accelerated filer   ¨   (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)    Smaller reporting company   ¨

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

Title of Securities

to be Registered

  Title of Plan  

Amount

to be

Registered(1)

 

Proposed

Maximum

Offering Price

Per Share(5)

 

Proposed

Maximum

Aggregate

Offering

Price(5)

 

Amount of

Registration

Fee

Ordinary Shares, par value $0.0001 per share

  The 2013 Incentive Award Plan of Actavis plc    10,307,006(2)    $140.2355   $1,445,408,140    $186,169

Ordinary Shares, par value $0.0001 per share

  Actavis, Inc. 401(k) Plan        500,000(3)   $143.09       $     71,545,000    $     9,215

Ordinary Shares, par value $0.0001 per share

  Warner Chilcott Equity Incentive Plan        503,039(4)   $103.3255   $     51,976,757    $    6,695

 

 

(1) Pursuant to Rule 416(a) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), this Registration Statement also covers an indeterminate number of additional Ordinary Shares, par value $0.0001 per share (“ Ordinary Shares ”), of Actavis plc, a public limited company organized under the laws of Ireland (the “ Registrant ”), which may be offered and issued to prevent dilution resulting from adjustments as a result of stock dividends, stock splits, reverse stock splits, recapitalizations, reclassifications, mergers, split-ups, reorganizations, consolidations and other capital adjustments.
(2) Represents 257,364 Ordinary Shares issuable pursuant to outstanding but unexercised options previously granted under the 2013 Incentive Award Plan of Actavis plc, formerly the Fourth Amendment and Restatement of The 2001 Incentive Award Plan of Watson Pharmaceuticals, Inc., as amended (the “ 2013 Plan ”) and 10,049,642 Ordinary Shares reserved for future issuance under the 2013 Plan.
(3) Pursuant to Rule 416(c) under the Securities Act, this Registration Statement also covers an indeterminate number of plan interests to be offered or sold pursuant to the Actavis, Inc. 401(k) Plan. Pursuant to Rule 457(h)(2) under the Securities Act, no separate fee is required to register plan interests.
(4) Represents 250,164 Ordinary Shares issuable pursuant to outstanding but unexercised options previously granted under the Warner Chilcott Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Warner Chilcott Plan ”) and 252,875 Ordinary Shares subject to outstanding restricted share unit awards previously granted under the Warner Chilcott Plan . No new awards will be made under the Warner Chilcott Plan.
(5) The proposed maximum offering price per share and the proposed maximum aggregate offering price are estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the amount of the registration fee. Other than with respect to the Ordinary Shares issuable pursuant to outstanding but unexercised options previously granted under the 2013 Plan and the Warner Chilcott Plan, pursuant to Rule 457(c) and 457(h) of the Securities Act, the proposed maximum offering price per share and the proposed maximum aggregate offering price are based on the average of the high and low prices of Actavis, Inc. (the predecessor to the Registrant) common shares as reported on the New York Stock Exchange on September 30, 2013 of $143.09. With respect to the Ordinary Shares issuable pursuant to outstanding but unexercised options previously granted under the 2013 Plan and the Warner Chilcott Plan, pursuant to Rule 457(h)(1) of the Securities Act, the proposed maximum offering price per share and the proposed maximum aggregate offering price are based on the weighted average per share exercise price of $28.77 for the 257,634 Ordinary Shares issuable pursuant to outstanding but unexercised options previously granted under the 2013 Plan and the weighted average per share exercise price of $63.13 for the 250,164 Ordinary Shares issuable pursuant to outstanding but unexercised options previously granted under the Warner Chilcott Plan.

Proposed sales to take place as soon after the effective date of the registration statement as awards granted under the above-named plans are granted, exercised and/or distributed.

 

 

 


EXPLANATORY NOTE

Pursuant to the Transaction Agreement, dated May 19, 2013 (the “ Transaction Agreement ”), among Actavis, Inc. (“ Actavis ”), the Registrant, Actavis Ireland Holding Limited, Actavis W.C. Holding LLC, Actavis W.C. Holding 2 LLC (“ MergerSub ”) and Warner Chilcott Public Limited Company (“ Warner Chilcott ”), (a) the Registrant acquired Warner Chilcott pursuant to a scheme of arrangement under the Irish Companies Act of 1963, and (b) MergerSub merged with and into Actavis, with Actavis as the surviving corporation in the merger (collectively, the “ Transactions ”), which Transactions were consummated on October 1, 2013. As a result of the Transactions, both Actavis and Warner Chilcott became wholly owned subsidiaries of the Registrant.

This Registration Statement on Form S-8 (the “ Registration Statement ”) relates to the registration of Ordinary Shares of the Registrant to be offered and sold under (a) The 2013 Incentive Award Plan of Actavis plc, formerly the Fourth Amendment and Restatement of the 2001 Incentive Award Plan of Watson Pharmaceuticals, Inc., as amended, (b) the Actavis, Inc. 401(k) Plan, and (c) the Warner Chilcott Equity Incentive Plan.

PART I

INFORMATION REQUIRED IN THE SECTION 10(a) PROSPECTUS

The information specified in Items 1 and 2 of Part I of Form S-8 is omitted from this filing in accordance with the provisions of Rule 428 under the Securities Act and the introductory note to Part I of Form S-8. The documents containing the information specified in Part I will be delivered to the respective participants in the plans covered by this Registration Statement and as required by Rule 428(b)(1).

PART II

INFORMATION REQUIRED IN THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT

Item 3. Incorporation of Documents by Reference.

The following documents filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Commission ”) are incorporated herein by reference (except for any portions of Current Reports on Form 8-K furnished pursuant to Item 2.02 or Item 7.01 thereof and any corresponding exhibits thereto not filed with the Commission):

 

  (a) The Registrant’s final prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act on July 31, 2013 (File No. 333-189402);

 

  (b) The Annual Report on Form 11-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012 with respect to the Actavis, Inc. 401(k) Plan (File No. 001-13305);

 

  (c) Actavis’ Current Reports on Form 8-K filed on August 1, 2013, August 2, 2013, August 16, 2013, August 29, 2013, September 11, 2013 and September 27, 2013 (File No. 001-13305);

 

  (d) Warner Chilcott’s Current Reports on Form 8-K filed on August 1, 2013, August 9, 2013, August 22, 2013, August 29, 2013, September 4, 2013 and September 10, 2013 (File No. 000-53772); and

 

  (e) The description of the Registrant’s Ordinary Shares, contained in the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, as amended (File No. 333-189402), under the heading “Description of New Actavis Ordinary Shares.”

All documents that the Registrant and the Actavis, Inc. 401(k) Plan file pursuant to Sections 13(a), 13(c), 14 and 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”), subsequent to the effective date of this Registration Statement (except for any portions of the Registrant’s Current Reports on Form 8-K furnished pursuant to Item 2.02 or Item 7.01 thereof and any corresponding exhibits thereto not filed with Commission), but prior to the filing of a post-effective amendment to this Registration Statement indicating that all securities offered hereby have been sold or which deregisters all securities than remaining unsold shall be deemed to be incorporated by reference in this Registration Statement and to be a part hereof from the date of filing such documents.


Any statement contained in a document incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference herein shall be deemed to be modified or superseded for purposes of this Registration Statement to the extent that a statement contained herein or in any other subsequently filed document which also is or is deemed to be incorporated by reference herein modifies or supersedes such statement. Any such statement so modified or superseded shall not be deemed, except as so modified or superseded, to constitute a part of this Registration Statement.

Item 4. Description of Securities.

Not applicable.

Item 5. Interests of Named Experts and Counsel.

Not applicable.

Item 6. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

The Registrant’s articles of association confer an indemnity on its directors and Secretary subject to the limitations prescribed by the Irish Companies Acts 1963 (as amended) (the “ Irish Companies Acts ”). Broadly, the relevant provisions in the Registrant’s articles of association provide for an indemnity for certain persons, including directors, the Secretary, committee members, persons holding executive or official positions with the Registrant and employees, agents and persons acting in certain other capacities at the request of the Registrant (“ Indemnified Persons ”) who are a party to actions, suits or proceedings against expenses and costs in connection with such actions, suits or proceedings if such Indemnified Person acted in good faith and in a manner that he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Registrant. Indemnification is also excluded in circumstances where an Indemnified Person is adjudged liable for willful neglect or default in performance of his duties unless a relevant court determines otherwise. Such indemnification may include expense advancement in certain circumstances.

The Irish Companies Acts prescribe that an advance commitment to indemnify only permits a company to pay the costs or discharge the liability of a director or secretary where judgment is given in favor of the director or secretary in any civil or criminal action in respect of such costs or liability, or where an Irish court grants relief because the director or secretary acted honestly and reasonably and ought fairly to be excused. Any provision whereby an Irish company seeks to commit in advance to indemnify its directors or secretary over and above the limitations imposed by the Irish Companies Acts will be void, whether contained in its articles of association or any contract between the company and the director or secretary. This restriction does not apply to executives who are not directors or the secretary, or other persons who would not be considered “officers” within the meaning of that term under the Irish Companies Acts, of the Registrant.

Each of the Registrant’s current directors, officers and the Secretary are party to individual indemnification agreements that provide for the indemnification of any claims relating to their services to the Registrant or any of its subsidiaries to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law.

The Registrant also maintains directors’ and officers’ liability insurance and fiduciary liability insurance covering certain liabilities that may be incurred by its directors and officers in the performance of their duties.

Item 7. Exemption from Registration Claimed.

Not applicable.

Item 8. Exhibits.

For the list of exhibits, see the Exhibit Index to this Registration Statement, which is incorporated in this item by reference.


Pursuant to Item 8(b) of Form S-8, in lieu of an Internal Revenue Service (“ IRS ”) determination letter that the Actavis, Inc. 401(k) Plan is qualified under Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code, the undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that it has submitted the Actavis, Inc. 401(k) Plan and any amendments thereto, and will submit any future amendments, to the IRS in a timely manner and will make all changes required by the IRS to qualify such plan.

Item 9. Undertakings.

(a) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:

(1) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this Registration Statement;

(i) To include any prospectus required by section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act;

(ii) To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than 20% change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement;

(iii) To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the Registration Statement or any material change to such information in the Registration Statement;

provided, however , that paragraphs (a)(1)(i) and (a)(1)(ii) do not apply if the registration statement is on Form S-8, and the information required to be included in a post-effective amendment by those paragraphs is contained in reports filed with or furnished to the Commission by the registrant pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act that are incorporated by reference in the registration statement.

(2) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

(3) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.

(b) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that, for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each filing of the registrant’s annual report pursuant to Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act (and, where applicable, each filing of an employee benefit plan’s annual report pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act) that is incorporated by reference in the registration statement shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

(c) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form S-8 and has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Parsippany, State of New Jersey on the 1st day of October 2013.

 

ACTAVIS plc
By:   /s/ David A. Buchen
  David A. Buchen
  Chief Legal Officer – Global and Secretary

Each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints David A. Buchen his attorney-in-fact, with the full power of substitution, for him in any and all capacities, to sign this registration statement, and any amendments thereto (including post-effective amendments), and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact, or his substitute or substitutes, may do or cause to be done by virtue hereof. Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this registration statement has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

   Date

/s/ Paul M. Bisaro

Paul M. Bisaro

  

President and Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

   October 1, 2013

/s/ R. Todd Joyce

R. Todd Joyce

  

Chief Financial Officer – Global

(Principal Financial Officer)

   October 1, 2013

/s/ James D’Arecca

James D’Arecca

  

Vice President, Chief Accounting Officer

(Principal Accounting Officer)

   October 1, 2013

/s/ Paul M. Bisaro

Paul M. Bisaro

  

Director

   October 1, 2013

/s/ James H. Bloem

James H. Bloem

   Director    October 1, 2013

/s/ Christopher Bodine

Christopher Bodine

   Director    October 1, 2013

/s/ Tamar Howson

Tamar Howson

   Director    October 1, 2013

/s/ John King

John King

   Director    October 1, 2013

/s/ Catherine Klema

Catherine Klema

   Director    October 1, 2013

/s/ Jiri Michal

Jiri Michal

   Director    October 1, 2013

/s/ Jack Michelson

Jack Michelson

   Director    October 1, 2013

/s/ Patrick O’Sullivan

Patrick O’Sullivan

   Director    October 1, 2013

/s/ Ronald Taylor

Ronald Taylor

   Director    October 1, 2013

/s/ Andrew Turner

Andrew Turner

   Director    October 1, 2013

/s/ Fred Weiss

Fred Weiss

   Director    October 1, 2013


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the trustees (or other persons who administer the Actavis, Inc. 401(k) Plan) have duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on their behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Parsippany, State of New Jersey on the 1st day of October 2013.

 

Actavis, Inc. 401(k) Plan
By:   /s/ Patrick Eagan
  Patrick Eagan
  Chief Human Resources Officer – Global


EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit
Number

  

Exhibit Description

  3.1    Certificate of Incorporation of Actavis plc (formerly known as Actavis Limited)
  3.2    Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association of Actavis plc (formerly known as Actavis Limited)
  4.1    Specimen Share Certificate of Actavis plc
  5.1    Opinion of Matheson
  5.2   

The Registrant’s Ordinary Shares offered and sold pursuant to the Actavis, Inc. 401(k) Plan (the “ 401(k) Plan ”) are purchased by the administrator of the 401(k) Plan in open market transactions. Because no original issuance securities will be offered or sold pursuant to the 401(k) Plan, no opinion of counsel regarding the legality of the securities registered hereunder for the 401(k) Plan is required.

 

Pursuant to Item 8(b) of Form S-8, in lieu of an opinion of counsel or determination letter contemplated by 601(b)(5) of Regulation S-K, the Registrant hereby undertakes that it has submitted or will submit the 401(k) Plan to the IRS in a timely manner for a determination letter that the 401(k) Plan is qualified under Section 401 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and will make all changes required by the IRS in order to so qualify the 401(k) Plan.

23.1    Consent of Matheson (included as part of Exhibit 5.1)
23.2    Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent registered public accounting firm for Actavis, Inc.
23.3    Consent of KPMG ehf., independent auditors for Actavis Pharma Holding 4 ehf. and Actavis S.à r.l.
23.4    Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent registered public accounting firm for Warner Chilcott plc
23.5    Consent of Moss Adams LLP, independent registered public accounting firm for the Actavis, Inc. 401(k) Plan
99.1    The 2013 Incentive Award Plan of Actavis plc
99.2    Actavis, Inc. 401(k) Plan
99.3    Warner Chilcott Equity Incentive Plan

Exhibit 3.1

 

Number 527629     LOGO
    1524975

Certificate of Incorporation

on re-registration as a public limited company

I hereby certify that

ACTAVIS PUBLIC LIMITED COMPANY

has this day been re-registered under the

Companies Acts 1963 to 2009 and

that the company is a public limited company.

Given under my hand at Dublin, this

Friday, the 20th day of September, 2013

 

LOGO
for Registrar of Companies

 

Certificate handed to/posted to*:

   Matheson
   70 Sir John Rogerson’S Quay
   Dublin 2

Signed : LOGO          Date: 20-9-13

 

* Delete as appropriate

Exhibit 3.2

 

 

Companies Acts 1963 to 2012

 

 

A PUBLIC COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

MEMORANDUM OF ASSOCIATION

-of-

ACTAVIS PUBLIC LIMITED COMPANY

(Amended and restated by special resolution dated 18 September 2013)

 

1 The name of the Company is Actavis public limited company.

 

2 The Company is to be a public limited company.

 

3 The objects for which the Company is established are

 

3.1

 

  (a) To carry on the business of a pharmaceuticals company, and to research, develop, design, manufacture, produce, supply, buy, sell, distribute, import, export, provide, promote and otherwise deal in pharmaceuticals, active pharmaceutical ingredients and dosage pharmaceuticals and other devices or products of a pharmaceutical or healthcare character and to hold intellectual property rights and to do all things usually dealt in by persons carrying on the above mentioned businesses or any of them or likely to be required in connection with any of the said businesses.

 

  (b) To carry on the business of a holding company and to co-ordinate the administration, finances and all other activities of any subsidiary companies or associated companies, to do all lawful acts and things whatever that are necessary or convenient in carrying on the business of such a holding company including the incorporation of any one or more subsidiaries and in particular to carry on the business of a management services company, to act as managers and to direct or coordinate the management of other companies or of the business, property and estates of any company or person and to undertake and carry out all such services in connection therewith as may be deemed expedient by the Company’s board of directors and to exercise its powers as a shareholder of other companies.

 

  (c) To acquire the whole of the issued share capital of Warner Chilcott public limited company, a company incorporated under the laws of Ireland (registered number 471506).

 

3.2 To acquire shares, stocks, debentures, debenture stock, bonds, obligations and securities by original subscription, tender, purchase, exchange or otherwise and to subscribe for the same either conditionally or otherwise, and to guarantee the subscription thereof and to exercise and enforce all rights and powers conferred by or incidental to the ownership thereof.


3.3 To facilitate and encourage the creation, issue or conversion of and to offer for public subscription debentures, debenture stocks, bonds, obligations, shares, stocks, and securities and to act as trustees in connection with any such securities and to take part in the conversion of business concerns and undertakings into companies.

 

3.4 To purchase or by any other means acquire any freehold, leasehold or other property and in particular lands, tenements and hereditaments of any tenure, whether subject or not to any charges or incumbrances, for any estate or interest whatever, and any rights, privileges or easements over or in respect of any property, and any buildings, factories, mills, works, wharves, roads, machinery, engines, plant, live and dead stock, barges, vessels or things, and any real or personal property or rights whatsoever which may be necessary for, or may conveniently be used with, or may enhance the value or property of the Company, and to hold or to sell, let, alienate, mortgage, charge or otherwise deal with all or any such freehold, leasehold, or other property, lands, tenements or hereditaments, rights, privileges or easements.

 

3.5 To establish and contribute to any scheme for the purchase of shares in the Company to be held for the benefit of the Company’s employees and to lend or otherwise provide money to such schemes or the Company’s employees or the employees of any of its subsidiary or associated companies to enable them to purchase shares of the Company.

 

3.6 To sell, lease, exchange, grant, convey, transfer or otherwise dispose of any or all of the property, investment or assets of the Company of whatever nature or tenure for such price, consideration, sum or other return whether equal to or less than the market value thereof and whether by way of gift or otherwise as the Directors shall deem fit and to grant any fee, farm grant or lease or to enter into any agreement for letting or hire of any such property or asset for a rent or return equal to or less than the market or rack rent therefor or at no rent and subject to or free from covenants and restrictions as the Directors shall deem appropriate.

 

3.7 To acquire and undertake the whole or any part of the business, good-will and assets of any person, firm or company carrying on or proposing to carry on any of the businesses which this Company is authorised to carry on, and as part of the consideration for such acquisition to undertake all or any of the liabilities of such person, firm or company, or to acquire an interest in, amalgamate with, or enter into any arrangement for sharing profits, or for co-operation, or for limiting competition or for mutual assistance with any such person, firm or company and to give or accept by way of consideration for any of the acts or things aforesaid or property acquired, any shares, debentures, debenture stock or securities that may be agreed upon, and to hold and retain or sell, mortgage or deal with any shares, debentures, debenture stock or securities so received.

 

3.8 To apply for, register, purchase, lease, hold, use, control, license or otherwise acquire any patents, brevets d’invention, copyrights, trademarks, licences, concessions and the like conferring any exclusive or non-exclusive or limited rights to use or any secret or other inventing information as to any invention which may seem capable of being used for any of the purposes of the Company or the acquisition of which may seem calculated directly or indirectly to benefit the Company, and to use, exercise, develop or grant licences in respect of or otherwise turn to account the property, rights or information so acquired.

 

2


3.9 To enter into partnership or into any arrangement for sharing profits, union of interests, co-operation, joint venture, reciprocal concession or otherwise with any person or company carrying on or engaged in or about to carry on or engage in any business or transaction which the Company is authorised to carry on or engage in or any business or transaction capable of being conducted so as directly to benefit this Company.

 

3.10 To invest and deal with the moneys of the Company not immediately required upon such securities and in such manner as may from time to time be determined.

 

3.11 To lend money to and guarantee the performance of the contracts or obligations of any company, firm or person, and the repayment of the capital and principal of, and dividends, interest or premiums payable on, any stock, shares and securities of any company, whether having objects similar to those of this Company or not, and to give all kinds of indemnities.

 

3.12 To engage in currency exchange and interest rate transactions including, but not limited to, dealings in foreign currency, spot and forward rate exchange contracts, futures, options, forward rate agreements, swaps, caps, floors, collars and any other foreign exchange or interest rate hedging arrangements and such other instruments as are similar to, or derived from, any of the foregoing whether for the purpose of making a profit or avoiding a loss or managing a currency or interest rate exposure or any other exposure or for any other purpose.

 

3.13 To guarantee, support or secure, whether by personal covenant or by mortgaging or charging all or any part of the undertaking, property and assets (both present and future) and uncalled capital of the Company, or by both such methods, the performance of the obligations of, and the repayment or payment of the principal amounts of and premiums, interest and dividends on any securities of, any person, firm or company including (without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing) any company which is for the time being the Company’s holding company as defined by section 155 of the Act or a subsidiary as therein defined of any such holding company or otherwise associated with the Company in business.

 

3.14 To borrow or secure the payment of money in such manner as the Company shall think fit, and in particular by the provision of a guarantee or by the issue of debentures, debenture stocks, bonds, obligations and securities of all kinds, either perpetual or terminable and either redeemable or otherwise and to secure the repayment of any money borrowed, raised or owing by trust deed, mortgage, charge, or lien upon the whole or any part of the Company’s property or assets (whether present or future) including its uncalled capital, and also by a similar trust deed, mortgage, charge or lien to secure and guarantee the performance by the Company of any obligation or liability it may undertake.

 

3.15 To draw, make, accept, endorse, discount, execute, negotiate and issue promissory notes, bills of exchange, bills of lading, warrants, debentures and other negotiable or transferable instruments.

 

3.16 To subscribe for, take, purchase or otherwise acquire and hold shares or other interests in, or securities of any other company having objects altogether or in part similar to those of this Company, or carrying on any business capable of being conducted so as directly or indirectly to benefit this Company.

 

3


3.17 To hold in trust as trustees or as nominees and to deal with, manage and turn to account, any real or personal property of any kind, and in particular shares, stocks, debentures, securities, policies, book debts, claims and choses in actions, lands, buildings, hereditaments, business concerns and undertakings, mortgages, charges, annuities, patents, licences, and any interest in real or personal property, and any claims against such property or against any person or company.

 

3.18 To constitute any trusts with a view to the issue of preferred and, deferred or other special stocks or securities based on or representing any shares, stocks and other assets specifically appropriated for the purpose of any such trust and to settle and regulate and if thought fit to undertake and execute any such trusts and to issue dispose of or hold any such preferred, deferred or other special stocks or securities.

 

3.19 To give any guarantee in relation to the payment of any debentures, debenture stock, bonds, obligations or securities and to guarantee the payment of interest thereon or of dividends on any stocks or shares of any company.

 

3.20 To construct, erect and maintain buildings, houses, flats, shops and all other works, erections, and things of any description whatsoever either upon the lands acquired by the Company or upon other lands and to hold, retain as investments or to sell, let, alienate, mortgage, charge or deal with all or any of the same and generally to alter, develop and improve the lands and other property of the Company.

 

3.21 To provide for the welfare of persons in the employment of or holding office under or formerly in the employment of or holding office under the Company including Directors and ex-Directors of the Company or any of its subsidiary or associated companies and the wives, widows and families, dependants or connections of such persons by grants of money, pensions or other payments and by forming and contributing to pension, provident or benefit funds or profit sharing or co-partnership schemes for the benefit of such persons and to form, subscribe to or otherwise aid charitable, benevolent, religious, scientific, national or other institutions, exhibitions or objects which shall have any moral or other claims to support or aid by the Company by reason of the locality of its operation or otherwise.

 

3.22 To remunerate by cash payments or allotment of shares or securities of the Company credited as fully paid up or otherwise any person or company for services rendered or to be rendered to the Company whether in the conduct or management of its business, or in placing or assisting to place or guaranteeing the placing of any of the shares of the Company’s capital, or any debentures or other securities of the Company or in or about the formation or promotion of the Company.

 

3.23 To enter into and carry into effect any arrangement for joint working in business or for sharing of profits or for amalgamation with any other company or association or any partnership or person carrying on any business within the objects of the Company.

 

3.24 To distribute in specie or otherwise as may be resolved, any assets of the Company among its members and in particular the shares, debentures or other securities of any other company belonging to this Company or of which this Company may have the power of disposing.

 

4


3.25 To vest any real or personal property, rights or interest acquired or belonging to the Company in any person or company on behalf of or for the benefit of the Company, and with or without any declared trust in favour of the Company.

 

3.26 To transact or carry on any business which may seem to be capable of being conveniently carried on in connection with any of these objects or calculated directly or indirectly to enhance the value of or facilitate the realisation of or render profitable any of the Company’s property or rights.

 

3.27 To accept stock or shares in or debentures, mortgages or securities of any other company in payment or part payment for any services rendered or for any sale made to or debt owing from any such company, whether such shares shall be wholly or partly paid up.

 

3.28 To pay all costs, charges and expenses incurred or sustained in or about the promotion and establishment of the Company or which the Company shall consider to be preliminary thereto and to issue shares as fully or in part paid up, and to pay out of the funds of the Company all brokerage and charges incidental thereto.

 

3.29 To procure the Company to be registered or recognised in any foreign country or in any colony or dependency of any such foreign country or that the central management and control of the Company be located in any country.

 

3.30 To do all or any of the matters hereby authorised in any part of the world or in conjunction with or as trustee or agent for any other company or person or by or through any factors, trustees or agents.

 

3.31 To make gifts or grant bonuses to the Directors or any other persons who are or have been in the employment of the Company including substitute and alternate directors.

 

3.32 To do all such other things that the Company may consider incidental or conducive to the attainment of the above objects or as are capable of being conveniently carried on in connection therewith.

 

3.33 To carry on any business which the Company may lawfully engage in and to do all such things incidental or conducive to the business of the Company.

 

3.34 To make or receive gifts by way of capital contribution or otherwise.

 

3.35 To the extent permitted by law, to give whether directly or indirectly, any kind of financial assistance for the purchase of shares in or debentures of the Company or any corporation which is at any given time the Company’s holding company.

The objects set forth in any sub-clause of this clause shall be regarded as independent objects and shall not, except, where the context expressly so requires, be in any way limited or restricted by reference to or inference from the terms of any other sub-clause, or by the name of the Company. None of such sub-clauses or the objects therein specified or the powers thereby conferred shall be deemed subsidiary or auxiliary merely to the objects mentioned in the first sub-clause of this clause, but the Company shall have full power to exercise all or any of the powers conferred by any part of this clause in any part of the world notwithstanding that the business, property or acts proposed to be transacted, acquired or performed do not fall within the objects of the first sub-clause of this clause.

 

5


  NOTE: It is hereby declared that the word “company” in this clause, except where used in reference to this Company shall be deemed to include any partnership or other body of persons whether incorporated or not incorporated and whether domiciled in Ireland or elsewhere and the intention is that the objects specified in each paragraph of this clause shall except where otherwise expressed in such paragraph be in no way limited or restricted by reference to or inference from the terms of any other paragraph.

 

4 The liability of the members is limited.

 

5 The share capital of the Company is €40,000 and US$101,000 divided into 40,000 deferred ordinary shares of €1.00 each, 1,000,000,000 ordinary shares of US$0.0001 each and 10,000,000 serial preferred shares of US$0.0001 each.

 

6 The shares forming the capital, increased or reduced, may be increased or reduced and be divided into such classes and issued with any special rights, privileges and conditions or with such qualifications as regards preference, dividend, capital, voting or other special incidents, and be held upon such terms as may be attached thereto or as may from time to time be provided by the original or any substituted or amended articles of association and regulations of the Company for the time being, but so that where shares are issued with any preferential or special rights attached thereto such rights shall not be alterable otherwise than pursuant to the provisions of the Company’s articles of association for the time being.

 

6


We, the several persons whose names, addresses and descriptions are subscribed, wish to be formed into a company in pursuance of this memorandum of association, and we agree to take the number of shares in the capital of the company set opposite our respective names.

 

Name, address and description of subscriber

  

Number of shares taken by the subscriber

Signed:

 

Patrick Spicer

For and on behalf of

Matsack Nominees Limited

70 Sir John Rogerson’s Quay

Dublin 2

Ireland

 

Body Corporate

  

 

 

1

 

(One)

Total shares taken    1 (One)
Dated 16 day of May 2013   

Witness to the above signature:

 

Name: Amelia Drumm

Address: 70 Sir John Rogerson’s Quay, Dublin 2

Occupation: Company Secretary

  

 

7


COMPANIES ACTS 1963 TO 2012

 

 

A PUBLIC COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

 

 

ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

-of-

ACTAVIS PUBLIC LIMITED COMPANY

(Adopted by special resolution passed on 30 September 2013 with an effective date of 1 October 2013)

Preliminary

 

1 The regulations contained in Table A in the First Schedule to the Companies Act 1963 shall not apply to the Company.

 

2

 

2.1 In these articles:

 

1983 Act   the Companies (Amendment) Act 1983.
1990 Act   means the Companies Act 1990.
Act   means the Companies Act 1963.
Actavis Certificates   has the meaning set out in article 157.
Actavis Exchange Fund   has the meaning set out in article 157.
Actavis Share(s)   means the common share(s) of Actavis, Inc., par value US$0.0033.
Acts   means the Companies Acts 1963 to 2012, and all statutory instruments which are to be read as one with, or construed, or to be read together with such Acts.
address   includes any number or address used for the purposes of communication, including by way of electronic mail or other electronic communication.

 

8


“Adoption Date”   has the meaning set out in article 3.3.
“Applicable Escheatment Laws”   has the meaning set out in article 169.2.
Approved Nominee   means a person holding shares or rights or interests in shares in the Company on a nominee basis who has been determined by the Company to be an “Approved Nominee”.
Assistant Secretary   means any person appointed by the Secretary or the Board from time to time to assist the Secretary.
Auditor ” or “ Auditors   means the auditor or auditors at any given time of the Company.
Clear Days   in relation to the period of notice to be given under these articles, that period excluding the day when the notice is given or deemed to be given and the day of the event for which it is given or on which it is to take effect.
Company Shares   has the meaning set out in article 157.
Company Subscriber Shares   has the meaning set out in article 157.
Covered Person   has the meaning set out in article 168.
electronic communication   has the meaning given to those words in the Electronic Commerce Act 2000.
electronic signature   has the meaning given to those words in the Electronic Commerce Act 2000.
“Euro Deferred Shares” or “deferred ordinary shares”   means euro deferred shares of nominal value €1.00 per share (or such other nominal value as may result from any reorganisation of capital) in the capital of the Company, having the rights and being subject to the limitations set out in these articles.
Exchange Act   means the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.
Exchange Agent   has the meaning set out in article 157.
Member Associated Person   of any member means (A) any person controlling, directly or indirectly, or acting as a “group” (as such term is used in Rule 13d-5(b) under the Exchange Act) with, such member, (B) any beneficial owner of shares of the Company owned of record or beneficially by such member and (C) any person controlling, controlled by or under common control with such Member Associated Person.

 

9


Merger   means the merger of MergerSub with and into Actavis, Inc., with Actavis, Inc. surviving the merger as a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company.
Merger Consideration   has the meaning set out in article 157.
Merger Effective Time   has the meaning set out in article 157.
MergerSub   means Actavis W.C. Holding 2 LLC, a company organized in Nevada.
Ordinary Resolution”   means an ordinary resolution of the Company’s members within the meaning of section 141 of the Act.
“Ordinary Shares” or “ordinary shares”   means ordinary shares of nominal value US$0.0001 per share (or such other nominal value as may result from any reorganisation of capital) in the capital of the Company, having the rights and being subject to the limitations set out in these articles.
Redeemable Shares   means redeemable shares in accordance with section 206 of the 1990 Act.
Register   means the register of members to be kept as required in accordance with section 116 of the Act.
Section 81 Notice   shall mean a notice given to a member in accordance with section 81 of the 1990 Act.
“Share”   “Share” and “share” mean, unless specified otherwise or the context otherwise requires, any share in the capital of the Company.
Shareholder ” or “ the Holder   means in relation to any share, the person whose name is entered in the Register as the holder of the share or, where the context permits, the persons whose names are entered in the Register as the joint holders of shares.
Special Resolution   means a special resolution of the Company’s members within the meaning of section 141 of the Act.
the Company   means the company whose name appears in the heading to these articles.
the Directors ” or “ the Board   means the directors from time to time and for the time being of the Company or the directors present at a meeting of the board of directors and includes any person occupying the position of director by whatever name called.

 

10


the Office   means the registered office from time to time and for the time being of the Company.
the seal   means the common seal of the Company.
the Secretary   means any person appointed to perform the duties of the secretary of the Company.
these articles   means the articles of association of which this article forms part, as the same may be amended from time to time and for the time being in force.
US Holdco   means Actavis W.C. Holding LLC, a limited liability company organized in Nevada.

 

2.2 Expressions in these articles referring to writing shall be construed, unless the contrary intention appears, as including references to printing, lithography, photography and any other modes of representing or reproducing words in a visible form except as provided in these articles and / or where it constitutes writing in electronic form sent to the Company, and the Company has agreed to its receipt in such form. Expressions in these articles referring to execution of any document shall include any mode of execution whether under seal or under hand or any mode of electronic signature as shall be approved by the Directors. Expressions in these articles referring to receipt or issuance of any electronic communications shall, be limited to receipt or issuance in such manner as the Company has approved or as set out in these articles. Notwithstanding the foregoing, all written communication by the Company and the Directors may for the purposes of these articles, to the extent permitted by law, be in electronic form.

 

2.3 Unless the contrary intention appears, words or expressions contained in these articles shall bear the same meaning as in the Acts or in any statutory modification thereof in force at the date at which these articles become binding on the Company.

 

2.4 References herein to any enactment shall mean such enactment as the same may be amended and may be from time to time and for the time being in force.

 

2.5 The masculine gender shall include the feminine and neuter, and vice versa, and the singular number shall include the plural, and vice versa, and words importing persons shall include firms or companies.

 

2.6 Reference to US$, USD, or dollars shall mean the currency of the United States of America and to €, euro, EUR or cent shall mean the currency of Ireland.

Share capital and variation of rights

 

3

 

3.1 The share capital of the Company is €40,000 and US$101,000 divided into 40,000 deferred ordinary shares of €1.00 each, 1,000,000,000 ordinary shares of US$0.0001 each and 10,000,000 serial preferred shares of US$0.0001 each.

 

11


3.2 The rights and restrictions attaching to the ordinary shares shall be as follows:

 

  (a) subject to the right of the Company to set record dates for the purposes of determining the identity of members entitled to notice of and / or to vote at a general meeting, the right to attend and speak at any general meeting of the Company and to exercise one vote per ordinary share held at any general meeting of the Company;

 

  (b) the right to participate pro rata in all dividends declared by the Company; and

 

  (c) the right, in the event of the Company’s winding up, to participate pro rata in the total assets of the Company.

The rights attaching to the ordinary shares may be subject to the terms of issue of any series or class of preferred shares allotted by the Directors from time to time in accordance with article 3.4.

 

3.3 The rights and restrictions attaching to the Euro Deferred Shares shall be as follows:

 

  (a) The holders of the Euro Deferred Shares shall not be entitled to receive any dividend or distribution and shall not be entitled to receive notice of, nor to attend, speak or vote at any meeting of some or all of the Shareholders of the Company. On a return of assets, whether on liquidation or otherwise, the Euro Deferred Shares shall entitle the holder thereof only to the repayment of the amounts paid up on such shares after repayment of the capital paid up on the ordinary shares plus the payment of $5,000,000 on each of the ordinary shares and the holders of the Euro Deferred Shares (as such) shall not be entitled to any further participation in the assets or profits of the Company.

 

  (b) The special resolution passed on the date of adoption of these articles (the “ Adoption Date ”) shall be deemed to confer irrevocable authority on the Company at any time after the Adoption Date:

 

  (i) to acquire all or any of the fully paid Euro Deferred Shares otherwise than for valuable consideration in accordance with section 41(2) of the 1983 Act and without obtaining the sanction of the holders thereof;

 

  (ii) to appoint any person to execute on behalf of the holders of the Euro Deferred Shares remaining in issue (if any) a transfer thereof and/or an agreement to transfer the same otherwise than for valuable consideration to the Company or to such other person as the Company may nominate;

 

  (iii) to cancel any acquired Euro Deferred Shares; and

 

  (iv) pending such acquisition and/or transfer and/or cancellation to retain the certificate (if any) for such Euro Deferred Shares.

 

12


  (c) In accordance with section 43(3) of the 1983 Act the Company shall, not later than three years after any acquisition by it of any Euro Deferred Shares as aforesaid, cancel such shares (except those which, or any interest of the Company in which, it shall have previously disposed of) and reduce the amount of the issued share capital by the nominal value of the shares so cancelled and the Directors may take such steps as are requisite to enable the Company to carry out its obligations under that subsection without complying with sections 72 and 73 of the 1963 Act including passing resolutions in accordance with section 43(5) of the 1983 Act.

 

  (d) Neither the acquisition by the Company otherwise than for valuable consideration of all or any of the Euro Deferred Shares nor the redemption thereof nor the cancellation thereof by the Company in accordance with this article shall constitute a variation or abrogation of the rights or privileges attached to the Euro Deferred Shares, and accordingly the Euro Deferred Shares or any of them may be so acquired, redeemed and cancelled without any such consent or sanction on the part of the holders thereof. The rights conferred upon the holders of the Euro Deferred Shares shall not be deemed to be varied or abrogated by the creation of further shares ranking in priority thereto or pari passu therewith.

 

3.4 The Board is authorised to issue all or any of the authorised but unissued preferred shares from time to time in one or more classes or series, and to fix for each such class or series such voting power, full or limited, or no voting power, and such designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights and such qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, as shall be stated and expressed in the resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board providing for the issuance of such class or series, including, without limitation, the authority to provide that any such class or series may be:

 

  (a) redeemable at the option of the Company, or the Holders, or both, with the manner of the redemption to be set by the Board, and redeemable at such time or times, including upon a fixed date, and at such price or prices;

 

  (b) entitled to receive dividends (which may be cumulative or non-cumulative) at such rates, on such conditions and at such times, and payable in preference to, or in such relation to, the dividends payable on any other class or classes of shares or any other series;

 

  (c) entitled to such rights upon the dissolution of, or upon any distribution of the assets of, the Company;

 

  (d) convertible into, or exchangeable for, shares of any other class or classes of shares, or of any other series of the same or any other class or classes of shares, of the Company at such price or prices or at such rates of exchange and with such adjustments as the Directors determine; or

 

  (e) entitled to the right, voting separately as a class or with other Holders, to elect or appoint directors generally or in certain circumstances,

which rights and restrictions may be as stated in such resolution or resolutions of the Directors as determined by them in accordance with this article. The Board may at any

 

13


time before the allotment of any preferred share by further resolution in any way amend the designations, preferences, rights, qualifications, limitations or restrictions, or vary or revoke the designations of such preferred shares.

 

3.5 An ordinary share shall be deemed to be a Redeemable Share on, and from the time of, the existence or creation of an agreement, transaction or trade between the Company and any third party pursuant to which the Company acquires or will acquire ordinary shares, or an interest in ordinary shares, from such third party. In these circumstances, the acquisition of such shares or interest in shares by the Company shall constitute the redemption of a Redeemable Share in accordance with Part XI of the 1990 Act.

 

4 Subject to the provisions of Part XI of the 1990 Act and the other provisions of this article, the Company may:

 

4.1 pursuant to section 207 of the 1990 Act, issue any shares of the Company which are to be redeemed or are liable to be redeemed at the option of the Company or the member on such terms and in such manner as may be determined by the Company in general meeting (by Special Resolution) on the recommendation of the Directors;

 

4.2 subject to and in accordance with the provisions of the Acts and without prejudice to any relevant special rights attached to any class of shares pursuant to section 211 of the 1990 Act, purchase any of its own shares (including any Redeemable Shares and without any obligation to purchase on any pro rata basis as between members or members of the same class) and may cancel any shares so purchased or hold them as treasury shares (as defined in section 209 of the 1990 Act) and may reissue any such shares as shares of any class or classes; or

 

4.3 pursuant to section 210 of the 1990 Act, convert any of its shares into Redeemable Shares.

 

5 Without prejudice to any special rights previously conferred on the Holders of any existing shares or class of shares, any share in the Company may be issued with such preferred or deferred or other special rights or such restrictions, whether in regard to dividend, voting, return of capital or otherwise, as the Company may from time to time by Ordinary Resolution determine.

 

6

 

6.1 Without prejudice to the authority conferred on the Directors pursuant to article 3 to issue preferred shares in the capital of the Company, if at any time the share capital is divided into different classes of shares the rights attached to any class may, whether or not the Company is being wound up, be varied or abrogated with the consent in writing of the Holders of three-fourths of the issued shares in that class, or with the sanction of a Special Resolution passed at a separate general meeting of the Holders of the shares of that class, provided that, if the relevant class of Holders has only one Holder, that person present in person or by proxy, shall constitute the necessary quorum. To every such meeting the provisions of article 52 shall apply.

 

6.2 The redemption or purchase of preferred shares or any class of preferred shares shall not constitute a variation of rights of the preferred Holders where the redemption or purchase of the preferred shares has been authorised solely by a resolution of the ordinary Holders.

 

14


6.3 The issue, redemption or purchase of any of the 10,000,000 serial preferred shares of US$0.0001 each shall not constitute a variation of the rights of the Holders of ordinary shares.

 

6.4 The issue of preferred shares or any class of preferred shares which rank junior to any existing preferred shares or class of preferred shares shall not constitute a variation of the existing preferred shares or class of preferred shares.

 

7 The rights conferred upon the Holders of the shares of any class issued with preferred or other rights shall not, unless otherwise expressly provided by the terms of issue of the shares of that class, be deemed to be varied by the creation or issue of further shares ranking pari passu therewith.

 

8

 

8.1 Subject to the provisions of these articles relating to new shares, the unissued shares of the Company shall be at the disposal of the Directors, and they may (subject to the provisions of the Acts) allot, grant options over or otherwise dispose of them to such persons, on such terms and conditions and at such times as they may consider to be in the best interests of the Company and its members, but so that no share shall be issued at a discount save in accordance with sections 26(5) and 28 of the 1983 Act, and so that, in the case of shares offered to the public for subscription, the amount payable on application on each share shall not be less than one-quarter of the nominal amount of the share and the whole of any premium thereon.

 

8.2 Subject to any requirement to obtain the approval of members under any laws, regulations or the rules of any stock exchange to which the Company is subject, the Board is authorised, from time to time, in its discretion, to grant such persons, for such periods and upon such terms as the Board deems advisable, options to purchase or subscribe for such number of shares of any class or classes or of any series of any class as the Board may deem advisable, and to cause warrants or other appropriate instruments evidencing such options to be issued.

 

8.3 The Directors are, for the purposes of section 20 of the 1983 Act, generally and unconditionally authorised to exercise all powers of the Company to allot and issue relevant securities (as defined by the said section 20) up to the amount of Company’s authorised share capital and to allot and issue any shares purchased by the Company pursuant to the provisions of Part XI of the 1990 Act and held as treasury shares and this authority shall expire five years from the date of adoption of these articles of association.

 

8.4 The Directors are hereby empowered pursuant to sections 23 and 24(1) of the 1983 Act to allot equity securities within the meaning of the said section 23 for cash pursuant to the authority conferred by article 8.3 as if section 23(1) of the said 1983 Act did not apply to any such allotment. The Company may before the expiry of such authority make an offer or agreement which would or might require equity securities to be allotted after such expiry and the Directors may allot equity securities in pursuance of such an offer or agreement as if the power conferred by this paragraph had not expired.

 

8.5 Nothing in these articles shall preclude the Directors from recognising a renunciation of the allotment of any shares by any allottee in favour of some other person.

 

15


9 The Company may pay commission to any person in consideration of a person subscribing or agreeing to subscribe, whether absolutely or conditionally, for any shares in the Company or procuring or agreeing to procure subscriptions, whether absolute or conditional, for any shares in the Company on such terms and subject to such conditions as the Directors may determine, including, without limitation, by paying cash or allotting and issuing fully or partly paid shares or any combination of the two. The Company may also, on any issue of shares, pay such brokerage as may be lawful.

 

10 Except as required by law, no person shall be recognised by the Company as holding any share upon any trust, and the Company shall not be bound by or be compelled in any way to recognise (even when having notice thereof) any equitable, contingent, future or partial interest in any share or any interest in any fractional part of a share or (except only as by these articles or by law otherwise provided) any other rights in respect of any share except an absolute right to the entirety thereof in the Holder. This shall not preclude the Company from requiring the members or a transferee of shares to furnish the Company with information as to the beneficial ownership of any share when such information is reasonably required by the Company.

 

11 The shares of the Company may be either represented by certificates or, if the conditions of issue of the relevant shares so provide, by uncertificated shares. Except as required by law, the rights and obligations of the Holders of uncertificated shares and the rights and obligations of the Holders of shares represented by certificates of the same class shall be identical.

 

12 Any person claiming a share certificate to have been lost, destroyed or stolen, shall make an affidavit or affirmation of that fact, and if required by the Board shall advertise the same in such manner as the Board may require, and shall give the Company, its transfer agents and its registrars a bond of indemnity, in form and with one or more sureties satisfactory to the Board or anyone designated by the Board with authority to act thereon, whereupon a new certificate may be executed and delivered of the same tenor and for the same number of shares as the one alleged to have been lost, destroyed or stolen.

Disclosure of beneficial ownership

 

13 If at any time the Directors are satisfied that any member, or any other person appearing to be interested in shares held by such member:

 

13.1 (x) has been duly served with a Section 81 Notice and is in default for the prescribed period (as defined in article 13.6(b)) in supplying to the Company the information thereby required; or (y) in purported compliance with such a notice, has made a statement which is false or inadequate in a material particular, then the Directors may, in their absolute discretion at any time thereafter by notice (a “ direction notice ”) to such member direct that:

 

  (a) in respect of the shares in relation to which the default occurred (the “ default shares ”) the member shall not be entitled to attend or to vote at a general meeting either personally or by proxy or to exercise any other right conferred by membership in relation to meetings of the Company; and

 

  (b) where the nominal value of the default shares represents at least 0.25 per cent of the nominal value of the issued shares of the class concerned, then the direction notice may additionally direct that:

 

  (i) except in a liquidation of the Company, no payment shall be made of any sums due from the Company on the default shares, whether in respect of capital or dividend or otherwise, and the Company shall not have any liability to pay interest on any such payment when it is finally paid to the member;

 

16


  (ii) no other distribution shall be made on the default shares; and / or

 

  (iii) no transfer of any of the default shares held by such member shall be registered unless:

 

  (1) the member is not himself in default as regards supplying the information requested and the transfer when presented for registration is accompanied by a certificate by the member in such form as the Directors may in their absolute discretion require to the effect that after due and careful enquiry the member is satisfied that no person in default as regards supplying such information is interested in any of the shares the subject of the transfer; or

 

  (2) the transfer is an approved transfer (as defined in article 13.6(c));

the Company shall send to each other person appearing to be interested in the shares the subject of any direction notice a copy of the notice, but the failure or omission by the Company to do so shall not invalidate such notice.

 

13.2 Where any person appearing to be interested in the default shares has been duly served with a direction notice or copy thereof and the default shares which are the subject of such direction notice are held by an Approved Nominee, the provisions of this article shall be treated as applying only to such default shares held by the Approved Nominee and not (insofar as such person’s apparent interest is concerned) to any other shares held by the Approved Nominee.

 

13.3 Where the member upon whom a Section 81 Notice is served is an Approved Nominee acting in its capacity as such, the obligations of the Approved Nominee as a member of the Company shall be limited to disclosing to the Company such information as has been recorded by it relating to any person appearing to be interested in the shares held by it.

 

13.4 Any direction notice shall cease to have effect:

 

  (a) in relation to any shares which are transferred by such member by means of an approved transfer; or

 

  (b) when the Directors are satisfied that such member, and any other person appearing to be interested in shares held by such member, has given to the Company the information required by the relevant Section 81 Notice.

 

17


13.5 The Directors may at any time give notice cancelling a direction notice.

 

13.6 For the purposes of this article:

 

  (a) a person shall be treated as appearing to be interested in any shares if the member holding such shares has given to the Company a Section 81 Notice which either (a) names such person as being so interested or (b) fails to establish the identities of all those interested in the shares and (after taking into account the said notification and any other relevant Section 81 Notice) the Company knows or has reasonable cause to believe that the person in question is or may be interested in the shares;

 

  (b) the prescribed period is 28 days from the date of service of the said Section 81 Notice unless the nominal value of the default shares represents at least 0.25 per cent of the nominal value of the issued shares of that class, when the prescribed period is 14 days from that date;

 

  (c) a transfer of shares is an approved transfer if but only if:

 

  (i) it is a transfer of shares to an offeror by way or in pursuance of acceptance of an offer made to all the Holders (or all the Holders other than the person making the offer and his nominees) of the shares in the Company to acquire those shares or a specified proportion of them; or

 

  (ii) the Directors are satisfied that the transfer is made pursuant to a sale of the whole of the beneficial ownership of the shares the subject of the transfer to a party unconnected with the member and with other persons appearing to be interested in such shares; or

 

  (iii) the transfer results from a sale made through a stock exchange on which the Company’s shares are normally traded;

 

  (d) Nothing contained in this article shall limit the power of the Company under section 85 of the 1990 Act; and

 

  (e) For the purpose of establishing whether or not the terms of any notice served under this article shall have been complied with the decision of the Directors in this regard shall be final and conclusive and shall bind all persons interested.

Lien

 

14 The Company shall have a first and paramount lien on every share (not being a fully paid share) for all moneys (whether immediately payable or not) called or payable at a fixed time or in accordance with the terms of issue of such share in respect of such share. The Directors may at any time declare any share to be wholly or in part exempt from the provisions of this regulation. The Company’s lien on a share shall extend to all dividends payable thereon.

 

18


15 The Company may sell, in such manner as the Directors think fit, any shares on which the Company has a lien, but no sale shall be made unless a sum in respect of which the lien exists is immediately payable, nor until the expiration of 14 days after a notice in writing, stating and demanding payment of such part of the amount in respect of which the lien exists as is immediately payable, has been given to the Holder for the time being of the share or the person entitled thereto by reason of his death or bankruptcy.

 

16 To give effect to any such sale, the Directors may authorise some person to transfer the shares sold to the purchaser thereof. The purchaser shall be registered as the Holder of the shares comprised in any such transfer, and he shall not be bound to see to the application of the purchase money nor shall his title to the shares be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the proceedings in reference to the sale. Where a share, which is to be sold as provided for in article 26, is held in uncertificated form, the Directors may authorise some person to do all that is necessary under the 1990 Act (Uncertificated Securities) Regulations 1996 to change such share into certificated form prior to its sale.

 

17 The proceeds of the sale shall be received by the Company and applied in payment of such part of the amount in respect of which the lien exists as is immediately payable, and the residue, if any, shall (subject to a like lien for sums not immediately payable as existed upon the shares before the sale) be paid to the person entitled to the shares at the date of the sale.

 

18 Whenever any law for the time being of any country, state or place imposes or purports to impose any immediate or future or possible liability upon the Company to make any payment or empowers any government or taxing authority or government official to require the Company to make any payment in respect of any shares registered in the Register as held either jointly or solely by any Holder or in respect of any dividends, bonuses or other moneys due or payable or accruing due or which may become due or payable to such Holder by the Company on or in respect of any shares registered as aforesaid or for or on account or in respect of any Holder and whether in consequence of:

 

  (a) the death of such Holder;

 

  (b) the non-payment of any income tax or other tax by such Holder;

 

  (c) the non-payment of any estate, probate, succession, death, stamp, or other duty by the executor or administrator of such Holder or by or out of his estate; or

 

  (d) any other act or thing;

in every such case (except to the extent that the rights conferred upon Holders of any class of shares render the Company liable to make additional payments in respect of sums withheld on account of the foregoing):

 

  (A) the Company shall be fully indemnified by such Holder or his executor or administrator from all liability;

 

  (B)

the Company shall have a lien upon all dividends and other moneys payable in respect of the shares registered in the Register as held either jointly or solely by such Holder for all moneys paid or payable by the Company in respect of such shares or in respect of any dividends or other moneys as aforesaid thereon or for or on account or in respect of such Holder under or in consequence of any

 

19


  such law together with interest at the rate of fifteen percent per annum thereon from the date of payment to date of repayment and may deduct or set off against such dividends or other moneys payable as aforesaid any moneys paid or payable by the Company as aforesaid together with interest as aforesaid;

 

  (C) the Company may recover as a debt due from such Holder or his executor or administrator wherever constituted any moneys paid by the Company under or in consequence of any such law and interest thereon at the rate and for the period aforesaid in excess of any dividends or other moneys as aforesaid then due or payable by the Company;

 

  (D) the Company may, if any such money is paid or payable by it under any such law as aforesaid, refuse to register a transfer of any shares by any such Holder or his executor or administrator until such money and interest as aforesaid is set off or deducted as aforesaid, or in case the same exceeds the amount of any such dividends or other moneys as aforesaid then due or payable by the Company, until such excess is paid to the Company; and

 

  (E) subject to the rights conferred upon the Holders of any class of shares, nothing herein contained shall prejudice or affect any right or remedy which any law may confer or purport to confer on the Company and as between the Company and every such Holder as aforesaid, his estate representative, executor, administrator and estate wheresoever constituted or situate, any right or remedy which such law shall confer or purport to confer on the Company shall be enforceable by the Company.

Calls on shares

 

19 The Directors may from time to time make calls upon the members in respect of any moneys unpaid on their shares (whether on account of the nominal value of the shares or by way of premium) and not by the conditions of allotment thereof made payable at fixed times or in accordance with such terms of allotment, and each member shall (subject to receiving at least 14 days notice specifying the time or times and place of payment) pay to the Company at the time or times and place so specified the amount called on his shares. A call may be revoked or postponed as the Directors may determine.

 

20 A call shall be deemed to have been made at the time when the resolution of the Directors authorising the call was passed and may be required to be paid by instalments.

 

21 The joint Holders of a share shall be jointly and severally liable to pay all calls in respect thereof.

 

22 If a sum called in respect of a share is not paid before or on the day appointed for payment thereof, the person from whom the sum is due shall pay interest on the sum from the day appointed for payment thereof to the time of actual payment at such rate as the Directors may determine, but the Directors shall be at liberty to waive payment of such interest wholly or in part.

 

23

Any sum which by the terms of issue of a share becomes payable on allotment or at any fixed date, whether on account of the nominal value of the share or by way of premium, shall for the purpose of these regulations be deemed to be a call duly made and payable

 

20


  on the date on which, by the terms of issue, the same becomes payable, and in case of non-payment all the relevant provisions of these regulations as to payment of interest and expenses, forfeiture or otherwise, shall apply as if such sum had become payable by virtue of a call duly made and notified.

 

24 The Directors may, on the issue of shares, differentiate between the Holders as to the amount of calls to be paid and the time of payment.

 

25 The Directors may, if they think fit, receive from any member willing to advance the same all or any part of the moneys uncalled and unpaid upon any shares held by him, and upon all or any of the moneys so advanced may (until the same would, but for such advance, become payable) pay interest at such rate not exceeding (unless the Company in general meeting otherwise directs) fifteen per cent per annum, as may be agreed upon between the Directors and the member paying such sum in advance.

Transfer of Shares

 

26

 

26.1 Subject to compliance with the Acts and to any applicable restrictions contained in these articles, applicable law, including U.S. securities laws, and any agreement binding on such Holder as to which the Company is aware, any Holder may transfer all or any of its shares by an instrument of transfer in the usual common form or in any other form or by any other method permissible under applicable law, as may be approved by the Directors. The instrument of transfer of any share may be executed for and on behalf of the transferor by the Secretary, Assistant Secretary or any duly authorised delegate or attorney of the Secretary or Assistant Secretary (whether an individual, a corporation or other body of persons, whether corporate or not, and whether in respect of specific transfers or pursuant to a general standing authorisation) and the Secretary or Assistant Secretary or a relevant authorised delegate shall be deemed to have been irrevocably appointed agent for the transferor of such share or shares with full power to execute, complete and deliver in the name of and on behalf of the transferor of such share or shares all such transfers of shares held by the members in the share capital of the Company. Any document which records the name of the transferor, the name of the transferee, the class and number of shares agreed to be transferred and the date of the agreement to transfer shares, shall, once executed by the transferor or the Secretary or Assistant Secretary or relevant authorised delegate as agent for the transferor, be deemed to be a proper instrument of transfer for the purposes of section 81 of the Act. The transferor shall be deemed to remain the Holder of the share until the name of the transferee is entered on the Register in respect thereof, and neither the title of the transferee nor the title of the transferor shall be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the proceedings in reference to the sale should the Directors so determine.

 

26.2

The Company, at its absolute discretion, may, or may procure that a subsidiary of the Company shall, pay Irish stamp duty arising on a transfer of shares on behalf of the transferee of such shares of the Company. If stamp duty resulting from the transfer of shares in the Company which would otherwise be payable by the transferee is paid by the Company or any subsidiary of the Company on behalf of the transferee, then in those circumstances, the Company shall, on its behalf or on behalf of its subsidiary (as the case may be), be entitled to (i) seek reimbursement of the stamp duty from either the transferee or, at the Company’s sole discretion, the transferor; (ii) set-off the stamp duty against any

 

21


  dividends payable to the transferee of those shares; and (iii) claim a first and permanent lien on the shares on which stamp duty has been paid by the Company or its subsidiary for the amount of stamp duty paid. The Company’s lien shall extend to all dividends paid on those shares.

 

26.3 Notwithstanding the provisions of these articles and subject to any regulations made under section 239 of the 1990 Act, title to any shares in the Company may also be evidenced and transferred without a written instrument in accordance with section 239 of the 1990 Act or any regulations made thereunder. The Directors shall have power to permit any class of shares to be held in uncertificated form and to implement any arrangements they think fit for such evidencing and transfer which accord with such regulations and in particular shall, where appropriate, be entitled to disapply or modify all or part of the provisions in these articles with respect to the requirement for written instruments of transfer and share certificates (if any), in order to give effect to such regulations.

 

27 Subject to such of the restrictions of these articles and to such of the conditions of issue of any share warrants as may be applicable, any share warrant may be transferred by instrument in writing in any usual or common form or any other form which the Directors may approve.

 

28 The Directors in their absolute discretion and without assigning any reason therefor may decline to register any transfer of a share which is not fully paid. The Directors may also decline to recognise any instrument of transfer unless:

 

28.1 the instrument of transfer is duly stamped (if required by law) and lodged with the Company, at such place as the Directors shall appoint for the purpose, accompanied by the certificate for the shares (if any has been issued) to which it relates, and such other evidence as the Directors may reasonably require to show the right of the transferor to make the transfer;

 

28.2 the instrument of transfer is in respect of only one class of share; and

 

28.3 they are satisfied that all applicable consents, authorisations, permissions or approvals required to be obtained pursuant to any applicable law or agreement prior to such transfer have been obtained or that no such consents, authorisations, permissions or approvals are required.

 

29 If the Directors refuse to register a transfer they shall, within three months after the date on which the transfer was lodged with the Company, send to the transferee notice of the refusal.

 

30 In order that the Directors may determine the members entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the members entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of shares, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining members for such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Directors adopt the resolution relating thereto.

 

31 Registration of transfers may be suspended at such times and for such period, not exceeding in the whole 30 days in each year, as the Directors may from time to time determine subject to the requirements of section 121 of the Act.

 

32 All instruments of transfer shall upon their being lodged with the Company remain the property of the Company and the Company shall be entitled to retain them.

 

22


Transmission of Shares

 

33 In the case of the death of a member, the survivor or survivors, where the deceased was a joint Holder, and the personal representatives of the deceased where he was a sole Holder, shall be the only persons recognised by the Company as having any title to his interest in the shares; but nothing herein contained shall release the estate of a deceased joint Holder from any liability in respect of any share which had been jointly held by him with other persons. For greater certainty, where two or more persons are registered as joint Holders of a share or shares, then in the event of the death of any joint Holder or Holders the remaining joint Holder or Holders shall be absolutely entitled to the said share or shares and the Company shall recognise no claim in respect of the estate of any joint Holder except in the case of the last survivor of such joint Holders.

 

34 Any person becoming entitled to a share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of a member may, upon such evidence being produced as may from time to time properly be required by the Directors and subject as herein provided, elect either to be registered himself as Holder of the share or to have some person nominated by him registered as the transferee thereof, but the Directors shall, in either case, have the same right to decline or suspend registration as they would have had in the case of a transfer of the shares by that member before his death or bankruptcy, as the case may be. If the person so becoming entitled elects to be registered himself, he shall deliver or send to the Company a notice in writing signed by him stating that he so elects. If he elects to have another person registered, he shall testify his election by executing to that person a transfer of the share. All the limitations, restrictions and provisions of these articles relating to the right to transfer and the registration of transfers of shares shall be applicable to any such notice or transfer as aforesaid as if the death or bankruptcy of the member had not occurred and the notice of transfer were a transfer signed by that member.

 

35 A person becoming entitled to a share by reason of the death or bankruptcy of the Holder shall be entitled to the same dividends and other advantages to which he would be entitled if he were the registered Holder of the share, except that he shall not, before being registered as a member in respect of the share, be entitled in respect of it to exercise any right conferred by membership in relation to the meetings of the Company, so, however, that the Directors may at any time give notice requiring such person to elect either to be registered himself or to transfer the share, and if the notice is not complied with within 60 days, the Directors may thereupon withhold payment of all dividends, bonuses or other moneys payable in respect of the share until the requirements of the notice have been complied with.

Forfeiture of Shares

 

36 If a member fails to pay any call or instalment of a call on the day appointed for payment thereof, the Directors may, at any time thereafter during such time as any part of the call or instalment remains unpaid, serve a notice on him requiring payment of so much of the call or instalment as is unpaid together with any interest which may have accrued.

 

37 The notice shall name a further day (not earlier than the expiration of 14 days from the date of service of the notice) on or before which the payment required by the notice is to be made, and shall state that, in the event of non-payment at or before the time appointed, the shares in respect of which the call was made will be liable to be forfeited.

 

23


38 If the requirements of any such notice as aforesaid are not complied with any shares in respect of which the notice has been given may at any time thereafter, before the payment required by the notice has been made, be forfeited by a resolution of the Directors to that effect. Such forfeiture shall include all dividends declared in respect of the forfeited shares and not actually paid before the forfeiture.

 

39 A forfeited share shall be deemed to be the property of the Company and may be sold, re-offered or otherwise disposed of either to the person who was, before the forfeiture, the Holder thereof or entitled thereto or to any other person on such terms and in such manner as the Directors think fit, and at any time before a sale or disposition the forfeiture may be cancelled on such terms as the Directors think fit.

 

40 When any share has been forfeited, notice of the forfeiture shall be served upon the person who was before forfeiture the Holder of the share, but no forfeiture shall be in any manner invalidated by any omission or neglect to give such notice.

 

41 A person whose shares have been forfeited shall cease to be a member in respect of the forfeited shares, but shall, notwithstanding, remain liable to pay to the Company all moneys which, at the date of forfeiture, were payable by him to the Company in respect of the shares, but his liability shall cease if and when the Company shall have received payment in full of all such moneys in respect of the shares.

 

42 A statutory declaration that the declarant is a Director or the Secretary, and that a share in the Company has been duly forfeited on the date stated in the declaration, shall be conclusive evidence of the facts therein stated as against all persons claiming to be entitled to the share. The Company may receive the consideration, if any, given for the share on any sale or disposition thereof and may execute a transfer of the share in favour of the person to whom the share is sold or disposed of and he shall thereupon be registered as the Holder of the share, and shall not be bound to see to the application of the purchase money, if any, nor shall his title to the share be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the proceedings in reference to the forfeiture, sale or disposal of the share.

 

43 The provisions of these articles as to forfeiture shall apply in the case of non-payment of any sum which, by the terms of issue of a share, becomes payable at a fixed time, whether on account of the nominal value of the share or by way of premium, as if the same had been payable by virtue of a call duly made and notified.

 

44 The Directors may accept the surrender of any share which the Directors have resolved to have been forfeited upon such terms and conditions as may be agreed and, subject to any such terms and conditions, a surrendered share shall be treated as if it has been forfeited.

Financial assistance

 

45 The Company may give any form of financial assistance which is permitted by the Acts for the purpose of or in connection with a purchase or subscription made or to be made by any person of or for any shares in the Company or in the Company’s holding company.

 

24


Alteration of Capital

 

46 The Company may from time to time by Ordinary Resolution increase its authorised share capital by such sum, to be divided into shares of such amount, as the resolution shall prescribe.

 

47 The Company may by Ordinary Resolution:

 

47.1 reduce its authorised share capital;

 

47.2 consolidate and divide all or any of its share capital into shares of larger amount than its existing shares;

 

47.3 subdivide its existing shares, or any of them, into shares of smaller amount than is fixed by the memorandum of association subject, nevertheless, to section 68(1)(d) of the Act;

 

47.4 make provision for the issue and allotment of shares which do not carry any voting rights;

 

47.5 cancel any shares which, at the date of the passing of the resolution, have not been taken or agreed to be taken by any person and reduce the amount of its authorised share capital by the amount of the shares so cancelled; and

 

47.6 subject to applicable law, change the currency denomination of its share capital.

Where any difficulty arises in regard to any division, consolidation or sub-division under this article 47, the Directors may settle the same as they think expedient and in particular, may arrange for the sale of the shares representing fractions and the distribution of the net proceeds of sale in due proportion amongst the Holders who would have been entitled to the fractions, and for this purpose the Directors may authorise some person to transfer the shares representing fractions to the purchaser thereof, who shall not be bound to see to the application of purchase money nor shall his title to the shares be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the proceedings related to the sale.

 

48 The Company may by Special Resolution reduce its issued share capital, any capital redemption reserve fund or any share premium account in any manner and with and subject to any incident authorised, and consent required, by law.

General meetings

 

49 The Company shall in each year hold a general meeting as its annual general meeting in addition to any other meeting in that year, and shall specify the meeting as such in the notices calling it. Not more than 15 months shall elapse between the date of one annual general meeting of the Company and that of the next. Subject to section 140 of the Act, all general meetings of the Company may be held outside of Ireland.

 

50 All general meetings other than annual general meetings shall be called extraordinary general meetings.

 

51 The Directors may, whenever they think fit, convene an extraordinary general meeting, and extraordinary general meetings shall also be convened on such requisition, or in default may be convened by such requisitionists, as provided in section 132 of the Act.

 

25


52 All provisions of these articles relating to general meetings of the Company shall, mutatis mutandis, apply to every separate general meeting of the Holders of any class of shares in the capital of the Company, except that:

 

52.1 the necessary quorum shall be two or more persons holding or representing by proxy (whether or not such Holder actually exercises his voting rights in whole, in part or at all at the relevant general meeting) more than 50% of the total issued-voting rights of the Company’s shares, provided, however, that if the class of shares shall have only one Holder, one Holder present in person or by proxy shall constitute the necessary quorum;

 

52.2 any Holder of shares of the class present in person or by proxy may demand a poll; and

 

52.3 on a poll, each Holder of shares of the class shall have one vote in respect of every share of the class held by him.

 

53 A Director shall be entitled, notwithstanding that he is not a member, to attend and speak at any general meeting and at any separate meeting of the Holders of any class of shares in the Company.

Notice of General Meetings

 

54

 

54.1 Subject to the provisions of the Acts allowing a general meeting to be called by shorter notice, an annual general meeting, and an extraordinary general meeting called for the passing of a Special Resolution, shall be called by not less than 21 Clear Days’ notice and all other extraordinary general meetings shall be called by not less than 14 Clear Days’ notice.

 

54.2 Notice of every general meeting shall be given in any manner permitted by these articles to all Shareholders (other than those who, under the provisions of these articles or the terms of issue of the shares which they hold, are not entitled to receive such notice from the Company) and to each Director and to the Auditors.

 

54.3 Any notice convening a general meeting shall specify the time and place of the meeting and, in the case of special business, the general nature of that business and, in reasonable prominence, that a member entitled to attend and vote is entitled to appoint a proxy to attend, speak and vote in his place and that a proxy need not be a member of the Company. It shall also give particulars of any Directors who are to retire at the meeting and of any persons who are recommended by the Directors for election or re-election as Directors at the meeting or in respect of whom notice has been duly given to the Company of the intention to propose them for election or re-election as Directors at the meeting. Provided that the latter requirement shall only apply where the intention to propose the person has been received by the Company in accordance with the provisions of these articles. Subject to any restrictions imposed on any shares, the notice of the meeting shall be given to all the Holders of any class of shares of the Company as of the record date set by the Directors other than shares which, under the terms of these articles or the terms of allotment of such shares, are not entitled to receive such notice from the Company, and to the Directors and the Company’s auditors.

 

54.4

The Board may fix a future time not exceeding 60 days preceding any meeting of Shareholders as a record date for the determination of the Shareholders entitled to attend

 

26


  and vote at any such meeting or any adjournments thereof, and, in such case, only Shareholders of record at the time so fixed shall be entitled to notice of and to vote at such meetings or any adjournment thereof. Subject to section 121 of the Act, the Board may close the Register against transfers of Shares during the whole or part of the period between the record date so fixed and the date of such meeting or the date to which such meeting is adjourned. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining the Shareholders who are entitled to vote at a meeting of Shareholders shall be close of business on the date preceding the day on which notice is given.

 

54.5 The accidental omission to give notice of a meeting to, or, in cases where instruments of proxy are sent out without the notice, the accidental omission to send such instrument of proxy to, or the non-receipt of notice of a meeting or instrument of proxy by, any person entitled to receive notice shall not invalidate the proceedings at the meeting.

 

54.6 A Holder of shares present, either in person or by proxy, at any meeting of the Company or of the Holders of any class of shares in the Company shall be deemed to have received notice of the meeting and, where required, of the purposes for which it was called.

 

54.7 Upon request in writing of Shareholders holding such number of shares as is prescribed by section 132 of the Act, delivered to the Office, it shall be the duty of the Directors to convene a general meeting to be held within two months from the date of the deposit of the requisition in accordance with the section 132 of the Act. If such notice is not given within two months after the delivery of such request, the requisitionists, or any one of them representing more than one half of the total voting rights of all of them, may themselves convene a meeting, but any meeting so convened shall not be held after the expiration of three months from the said date and any notice of such meeting shall be in compliance with these articles.

 

55

 

55.1 The Directors may postpone a general meeting of the members (other than a meeting requisitioned by a member in accordance with section 132 of the Act or where the postponement of which would be contrary to the Acts or a court order pursuant to the Acts) after it has been convened, and notice of such postponement shall be served in accordance with article 54 upon all members entitled to notice of the meeting so postponed setting out, where the meeting is postponed to a specific date, notice of the new meeting in accordance with article 54.

 

55.2 The Directors may cancel a general meeting of the members (other than a meeting requisitioned by a member in accordance with section 132 of the Act or where the cancellation of which would be contrary to the Acts or a court order pursuant to the Acts) after it has been convened, and notice of such cancellation shall be served in accordance with article 54 upon all members entitled to notice of the meeting so cancelled.

Proceedings at General Meetings

 

56

No business shall be transacted at any general meeting unless a quorum is present at the time when the meeting proceeds to business. Except as otherwise provided in these articles, a quorum shall be two or more persons holding or representing by proxy (whether or not such Holder actually exercises his voting rights in whole, in part or at all at the relevant general meeting) more than 50% of the total issued voting rights of the Company’s

 

27


  shares, provided that if the Company has only one member, one member present in person or by proxy shall constitute a quorum. Abstentions and broker non-votes will be counted as present for purposes of determining whether there is a quorum.

 

57 If within five minutes from the time appointed for a general meeting (or such longer interval as the chairman of the meeting may think fit to allow) a quorum is not present, the meeting, if convened upon the requisition of members, shall be dissolved. In any other case it shall stand adjourned to such other day and such other time and place as the chairman of the meeting shall determine. The Company shall give not less than five days’ notice of any meeting adjourned through want of a quorum.

 

58 All business shall be deemed special that is transacted at an extraordinary general meeting, and also all that is transacted at an annual general meeting, with the exception of declaring a dividend, the consideration of the accounts, balance sheets and the reports of the Directors and auditors, the election of Directors, the re-appointment of the retiring auditors and the fixing of the remuneration of the auditors.

 

59 A meeting of the members or any class thereof may be held by means of such telephone, electronic or other communication facilities (including, without limitation of the foregoing, by telephone or video conferencing) as permit all persons participating in the meeting to communicate with each other simultaneously and instantaneously, and participation in such a meeting shall constitute presence at such meeting.

 

60 No business may be transacted at a meeting of members, other than business that is either proposed by or at the direction of the Directors; proposed at the direction of the High Court of Ireland; proposed on the requisition in writing of such number of members as is prescribed by, and is made in accordance with, the relevant provisions of the Acts and, in respect of an annual general meeting only, these articles; or the chairman of the meeting determines in his absolute and sole discretion that the business may properly be regarded as within the scope of the meeting. For business or nominations to be properly brought by a member at any general meeting, the member proposing such business must be a Holder of record at the time of giving of the notice provided for in articles 54 and 55 and must be entitled to vote at such meeting and any proposed business must be a proper matter for member action.

 

61

 

61.1 Subject to the Acts, a resolution may only be put to a vote at a general meeting of the Company if:

 

  (a) it is specified in the notice of the meeting; or

 

  (b) it is otherwise properly brought before the meeting by the chairman of the meeting or by or at the direction of the Board; or

 

  (c) it is proposed at the direction of a court of competent jurisdiction; or

 

  (d) it is proposed with respect to an extraordinary general meeting in the requisition in writing for such meeting made by such number of Shareholders as is prescribed by (and such requisition in writing is made in accordance with) section 132 of the Act; or

 

28


  (e) in the case of an annual general meeting, it is proposed in accordance with article 70; or

 

  (f) it is proposed in accordance with article 118; or

 

  (g) the chairman of the meeting in his discretion decides that the resolution may properly be regarded as within the scope of the meeting.

 

62 No amendment may be made to a resolution at or before the time when it is put to a vote unless the chairman of the meeting in his absolute discretion decides that the amendment or the amended resolution may properly be put to a vote at that meeting.

 

63 If the chairman of the meeting rules a resolution or an amendment to a resolution admissible or out of order, as the case may be, the proceedings of the meeting or on the resolution in question shall not be invalidated by any error in his ruling. Any ruling by the chairman of the meeting in relation to a resolution or an amendment to a resolution shall be final and conclusive, subject to any subsequent order by a court of competent jurisdiction.

 

64 The Chairman, if any, of the Board, shall preside as chairman at every meeting of the Company, or if there is no such Chairman, or if he is not present within fifteen minutes after the time appointed for the holding of the meeting or is unwilling to act, the Directors present shall elect one of their number to be chairman of the meeting.

 

65 If at any meeting no Director is willing to act as chairman of the meeting or if no Director is present within fifteen minutes after the time appointed for holding the meeting, the members present shall choose one of their number to be chairman of the meeting.

 

66 The chairman of the meeting may, with the consent of any meeting at which a quorum is present, and shall if so directed by the meeting, adjourn the meeting from time to time and from place to place, but no business shall be transacted at any adjourned meeting other than the business left unfinished at the meeting from which the adjournment took place. When a meeting is adjourned for three months or more, notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given as in the case of the original meeting. Save as aforesaid, it shall not be necessary to give any notice of an adjournment or of the business to be transacted at an adjourned meeting.

 

67 The Board may, and at any general meeting or meeting of a class of members, the chairman of such meeting may, make any arrangement and impose any requirement or restriction it or he considers appropriate to ensure the security of the meeting including, without limitation, requirements for evidence of identity to be produced by those attending the meeting, the searching of their personal property and the restriction of items that may be taken into the meeting place. The Board and, at any general meeting or meeting of a class of members, the chairman of such meeting, is entitled to refuse entry to a person who refuses to comply with any such arrangements, requirements or restrictions.

 

68

 

68.1 The Board may make such arrangements as it considers appropriate to enable the members to participate in any general meeting by means of two-way, audio-visual electronic facilities, so as to permit all persons participating in the meeting to communicate with each other simultaneously and instantaneously, and participation in such a meeting shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

 

29


68.2 The Board may, and at any general meeting or meeting of a class of members, the chairman of such meeting may make any arrangement and impose any requirement as may be reasonable for the purpose of verifying the identity of members participating by way of electronic facilities, as described in article 68.1.

 

69 Subject to section 141 of the Act and the requirements of the Acts, anything which may be done by resolution in general meeting may, without a meeting and without any previous notice being required, be done by resolution in writing, signed by all of the Shareholders entitled generally to vote at general meetings who at the date of the resolution in writing would be entitled to attend a meeting and vote on the resolution and if described as a Special Resolution shall be deemed to be a Special Resolution or a Special Resolution of the class, as applicable. Such resolution in writing may be signed in as many counterparts as may be necessary. This article 69 shall not apply to those matters required by the Acts to be carried out in a meeting.

 

69.1 For the purposes of any written resolution under this article 69, the date of the resolution in writing is the date when the resolution is signed by, or on behalf of, the last Shareholder to sign and any reference in any enactment to the date of passing of a resolution is, in relation to a resolution in writing made in accordance with this article 69, a reference to such date.

 

69.2 A resolution in writing made in accordance with this article 69 is as valid as if it had been passed by the Company in general meeting.

Advance notice of member business and nominations for Annual General Meetings

 

70 In addition to any other applicable requirements, for business or nominations to be properly brought before an annual general meeting by a member, such member must have given timely notice thereof in proper written form to the Secretary of the Company.

 

71 To be timely for an annual general meeting, a member’s notice to the Secretary as to the business or nominations to be brought before the meeting must be delivered to or mailed and received at the Office not less than 120 calendar days nor more than 150 calendar days before the first anniversary of the notice convening the Company’s annual general meeting for the prior year (and in the case of the Company’s first annual general meeting, references to the preceding year’s annual general meeting shall be to the annual meeting of Actavis, Inc. in that preceding year); provided, however, that in the event that less than 70 days’ notice or prior public disclosure of the date of the meeting is given or made to Shareholders, notice by the Shareholder must be so delivered not later than the close of business on the 15th calendar day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made. In no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment or postponement of an annual general meeting commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a member’s notice as described in articles 72 and 73.

 

72 A member’s notice to the Secretary must set forth as to each matter such member proposes to bring before the meeting:

 

72.1 a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting, the text of the proposal or business (including the text of any resolutions proposed for consideration and if such business includes a proposal to amend the articles of the Company, the text of the proposed amendment) and the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting;

 

30


72.2 as to the member giving the notice:

 

  (a) the name and address, as they appear in the Register, of such member and any Member Associated Person covered by clauses (b) and (c) below;

 

  (b) (A) the class and number of shares of the Company which are held of record or are beneficially owned by the member and by any Member Associated Person with respect to the Company’s securities; (B) a description of any agreement, arrangement or understanding in connection with the proposal of such business between or among such member and any Member Associated Person, any of their respective affiliates or associates, and any others (including their names) acting as a “group” (as such term is used in Rule 13d-5(b) under the Exchange Act) with any of the foregoing; (C) a description of any agreement, arrangement or understanding (including, regardless of the form of settlement, any derivative, long or short positions, profit interests, options, warrants, convertible securities, stock appreciation or similar rights, hedging transactions, and borrowed or loaned securities) that has been entered into, the effect or intent of which is to mitigate loss to, manage risk or benefit from share price changes for, or increase or decrease the voting power of, such member or such Member Associated Person, with respect to shares of the Company; (D) a representation that the member is a Holder of shares of the Company (either of record or beneficially) entitled to vote at such meeting and intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to propose such business; (E) a representation whether the member or the Member Associated Person, if any, intends or is part of a group which intends (x) to deliver a proxy statement and / or form of proxy to Holders of at least the percentage of the Company’s outstanding shares required to adopt the proposal and / or (y) otherwise to solicit proxies from members in support of such proposal. If requested by the Company, the information required under clauses (A), (B) and (C) of the preceding sentence shall be supplemented by such member and any Member Associated Person not later than ten days after the later of the record date for the meeting or the date notice of the record date is first publicly disclosed to disclose such information as of the record date; and

 

  (c) any material interest of the member or any Member Associated Person in such business.

The chairman of the meeting shall have the power and duty to determine whether any business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made or proposed in accordance with the procedures set forth in this article, and if any proposed business is not in compliance with this article, to declare that such defective proposal shall be disregarded. The chairman of such meeting shall, if the facts reasonably warrant, refuse to acknowledge that a proposal that is not made in compliance with the procedure specified in this article, and any such proposal not properly brought before the meeting, be considered.

 

31


73

 

73.1 A member’s notice to the Secretary must set forth as to each nomination such member proposes to bring before the meeting:

as to each person whom the member proposes to nominate for election as a Director all information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for election of Directors in an election contest, or its otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act (including such person’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement as nominee and to serving as director if elected); and

 

  (a) the name and address, as they appear in the Register, of such member and any Member Associated Person covered by clause (b) below; and

 

  (b) (A) the class and number of shares of the Company which are held of record or are beneficially owned by the member and by any Member Associated Person with respect to the Company’s securities; (B) a description of any agreement, arrangement or understanding in connection with the nomination between or among such member and any Member Associated Person, any of their respective affiliates or associates, and any others (including their names) acting as a “group” (as such term is used in Rule I3d-5(b) under the Exchange Act) with any of the foregoing; (C) a description of any agreement, arrangement or understanding (including, regardless of the form of settlement, any derivative, long or short positions, profit interests, options, warrants, convertible securities, stock appreciation or similar rights, hedging transactions, and borrowed or loaned securities) that has been entered into as of the date of the member’s notice by, or on behalf of, such member and any Member Associated Person, the effect or intent of which is to mitigate loss to, manage risk or benefit from share price changes for, or increase or decrease the voting power of, such member or such Member Associated Person, with respect to shares of the Company; (D) a representation that the member is a Holder of shares of the Company (either of record or beneficially) entitled to vote at such meeting and intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to propose such nomination; (E) a representation whether the member or the Member Associated Person, if any, intends or is part of a group which intends (x) to deliver a proxy statement and / or form of proxy to Holders of at least the percentage of the Company’s outstanding shares required to adopt the proposal and / or (y) otherwise to solicit proxies from members in support of such proposal. If requested by the Company, the information required under clauses (A), (B) and (C) of the preceding sentence shall be supplemented by such member and any Member Associated Person not later than ten days after the later of the record date for the meeting or the date notice of the record date is first publicly disclosed to disclose such information as of the record date.

 

73.2 The Company may require any proposed nominee to furnish such other information as it may reasonably require, including the completion of any questionnaires to determine the eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve as a Director of the Company and the impact that such service would have on the ability of the Company to satisfy the requirements of laws, rules, regulations and listing standards applicable to the Company or its Directors.

 

73.3 The chairman of the meeting shall have the power and duty to determine whether a nomination to be brought before the meeting was made or proposed in accordance with the procedures set forth in this article, and if any proposed nomination is not in compliance with this article, to declare that such defective nomination shall be disregarded. The chairman of such meeting shall, if the facts reasonably warrant, refuse to acknowledge a nomination that is not made in compliance with the procedure specified in this article, and any such nomination not properly brought before the meeting shall not be considered.

 

32


74 Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of articles 72 and 73, unless otherwise required by law, if the member (or a qualified representative of the member) does not appear at the annual general meeting to present a nomination or proposed business, such nomination shall be disregarded and such proposed business shall not be transacted, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such vote may have been received by the Company. For purposes of articles 72 and 73, to be considered a qualified representative of the member, a person must be a duly authorized officer, manager or partner of such member or must be authorized by a writing executed by such member or an electronic transmission delivered by such member to act for such member as proxy at the meeting of member and such person must produce such writing or electronic transmission, or a reliable reproduction of the writing or electronic transmission, at the general meeting of members.

 

75 In addition, if the member intends to solicit proxies from the members of the Company, such member shall notify the Company of this intent in accordance with Rule 14a-4 and / or Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act. Any references in these articles to the Exchange Act or the rules promulgated thereunder are not intended to and shall not limit any requirements applicable to member nominations or proposals as to any other business to be considered pursuant to these articles and compliance with these articles shall be the exclusive means for a member to make nominations or submit proposals for any other business to be considered at an annual general meeting (other than matters brought properly under and in compliance with Rule 14a-8 of the Exchange Act, or any successor rule). Nothing in these articles shall be deemed to affect any rights of members to request inclusion of proposals in the Company’s proxy statement pursuant to applicable rules and regulations under the Exchange Act.

Voting, proxies and corporate representatives

 

76 Except where a greater majority is required by the Acts or these articles, any question, business or resolution proposed at any general meeting shall be decided by a simple majority of the votes cast.

 

77 Subject to any rights or restrictions attached to any class of shares, at any meeting of the Company each member present in person shall be entitled to one vote on any question to be decided on a show of hands and each member in person or by proxy shall be entitled on a poll to one vote for each share held by him.

 

78 At any general meeting a resolution put to the vote of the meeting shall be decided on a show of hands unless a poll is (before or on the declaration of the result of the show of hands) demanded by:

 

78.1 the chairman of the meeting; or

 

78.2 by at least three members present in person or represented by proxy; or

 

78.3 by any member or members present in person or represented by proxy and representing not less than one-tenth of the total voting rights of all the members having the right to vote at the meeting; or

 

33


78.4 by a member or members holding shares in the Company conferring the right to vote at the meeting being shares on which an aggregate sum has been paid up equal to not less than one-tenth of the total sum paid up on all the shares conferring that right.

Unless a poll is so demanded, a declaration by the chairman of the meeting that a resolution has, on a show of hands, been carried or carried unanimously, or by a particular majority, or lost, and an entry to that effect in the book containing the minutes of the proceedings of the Company, shall be conclusive evidence of the fact without proof of the number or proportion of the votes recorded in favour of or against such resolution.

The demand for a poll may be withdrawn.

 

79 Except as provided in article 80, if a poll is duly demanded it shall be taken in such manner as the Chairman directs, and the result of the poll shall be deemed to be the resolution of the meeting at which the poll was demanded.

 

80 A poll demanded on the election of the Chairman or on a question of adjournment shall be taken forthwith. A poll demanded on any other question shall be taken at such time as the Chairman of the meeting directs, and any business other than that on which a poll has been demanded may be proceeded with pending the taking of the poll.

 

81 When there are joint Holders, the vote of the senior who tenders a vote, whether in person or by proxy, shall be accepted to the exclusion of the votes of the other joint Holders; and for this purpose, seniority shall be determined by the order in which the names stand in the Register.

 

82 A member of unsound mind, or in respect of whom an order has been made by any court having jurisdiction (whether in Ireland or elsewhere) in matters concerning mental disorder, may vote, whether on a show of hands or on a poll, by his committee, receiver, guardian or other person appointed by that court and any such committee, receiver, guardian or other person may vote by proxy on a show of hands or on a poll. Evidence to the satisfaction of the Directors of the authority of the person claiming to exercise the right to vote shall be received at the Office or at such other address as is specified in accordance with these articles for the receipt of appointments of proxy, not less than 48 hours before the time appointed for holding the meeting or adjourned meeting at which the right to vote is to be exercised and in default the right to vote shall not be exercisable.

 

83 No member shall be entitled to vote at any general meeting unless any calls or other sums immediately payable by him in respect of shares in the Company have been paid.

 

84 No objection shall be raised to the qualification of any voter except at the meeting or adjourned meeting at which the vote objected to is given or tendered, and every vote not disallowed at such meeting shall be valid for all purposes. Any such objection made in due time shall be referred to the Chairman of the meeting, whose decision shall be final and conclusive.

 

85 A Holder entitled to more than one vote on a poll need not use all his votes or cast all the votes he uses in the same way.

 

86 If:

 

86.1 any objection shall be raised as to the qualification of any voter; or

 

34


86.2 any votes have been counted which ought not to have been counted or which might have been rejected; or

 

86.3 any votes are not counted which out to have been counted,

the objection or error shall not vitiate the decision of the meeting or adjourned meeting on any resolution unless the same is raised or pointed out at the meeting or, as the case may be, the adjourned meeting at which the vote objected to is given or tendered or at which the error occurs. Any objection or error shall be referred to the chairman of the meeting and shall only vitiate the decision of the meeting on any resolution if the chairman decides that the same may have affected the decision of the meeting. The decision of the chairman on such matters shall be final and conclusive.

 

87 Votes may be given either personally or by proxy.

 

88

 

88.1 Every member entitled to attend and vote at a general meeting may appoint a proxy to attend, speak and vote on his behalf and may appoint more than one proxy to attend, speak and vote at the same meeting. The appointment of a proxy shall be in any form which the Directors may approve and, if required by the Company, shall be signed by or on behalf of the appointor. In relation to written proxies, a body corporate may sign a form of proxy under its common seal or under the hand of a duly authorised officer thereof or in such other manner as the Directors may approve. A proxy need not be a member of the Company. The appointment of a proxy in electronic or other form shall only be effective in such manner as the Directors may approve.

 

88.2 Without limiting the foregoing, the Directors may from time to time permit appointments of a proxy to be made by means of an electronic or internet communication or facility and may in a similar manner permit supplements to, or amendments or revocations of, any such electronic or internet communication or facility to be made. The Directors may in addition prescribe the method of determining the time at which any such electronic or internet communication or facility is to be treated as received by the Company. The Directors may treat any such electronic or Internet communication or facility which purports to be or is expressed to be sent on behalf of a Holder of a share as sufficient evidence of the authority of the person sending that instruction to send it on behalf of that Holder.

 

89 Any body corporate which is a member of the Company may authorise such person as it thinks fit to act as its representative at any meeting of the Company or of any class of members of the Company and the person so authorised shall be entitled to exercise the same powers on behalf of the body corporate which he represents as that body corporate could exercise if it were an individual member of the Company. The Company may require evidence from the body corporate of the due authorisation of such person to act as the representative of the relevant body corporate.

 

90 An appointment of proxy relating to more than one meeting (including any adjournment thereof) having once been received by the Company for the purposes of any meeting shall not require to be delivered, deposited or received again by the Company for the purposes of any subsequent meeting to which it relates.

 

91

Receipt by the Company of an appointment of proxy in respect of a meeting shall not preclude a member from attending and voting at the meeting or at any adjournment

 

35


  thereof. An appointment proxy shall be valid, unless the contrary is stated therein, as well for any adjournment of the meeting as for the meeting to which it relates. A standing proxy shall be valid for all meetings and adjournments thereof or resolutions in writing, as the case may be, until notice of revocation is received by the Company. Where a standing proxy exists, its operation shall be deemed to have been suspended at any meeting or adjournment thereof at which the Holder is present or in respect to which the Holder has specially appointed a proxy. The Directors may from time to time require such evidence as it shall deem necessary as to the due execution and continuing validity of any standing proxy and the operation of any such standing proxy shall be deemed to be suspended until such time as the Directors determine that they have received the requested evidence or other evidence satisfactory to it.

 

92 A vote given or poll demanded in accordance with the terms of an appointment of proxy or a resolution authorising a representative to act on behalf of a body corporate shall be valid notwithstanding the death or insanity of the principal, or the revocation of the appointment of proxy or of the authority under which the proxy was appointed or of the resolution authorising the representative to act or transfer of the share in respect of which the proxy was appointed or the authorisation of the representative to act was given, provided that no intimation in writing (whether in electronic form or otherwise) of such death, insanity, revocation or transfer shall have been received by the Company at the Office, at least one hour before the commencement of the meeting or adjourned meeting at which the appointment of proxy is used or at which the representative acts PROVIDED HOWEVER, that where such intimation is given in electronic form it shall have been received by the Company at least 24 hours (or such lesser time as the Directors may specify) before the commencement of the meeting.

 

93 The Directors may send, at the expense of the Company, by post, electronic mail or otherwise, to the members forms for the appointment of a proxy (with or without stamped envelopes for their return) for use at any general meeting or at any class meeting, either in blank or nominating any one or more of the Directors or any other persons in the alternative.

 

94 The instrument appointing a proxy shall be deemed to confer authority to demand or join in demanding a poll.

Directors

 

95 The number of Directors shall (subject to: (a) automatic increases to accommodate the exercise of the rights of Holders of any class or series of shares then in issue having special rights to nominate or appoint Directors in accordance with the terms of issue of such class or series of shares; and / or (b) any resolution passed in accordance with article 121) not be less than five nor more than fourteen. The continuing Directors may act notwithstanding any vacancy in their body, provided that if the number of the Directors is reduced below the prescribed minimum the remaining Director or Directors shall appoint forthwith an additional Director or additional Directors to make up such minimum or shall convene a general meeting of the Company for the purpose of making such appointment.

 

96 Each Director shall be entitled to receive such fees for his services as a Director, if any, as the Board may from time to time determine. Each Director shall be paid all expenses properly and reasonably incurred by him in the conduct of the Company’s business or in the discharge of his duties as a Director, including his reasonable travelling, hotel and incidental expenses in attending and returning from meetings of the Board or any committee of the Board or general meetings.

 

36


97 The Board may from time to time determine that, subject to the requirements of the Acts, all or part of any fees or other remuneration payable to any Director of the Company shall be provided in the form of shares or other securities of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company, or options or rights to acquire such shares or other securities, on such terms as the Board may decide.

 

98 If any Director shall be called upon to perform extra services which in the opinion of the Directors are outside the scope of the ordinary duties of a Director, the Company may remunerate such Director either by a fixed sum or by a percentage of profits or otherwise as may be determined by a resolution passed at a meeting of the Directors and such remuneration may be either in addition to or in substitution for any other remuneration to which he may be entitled as a Director.

 

99 No shareholding qualification for Directors shall be required. A Director who is not a member of the Company shall nevertheless be entitled to attend and speak at general meetings.

 

100 Unless the Company otherwise directs, a Director of the Company may be or become a Director or other officer of, or otherwise interested in, any company promoted by the Company or in which the Company may be interested as Holder or otherwise, and no such Director shall be accountable to the Company for any remuneration or other benefits received by him as a Director or officer of, or from his interest in, such other company.

Borrowing powers

 

101 Subject to Part III of the 1983 Act, the Directors may exercise all the powers of the Company to borrow or raise money, and to mortgage or charge its undertaking, property, assets and uncalled capital or any part thereof and to issue debentures, debenture stock, guarantees and other securities whether outright or as collateral security for any debt, liability or obligation of the Company or of any third party, without any limitation as to amount.

Powers and duties of the Directors

 

102 Subject to the provisions of the Acts and these articles, the Board shall manage the business and affairs of the Company and may exercise all of the powers of the Company as are not required by the Acts or by these articles to be exercised by the Company in general meeting. No alteration of these articles shall invalidate any prior act of the Board which would have been valid if that alteration had not been made. The powers given by this article shall not be limited by any special power given to the Board by these articles and, except as otherwise expressly provided in these articles, a meeting of the Board at which a quorum is present shall be competent to exercise all of the powers, authorities and discretions vested in or exercisable by the Board.

 

103

The Directors may from time to time and at any time by power of attorney appoint any company, firm or person or body of persons, whether nominated directly or indirectly by the Directors, to be the attorney or attorneys of the Company for such purposes and with such powers, authorities and discretions (not exceeding those vested in or exercisable by the

 

37


  Directors under these articles) and for such period and subject to such conditions as they may think fit, and any such power of attorney may contain such provisions for the protection of persons dealing with any such attorney as the Directors may think fit, and may also authorise any such attorney to delegate all or any of the powers, authorities and discretions vested in him.

 

104 The Company may exercise the powers conferred by section 41 of the Act with regard to having an official seal for use abroad and such powers shall be vested in the Directors.

 

105 A Director who is in any way, whether directly or indirectly, interested in a contract or proposed contract with the Company shall declare the nature of his interest at a meeting of the Directors in accordance with section 194 of the Act.

 

106   

 

106.1 A Director who to his knowledge is in any way, whether directly or indirectly, interested in a contract or proposed contract, transaction or arrangement with the Company and has complied with the Acts and these articles with regard to disclosure of his interest shall be entitled to vote in respect of any contract, transaction or arrangement in which he is so interested and if he shall do so his vote shall be counted, and he shall be taken into account in ascertaining whether a quorum is present, but the resolution with respect to the contract, transaction or arrangement will fail unless it is approved by a majority of the disinterested Directors voting on the resolution.

 

106.2 Where proposals are under consideration concerning the appointment (including fixing or varying the terms of appointment) of two or more Directors to offices or employments with the Company or any company in which the Company is interested, such proposals may be divided and considered in relation to each Director separately and in such case each of the Directors concerned shall be entitled to vote (and be counted in the quorum) in respect of each resolution except that concerning his own appointment.

 

106.3 For the purposes of this article, an interest of a person who is the spouse or a minor child of a Director shall be treated as an interest of the Director.

 

106.4 The Company by Ordinary Resolution may suspend or relax the provisions of this article to any extent or ratify any transaction not duly authorised by reason of a contravention of this article.

 

107 A Director may hold and be remunerated in respect of any other office or place of profit under the Company or any other company in which the Company may be interested (other than the office of auditor of the Company or any subsidiary thereof) in conjunction with his office of Director for such period and on such terms as to remuneration and otherwise as the Directors may determine, and no Director or intending Director shall be disqualified by his office from contracting or being interested, directly or indirectly, in any contract or arrangement with the Company or any such other company either with regard to his tenure of any such other office or place of profit or as vendor, purchaser or otherwise nor shall any Director so contracting or being so interested be liable to account to the Company for any profits and advantages accruing to him from any such contract or arrangement by reason of such Director holding that office or of the fiduciary relationship thereby established.

 

108

So long as, where it is necessary, a Director declares the nature of his interest at the first opportunity at a meeting of the Board or by writing to the Directors, a Director shall not by

 

38


  reason of his office be accountable to the Company for any benefit which he derives from any office or employment to which these articles allow him to be appointed or from any transaction or arrangement in which these articles allow him to be interested, and no such transaction or arrangement shall be liable to be avoided on the ground of any interest or benefit.

 

109 To the maximum extent permitted from time to time under the laws of Ireland, the Company renounces any interest or expectancy of the Company in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, business opportunities that are from time to time presented to its Directors, officers or members or the affiliates of the foregoing, other than those Directors, officers or members or affiliates who are employees of the Company. No amendment or repeal of this article shall apply to or have any effect on the liability or alleged liability of any such Director, officer or member or affiliate of the Company for or with respect to any opportunities of which such Director, officer or member or affiliate becomes aware prior to such amendment or repeal.

 

110 The Directors may exercise the voting powers conferred by shares of any other company held or owned by the Company in such manner in all respects as they think fit and in particular they may exercise their voting powers in favour of any resolution appointing the Directors or any of them as Directors or officers of such other company or providing for the payment of remuneration or pensions to the Directors or officers of such other company.

 

111 Any Director may act by himself or his firm in a professional capacity for the Company, and he or his firm shall be entitled to remuneration for professional services as if he were not a Director, but nothing herein contained shall authorise a Director or his firm to act as auditor for the Company.

 

112 All cheques, promissory notes, drafts, bills of exchange and other negotiable instruments and all receipts for money paid to the Company shall be signed, drawn, accepted, endorsed or otherwise executed, as the case may be, by such person or persons and in such manner as the Directors shall from time to time by resolution determine.

 

113 The Directors shall cause minutes to be made in books provided for the purpose:

 

113.1 of all appointments of officers made by the Directors;

 

113.2 of the names of the Directors present at each meeting of the Directors and of any committee of the Directors; and

 

113.3 of all resolutions and proceedings at all meetings of the Company and of the Directors and of committees of Directors.

 

114

The Directors, on behalf of the Company, may procure the establishment and maintenance of or participate in, or contribute to any non-contributory or contributory pension or superannuation fund, scheme or arrangement or life assurance scheme or arrangement for the benefit of, and pay, provide for or procure the grant of donations, gratuities, pensions, allowances, benefits or emoluments to any persons (including Directors or other officers) who are or shall have been at any time in the employment or service of the Company or of any company which is or was a subsidiary of the Company or of the Predecessor in business of the Company or any such subsidiary or holding Company and the wives, widows, families, relatives or dependants of any such persons. The Directors may also procure the establishment and subsidy of or subscription to and support of any institutions,

 

39


  associations, clubs, funds or trusts calculated to be for the benefit of any such persons as aforesaid or otherwise to advance the interests and well being of the Company or of any such other Company as aforesaid, or its members, and payments for or towards the insurance of any such persons as aforesaid and subscriptions or guarantees of money for charitable or benevolent objects or for any exhibition or for any public, general or useful object. Any Director shall be entitled to retain any benefit received by him under this article, subject only, where the Acts require, to disclosure to the members and the approval of the Company in general meeting.

Disqualification of Directors

 

115 The office of a Director shall be vacated ipso facto if the Director:

 

115.1 is restricted or disqualified to act as a Director under the provisions of Part VII of the 1990 Act; or

 

115.2 resigns his office by notice in writing to the Company or in writing offers to resign and the Directors resolve to accept such offer; or

 

115.3 is removed from office under article 122.

Appointment, rotation and removal of Directors

 

116 At each annual general meeting of the Company, all the Directors shall retire from office and be re-eligible for re-election.

 

117 Upon the resignation or termination of office of any Director, if a new Director shall be appointed to the Board he will be designated to fill the vacancy arising.

 

118   

 

118.1 No person shall be appointed a Director, unless nominated in accordance with the provisions of this article 118. Nominations of persons for appointment as Directors may be made:

 

  (a) by the affirmative vote of two-thirds of the Board; or

 

  (b) with respect to election at an annual general meeting, by any Shareholder who holds Ordinary Shares or other shares carrying the general right to vote at general meetings of the Company, who is a Shareholder at the time of the giving of the notice provided for in article 70 and at the time of the relevant annual general meeting, and who timely complies with the notice procedures set forth in this articles 71 - 73; or

 

  (c) with respect to election at an extraordinary general meeting requisitioned in accordance with section 132 of the Act, by a Shareholder or Shareholders who hold Ordinary Shares or other shares carrying the general right to vote at general meetings of the Company and who make such nomination in the written requisition of the extraordinary general meeting and in compliance with the other provisions of these articles and the Acts relating to nominations of Directors and the proper bringing of special business before an extraordinary general meeting; or

 

  (d) by Holders of any class or series of shares in the Company then in issue having special rights to nominate or appoint Directors in accordance with the terms of issue of such class or series, but only to the extent provided in such terms of issue,

 

40


(sub-clauses (b), (c) and (d) being the exclusive means for a Shareholder to make nominations of persons for election to the Board).

 

118.2 For nominations of persons for election as Directors at an extraordinary general meeting to be in proper written form, a Shareholder’s notice must comply with the requirements outlined in articles 72 and 73.

 

118.3 The determination of whether a nomination of a candidate for election as a Director of the Company has been timely and properly brought before such meeting in accordance with this article 118 will be made by the presiding officer of such meeting. If the presiding officer determines that any nomination has not been timely and properly brought before such meeting, he or she will so declare to the meeting and such defective nomination will be disregarded.

 

119 A retiring Director shall be eligible to be nominated for re-election at an annual general meeting.

 

120 If a Director stands for re-election, he shall be deemed to have been re-elected, unless at such meeting the Ordinary Resolution for the re-election of such Director has been defeated.

 

121 The Company may from time to time by Ordinary Resolution increase or reduce the maximum number of Directors.

 

122 The Company may, by Ordinary Resolution, of which extended notice has been given in accordance with section 142 of the Act, remove any Director before the expiration of his period of office notwithstanding anything in these regulations or in any agreement between the Company and such Director. Such removal shall be without prejudice to any claim such Director may have for damages for breach of any contract of service between him and the Company.

 

123 The Directors may appoint a person who is willing to act to be a Director, either to fill a vacancy or as an additional Director, provided that the appointment does not cause the number of Directors to exceed any number fixed by or in accordance with these articles as the maximum number of Directors.

 

124 The Company may by Ordinary Resolution elect another person in place of a Director removed from office under article 122; and without prejudice to the powers of the Directors under article 123 the Company in general meeting may elect any person to be a Director either to fill a vacancy or an additional Director, subject to the maximum number of Directors set out in article 95.

Officers

 

125

The Board may elect a chairman of the Board and determine the period for which he is to hold office and may appoint any person (whether or not a Director) to fill the position of chief executive officer (who may be the same person as the chairman of the Board). The

 

41


  chairman of the Board shall vacate that office if he vacates his office as a Director (otherwise than by the expiration of his term of office at a general meeting of the Company at which he is re-appointed).

 

126 The Board may from time to time appoint one or more of its body to hold any office or position with the Company for such period and on such terms as the Board may determine and may revoke or terminate any such appointment. Any such revocation or termination shall be without prejudice to any claim for damages that such Director may have against the Company or the Company may have against such Director for any breach of any contract of service between him and the Company that may be involved in such revocation or termination or otherwise. Any person so appointed shall receive such remuneration, if any (whether by way of salary, commission, participation in profits or otherwise), as the Board may determine.

 

127 In addition, the Board may appoint any person, whether or not he is a Director, to hold such executive or official position (except that of Auditor) as the Board may from time to time determine. The same person may hold more than one office or executive or official position.

 

128 Any person elected or appointed pursuant to this article 128 shall hold his office or other position for such period and on such terms as the Board may determine and the Board may revoke or vary any such election or appointment at any time by resolution of the Board. Any such revocation or variation shall be without prejudice to any claim for damages that such person may have against the Company or the Company may have against such person for any breach of any contract of service between him and the Company which may be involved in such revocation or variation. If any such office or other position becomes vacant for any reason, the vacancy may be filled by the Board.

 

129 Except as provided in the Acts or these articles, the powers and duties of any person elected or appointed to any office or executive or official position pursuant to this article 129 shall be such as are determined from time to time by the Board.

 

130 The use or inclusion of the word “officer” (or similar words) in the title of any executive or other position shall not be deemed to imply that the person holding such executive or other position is an “officer” of the Company within the meaning of the Acts.

 

131 The Secretary (including one or more deputy or assistant secretaries) shall be appointed by the Directors at such remuneration (if any) and upon such terms as it may think fit and any Secretary so appointed may be removed by the Directors.

 

131.1 It shall be the duty of the Secretary to make and keep records of the votes, doings and proceedings of all meetings of the members and Board of the Company, and of its committees, and to authenticate records of the Company.

 

131.2 A provision of the Acts or these articles requiring or authorising a thing to be done by or to a Director and the Secretary shall not be satisfied by its being done by or to the same person acting both as Director and as, or in place of, the Secretary.

 

42


Proceedings of Directors

 

132   

 

132.1 The Directors may meet together for the dispatch of business, adjourn and otherwise regulate their meetings as they may think fit. The quorum necessary for the transaction of the business of the Directors shall be a majority of the Directors in office at the time when the meeting is convened. Questions arising at any meeting shall be decided by a majority of votes. Each director present and voting shall have one vote.

 

132.2 Any Director may participate in a meeting of the Directors by means of telephonic or other similar communication whereby all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other speak, and participation in a meeting in this manner shall be deemed to constitute presence in person at such meeting and any director may be situated in any part of the world for any such meeting.

 

132.3 A meeting of the Directors or any committee appointed by the Directors may be held by means of such telephone, electronic or other communication facilities (including, without limiting the foregoing, by telephone or by video conferencing) as permit all persons participating in the meeting to communicate with each other simultaneously and instantaneously and participation in such a meeting shall constitute presence in person at such meeting. Such a meeting shall be deemed to take place where the largest group of those Directors participating in the meeting is physically assembled, or, if there is no such group, where the chairman of the meeting then is.

 

133 The President or Chairman, as the case may be, or any four Directors, may, and the Secretary on the requisition of the President or Chairman, as the case may be, or any four Directors shall, at any time summon a meeting of the Directors.

 

134 The continuing Directors may act notwithstanding any vacancy in their number but, if and so long as their number is reduced below the number fixed by or pursuant to these articles as the necessary quorum of Directors, the continuing Directors or Director may act for the purpose of increasing the number of Directors to that number or of summoning a general meeting of the Company but for no other purpose.

 

135 The Board may from time to time designate committees of the Board, with such powers and duties as the Board may decide to confer on such committees, and shall, for those committees and any others provided for herein, elect a director or directors to serve as the member or members, designating, if it desires, other directors as alternate members who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. Adequate provision shall be made for notice to members of all meetings of committees; a majority of the members shall constitute a quorum unless the committee shall consist of one or two members, in which event one member shall constitute a quorum; and all matters shall be determined by a majority vote of the members present. Action may be taken by any committee without a meeting if all members thereof consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of the proceedings of such committees.

 

136 A committee may elect a chairman of its meeting. If no such chairman is elected, or if at any meeting the chairman is not present within five minutes after the time appointed for holding the same, the members present may choose one of their number to be chairman of the meeting.

 

43


137 All acts done by any meeting of the Directors or of a committee of Directors or by any person acting as a Director shall, notwithstanding that it be afterwards discovered that there was some defect in the appointment of any such Director or person acting as aforesaid, or that they or any of them were disqualified, be as valid as if every such person had been duly appointed and was qualified to be a Director.

 

138 Notwithstanding anything in these articles or in the Acts which might be construed as providing to the contrary, notice of every meeting of the Directors shall be given to all Directors either by mail not less than 48 hours before the date of the meeting, by telephone, email, or any other electronic means on not less than 24 hours’ notice, or on such shorter notice as person or persons calling such meeting may deem necessary or appropriate and which is reasonable in the circumstances. Any director may waive any notice required to be given under these articles, and the attendance of a director at a meeting shall be deemed to be a waiver by such Director.

 

139 A resolution or other document in writing (in electronic form or otherwise) signed (whether by electronic signature, advanced electronic signature or otherwise as approved by the Directors) by all the Directors entitled to receive notice of a meeting of Directors or of a committee of Directors shall be as valid as if it had been passed at a meeting of Directors or (as the case may be) a committee of Directors duly convened and held and may consist of several documents in the like form each signed by one or more Directors, and such resolution or other document or documents when duly signed may be delivered or transmitted (unless the Directors shall otherwise determine either generally or in any specific case) by facsimile transmission, electronic mail or some other similar means of transmitting the contents of documents.

Rights plan

 

140 Subject to applicable law, the Board is hereby expressly authorised to adopt any shareholder rights plan or similar plan, agreement or arrangement pursuant to which, under circumstances provided therein, some or all Shareholders will have rights to acquire Shares or interests in Shares at a discounted price, upon such terms and conditions as the Board deems expedient and in the best interests of the Company.

The seal

 

141 The Company, in accordance with article 104, may have for use in any territory outside Ireland one or more additional Seals, each of which shall be a duplicate of the Seal with or without the addition on its face of the name of one or more territories, districts or places where it is to be used and a securities seal as provided for in the Companies (Amendment) Act 1977.

 

142 Any Authorised Person may affix the Seal of the Company over his signature alone to any document of the Company required to be authenticated or executed under Seal. Subject to the Acts, any instrument to which a Seal is affixed shall be signed by one or more Authorised Persons. As used in this article 142, “Authorised Person” means (i) any Director, the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary, and (ii) any other person authorised for such purpose by the Board from time to time (whether, in the case of this clause (ii), identified individually or collectively and whether identified by name, title, function or such other criteria as the Board may determine).

 

44


Dividends and reserves

 

143 The Company in general meeting may declare dividends, but no dividends shall exceed the amount recommended by the Directors.

 

144 The Directors may from time to time pay to the members such interim dividends as appear to the Directors to be justified by the profits of the Company.

 

145 No dividend or interim dividend shall be paid otherwise than in accordance with the provisions of Part IV of the 1983 Act.

 

146 The Directors may, before recommending any dividend, set aside out of the profits of the Company such sums as they think proper as a reserve or reserves which shall, at the discretion of the Directors, be applicable for any purpose to which the profits of the Company may be properly applied and pending such application may at the like discretion either be employed in the business of the Company or be invested in such investments as the Directors may lawfully determine. The Directors may also, without placing the same to reserve, carry forward any profits which they may think it prudent not to divide.

 

147 Subject to the rights of persons, if any, entitled to shares with special rights as to dividends, all dividends shall be declared and paid according to the amounts paid or credited as paid on the shares in respect whereof the dividend is paid, but no amount paid or credited as paid on a share in advance of calls shall be treated for the purposes of this article as paid on the share. All dividends shall be apportioned and paid proportionately to the amounts paid or credited as paid on the shares during any portion or portions of the period in respect of which the dividend is paid; but if any share is issued on terms providing that it shall rank for dividend as from a particular date, such share shall rank for dividend accordingly.

 

148 The Directors may deduct from any dividend payable to any member all sums of money (if any) immediately payable by him to the Company on account of calls or otherwise in relation to the shares of the Company.

 

149 Any general meeting declaring a dividend or bonus and any resolution of the Directors declaring an interim dividend may direct payment of such dividend, bonus or interim dividend wholly or partly by the distribution of specific assets and in particular of paid up shares, debentures or debenture stocks of any other company or in any one or more of such ways, and the Directors shall give effect to such resolution, and where any difficulty arises in regard to such distribution, the Directors may settle the same as they think expedient, and in particular may fix the value for distribution of such specific assets or any part thereof and may determine that cash payments shall be made to any members upon the footing of the value so fixed, in order to adjust the rights of all the parties, and may vest any such specific assets in trustees as may seem expedient to the Directors.

 

150

Any dividend or other moneys payable in respect of any share may be paid by cheque or warrant sent by post, at the risk of the person or persons entitled thereto, to the registered address of the Holder or, where there are joint Holders, to the registered address of that one of the joint Holders who is first named on the members Register or to such person and to such address as the Holder or joint Holders may in writing direct. Every such cheque or warrant shall be made payable to the order of the person to whom it is sent and payment of the cheque or warrant shall be a good discharge to the Company. Any joint Holder or other

 

45


  person jointly entitled to a share as aforesaid may give receipts for any dividend or other moneys payable in respect of the share. Any such dividend or other distribution may also be paid by any other method (including payment in a currency other than US$, electronic funds transfer, direct debit, bank transfer or by means of a relevant system) which the Directors consider appropriate and any member who elects for such method of payment shall be deemed to have accepted all of the risks inherent therein. The debiting of the Company’s account in respect of the relevant amount shall be evidence of good discharge of the Company’s obligations in respect of any payment made by any such methods.

 

151 No dividend shall bear interest against the Company.

 

152 If the Directors so resolve, any dividend which has remained unclaimed for six years from the date of its declaration shall be forfeited and cease to remain owing by the Company. The payment by the Directors of any unclaimed dividend or other moneys payable in respect of a share into a separate account shall not constitute the Company a trustee in respect thereof.

Accounts

 

153   

 

153.1 The Directors shall cause to be kept proper books of account, whether in the form of documents, electronic form or otherwise, that:

 

  (a) correctly record and explain the transactions of the Company;

 

  (b) will at any time enable the financial position of the Company to be determined with reasonable accuracy;

 

  (c) will enable the Directors to ensure that any balance sheet, profit and loss account or income and expenditure account of the Company complies with the requirements of the Acts; and

 

  (d) will enable the accounts of the Company to be readily and properly audited.

Books of account shall be kept on a continuous and consistent basis and entries therein shall be made in a timely manner and be consistent from year to year. Proper books of account shall not be deemed to be kept if there are not kept such books of account as are necessary to give a true and fair view of the state of the Company’s affairs and to explain its transactions.

The Company may send by post, electronic mail or any other means of electronic communication a summary financial statement to its members or persons nominated by any member. The Company may meet, but shall be under no obligation to meet, any request from any of its members to be sent additional copies of its full report and accounts or summary financial statement or other communications with its members.

 

153.2 The books of account shall be kept at the Office or, subject to the provisions of the Acts, at such other place as the Directors think fit and shall be open at all reasonable times to the inspection of the Directors.

 

46


153.3 In accordance with the provisions of the Acts, the Directors shall cause to be prepared and to be laid before the annual general meeting of the Company from time to time such profit and loss accounts, balance sheets, group accounts and reports as are required by the Acts to be prepared and laid before such meeting.

 

153.4 A copy of every balance sheet (including every document required by law to be annexed thereto) which is to be laid before the annual general meeting of the Company together with a copy of the Directors’ report and Auditors’ report shall be sent by post, electronic mail or any other means of communication (electronic or otherwise), not less than 21 Clear Days before the date of the annual general meeting, to every person entitled under the provisions of the Acts to receive them; provided that in the case of those documents sent by electronic mail or any other means of electronic communication, such documents shall be sent with the consent of the recipient, to the address of the recipient notified to the Company by the recipient for such purposes.

Capitalisation of profits

 

154 The Directors may resolve to capitalise any part of the amount for the time being standing to the credit of any of the Company’s reserve accounts or to the credit of the profit and loss account which is not available for distribution by applying such sum in paying up in full unissued shares to be allotted as fully paid bonus shares to those members of the Company who would have been entitled to that sum if it were distributable and had been distributed by way of dividend (and in the same proportions). In pursuance of any such resolution under this article 154, the Directors shall make all appropriations and applications of the undivided profits resolved to be capitalised thereby and all allotments and issues of fully paid shares or debentures, if any, and generally shall do all acts and things required to give effect thereto with full power to the Directors to make such provisions as they shall think fit for the case of shares or debentures becoming distributable in fractions (and, in particular, without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, either to disregard such fractions or to sell the shares or debentures represented by such fractions and distribute the net proceeds of such sale to and for the benefit of the Company or to and for the benefit of the members otherwise entitled to such fractions in due proportions) and to authorise any person to enter on behalf of all the members concerned into an agreement with the Company providing for the allotment to them respectively, credited as fully paid up, of any further shares or debentures to which they may become entitled on such capitalisation or, as the case may require, for the payment up by the application thereto of their respective proportions of the profits resolved to be capitalised of the amounts remaining unpaid on their existing shares and any agreement made under such authority shall be binding on all such members.

Amendment of articles

 

155 Subject to the provisions of the Acts, the Company may by Special Resolution alter or add to its articles.

Audit

 

156 Auditors shall be appointed and their duties regulated in accordance with sections 160 to 163 of the Act or any statutory amendment thereof.

 

47


Merger mechanism

 

157 Pursuant to the terms of the Merger, at the time the Merger becomes effective (the “ Merger Effective Time ”), US Holdco shall deposit with the exchange agent (the “ Exchange Agent ”) certificates or, at the Company’s option, evidence of shares in book entry form, representing all of the ordinary shares of US$0.0001 each in the capital of the Company (the “ Company Shares ”) in issue immediately prior to the Merger Effective Time (other than the seven Company Shares in issue at the date of adoption of these articles (the “ Company Subscriber Shares ”)). All certificates or evidence of shares in book entry form representing the Company Shares deposited with the Exchange Agent pursuant to the preceding sentence shall hereinafter be referred to as the “ Actavis Exchange Fund ”. As soon as reasonably practicable after the Merger Effective Time and in any event within four business days after the Merger Effective Time, the Company shall cause the Exchange Agent to mail to each Holder of record of a certificate or certificates, which immediately prior to the Merger Effective Time represented outstanding Actavis Shares (the “ Actavis Certificates ”); and to each Holder of record of non-certificated outstanding Actavis Shares represented by book entry (the “ Actavis Book Entry Shares ”), which at the Merger Effective Time were converted into the right to receive, for each such Actavis Share, one Company Share (the “ Merger Consideration ”):

 

  (a) a letter of transmittal which shall specify that delivery shall be effected, and that risk of loss and title to the Actavis Certificates shall pass, only upon delivery of the Actavis Certificates to the Exchange Agent or, in the case of the Actavis Book Entry Shares, upon adherence to the procedures set forth in the letter of transmittal, and

 

  (b) instructions for use in effecting the surrender of the Actavis Certificates and the Actavis Book Entry Shares (as applicable), in exchange for payment of the Merger Consideration therefor.

 

158

Upon surrender of Actavis Certificates and / or Actavis Book Entry Shares (as applicable) for cancellation to the Exchange Agent, together with such letter of transmittal, duly completed and validly executed in accordance with the instructions thereto, and such other documents as may reasonably be required by the Exchange Agent, the Holder of such Actavis Certificates or Actavis Book Entry Shares (as applicable) shall be entitled to receive in exchange therefore (i) that number of Company Shares into which such Holder’s Actavis shares represented by such Holder’s properly surrendered Actavis Certificates or Actavis Book Entry Shares (as applicable) were converted pursuant to the Merger, and (ii) a cheque in an amount of US dollars equal to any cash dividends or other distributions that such Holder has a right to receive and the amount of any cash payable in lieu of any fractions of shares in the Company that such Holder has the right to receive pursuant to the Merger. In the event of transfers of ownership of shares of Actavis common stock which are not registered in the transfer records of Actavis, the proper number of Company Shares may be transferred to a person other than the person in whose name the Actavis Certificate or the Actavis Book Entry Shares (as applicable) so surrendered is registered, if such Actavis Certificate or the Actavis Book Entry Shares (as applicable) shall be properly endorsed or otherwise be in proper form for transfer and the person requesting such transfer shall pay any transfer or other taxes required by reason of the transfer of Company Shares to a person other than the registered Holder of such Actavis Certificate or Actavis Book Entry Shares (as applicable) or establish to the reasonable satisfaction of the Exchange Agent that such tax has been paid or is not applicable. Any portion of the

 

48


  Actavis Exchange Fund which has not been transferred to the Holders of the Actavis Certificates or the Actavis Book Entry Shares (as applicable) as of the one year anniversary of the Merger Effective Time, shall be delivered to the Company or its designee, upon demand, and the Company Shares included therein shall be sold at the best price reasonably obtainable at that time. Any Holder of Actavis Certificates or Actavis Book Entry Shares (as applicable) who has not complied with the applicable exchange procedures or duly completed and validly executed the applicable documents necessary to receive the Merger Consideration, prior to the one year anniversary of the Merger Effective Time shall thereafter look only to the Company for payment of such Holder’s claim for the Merger Consideration (subject to abandoned property, escheat or other similar applicable laws), such claim only being a claim for cash equal to the amount of monies received by the Company for sale of the Company Shares to which such Holder had been entitled pursuant to the Merger.

Notices

 

159 Any notice to be given, served, sent or delivered pursuant to these articles shall be in writing (whether in electronic form or otherwise).

 

160   

 

160.1 A notice or document to be given, served, sent or delivered in pursuance of these articles may be given to, served on or delivered to any member by the Company:

 

  (a) by handing same to him or his authorised agent;

 

  (b) by leaving the same at his registered address;

 

  (c) by sending the same by the post in a pre-paid cover addressed to him at his registered address;

 

  (d) by sending the same by courier in a pre-paid cover addressed to him at his registered address; or

 

  (e) by sending, with the consent of the member, the same by means of electronic mail or facsimile or other means of electronic communication approved by the Directors, with the consent of the member, to the address of the member notified to the Company by the member for such purpose (or if not so notified, then to the address of the member last known to the Company).

 

160.2 For the purposes of these articles and the Act, a document shall be deemed to have been sent to a member if a notice is given, served, sent or delivered to the member and the notice specifies the website or hotlink or other electronic link at or through which the member may obtain a copy of the relevant document.

 

160.3 Where a notice or document is given, served or delivered pursuant to article 160.1(b) of this article, the giving, service or delivery thereof shall be deemed to have been effected at the time the same was handed to the member or his authorised agent, or left at his registered address (as the case may be).

 

49


160.4 Where a notice or document is given, served or delivered pursuant to article 160.1(c) of this article, the giving, service or delivery thereof shall be deemed to have been effected at the expiration of 48 hours after the cover containing it was posted.

 

160.5 Where a notice or document is given, served or delivered pursuant to article 160.1(d) of this article the giving, service or delivery thereof shall be deemed to have been effected at the expiration of 24 hours after the cover containing it was posted. In proving service or delivery it shall be sufficient to prove that such cover was properly addressed, stamped and posted.

 

160.6 Where a notice or document is given, served or delivered pursuant to article 160.1(e) of this article, the giving, service or delivery thereof shall be deemed to have been effected at the expiration of 12 hours after dispatch.

 

160.7 Every legal personal representative, committee, receiver, curator bonis or other legal curator, assignee in bankruptcy, examiner or liquidator of a member shall be bound by a notice given as aforesaid if sent to the last registered address of such member, or, in the event of notice given or delivered pursuant to article 160.1(e) of this article, if sent to the address notified by the Company by the member for such purpose notwithstanding that the Company may have notice of the death, lunacy, bankruptcy, liquidation or disability of such member.

 

160.8 Notwithstanding anything contained in this article the Company shall not be obliged to take account of or make any investigations as to the existence of any suspension or curtailment of postal services within or in relation to all or any part of any jurisdiction or other area other than Ireland.

 

160.9 Any requirement in these articles for the consent of a member in regard to the receipt by such member of electronic mail or other means of electronic communications approved by the Directors, including the receipt of the Company’s audited accounts and the directors’ and auditor’s reports thereon, shall be deemed to have been satisfied where the Company has written to the member informing him/her of its intention to use electronic communications for such purposes and the member has not, within four weeks of the issue of such notice, served an objection in writing on the Company to such proposal. Where a member has given, or is deemed to have given, his/her consent to the receipt by such member of electronic mail or other means of electronic communications approved by the Directors, he/she may revoke such consent at any time by requesting the Company to communicate with him/her in documented form PROVIDED HOWEVER that such revocation shall not take effect until five days after written notice of the revocation is received by the Company.

 

160.10 Without prejudice to the provisions of articles 160.1(a) and 160.1(b), if at any time by reason of the suspension or curtailment of postal services in any territory, the Company is unable effectively to convene a general meeting by notices sent through the post, a general meeting may be convened by a public announcement and such notice shall be deemed to have been duly served on all members entitled thereto at noon on the day on which the said public announcement is made. In any such case the Company shall put a full copy of the notice of the general meeting on its website.

 

50


161 A notice may be given by the Company to the joint Holders of a share by giving the notice to the joint Holder whose name stands first in the Register in respect of the share and notice so given shall be sufficient notice to all the joint Holders.

 

162

 

162.1 Every person who becomes entitled to a share shall before his name is entered in the Register in respect of the share, be bound by any notice in respect of that share which has been duly given to a person from whom he derives his title.

 

162.2 A notice may be given by the Company to the persons entitled to a share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of a member by sending or delivering it, in any manner authorised by these articles for the giving of notice to a member, addressed to them at the address, if any, supplied by them for that purpose. Until such an address has been supplied, a notice may be given in any manner in which it might have been given if the death or bankruptcy had not occurred.

 

163 The signature (whether electronic signature, an advanced electronic signature or otherwise) to any notice to be given by the Company may be written (in electronic form or otherwise) or printed.

Winding up

 

164 If the Company shall be wound up and the assets available for distribution among the members as such shall be insufficient to repay the whole of the paid up or credited as paid up share capital, such assets shall be distributed so that, as nearly as may be, the losses shall be borne by the members in proportion to the capital paid up or credited as paid up at the commencement of the winding up on the shares held by them respectively. And if in a winding up the assets available for distribution among the members shall be more than sufficient to repay the whole of the share capital paid up or credited as paid up at the commencement of the winding up, the excess shall be distributed among the members in proportion to the capital at the commencement of the winding up paid up or credited as paid up on the said shares held by them respectively. Provided that this article shall not affect the rights of the Holders of shares issued upon special terms and conditions.

 

165   

 

165.1 In case of a sale by the liquidator under section 260 of the Act, the liquidator may by the contract of sale agree so as to bind all the members for the allotment to the members directly of the proceeds of sale in proportion to their respective interests in the Company and may further by the contract limit a time at the expiration of which obligations or shares not accepted or required to be sold shall be deemed to have been irrevocably refused and be at the disposal of the Company, but so that nothing herein contained shall be taken to diminish, prejudice or affect the rights of dissenting members conferred by the said section.

 

165.2 The power of sale of the liquidator shall include a power to sell wholly or partially for debentures, debenture stock, or other obligations of another company, either then already constituted or about to be constituted for the purpose of carrying out the sale.

 

166

If the Company is wound up, the liquidator, with the sanction of a Special Resolution and any other sanction required by the Acts, may divide among the members in specie or kind the whole or any part of the assets of the Company (whether they shall consist of property

 

51


  of the same kind or not), and, for such purpose, may value any assets and determine how the division shall be carried out as between the members or different classes of members. The liquidator, with the like sanction, may vest the whole or any part of such assets in trustees upon such trusts for the benefit of the contributories as, with the like sanction, he determines, but so that no member shall be compelled to accept any assets upon which there is a liability.

Limitation on liability

 

167 To the maximum extent permitted by law, no Director or officer of the Company shall be personally liable to the Company or its Shareholders for monetary damages for his or her acts or omissions save where such acts or omissions involve negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust.

Indemnity

 

168   

 

168.1 Subject to the provisions of and so far as may be admitted by the Acts, every Director and the Secretary of the Company shall be entitled to be indemnified by the Company against all costs, charges, losses, expenses and liabilities incurred by him in the execution and discharge of his duties or in relation thereto including any liability incurred by him in defending any proceedings, civil or criminal, which relate to anything done or omitted or alleged to have been done or omitted by him as an officer or employee of the Company and in which judgment is given in his favour (or the proceedings are otherwise disposed of without any finding or admission of any material breach of duty on his part) or in which he is acquitted or in connection with any application under any statute for relief from liability in respect of any such act or omission in which relief is granted to him by the Court.

 

168.2 The Directors shall have power to purchase and maintain for any Director, the Secretary or other employees of the Company insurance against any such liability as referred to in section 200 of the Act.

 

168.3 As far as is permissible under the Acts, the Company shall indemnify any current or former executive officer of the Company (excluding any present or former Directors of the Company or Secretary of the Company), or any person who is serving or has served at the request of the Company as a director or executive officer of another company, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including any Company subsidiary (each individually, a “ Covered Person ”), against any expenses, including attorney’s fees, judgments, fines, and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with any threatened, pending, or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, to which he or she was, is, or is threatened to be made a party, or is otherwise involved (a “ proceeding ”), by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a Covered Person; provided, however, that this provision shall not indemnify any Covered Person against any liability arising out of (a) any fraud or dishonesty in the performance of such Covered Person’s duty to the Company, or (b) such Covered Party’s conscious, intentional or wilful breach of the obligation to act honestly and in good faith with a view to the best interests of the Company. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, this section shall not extend to any matter which would render it void pursuant to the Acts or to any person holding the office of auditor in relation to the Company.

 

52


168.4 In the case of any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding by or in the name of the Company, the Company shall indemnify each Covered Person against expenses, including attorneys’ fees, actually and reasonably incurred in connection with the defence or the settlement thereof, except no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable for fraud or dishonesty in the performance of his or her duty to the Company, or for conscious, intentional or wilful breach of his or her obligation to act honestly and in good faith with a view to the best interests of the Company, unless and only to the extent that the High Court of Ireland or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that despite the adjudication of liability, but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such Covered Person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses as the court shall deem proper. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, this section shall not extend to any matter which would render it void pursuant to the Acts or to any person holding the office of auditor in relation to the Company.

 

168.5 Any indemnification under this article (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Company only as authorised in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the Covered Person is proper in the circumstances because such person has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in this article. Such determination shall be made by any person or persons having the authority to act on the matter on behalf of the Company. To the extent, however, that any Covered Person has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defence of any proceeding, or in defence of any claim, issue or matter therein, such Covered Person shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith, without necessity of authorisation in the specific case.

 

168.6 As far as permissible under the Acts, expenses, including attorneys’ fees, incurred in defending any proceeding for which indemnification is permitted pursuant to this article shall be paid by the Company in advance of the final disposition of such proceeding upon receipt by the Board of an undertaking by the particular indemnitee to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he or she is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company pursuant to these articles.

 

168.7 It being the policy of the Company that indemnification of the persons specified in this article shall be made to the fullest extent permitted by law, the indemnification provided by this article shall not be deemed exclusive (i) of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under these articles, any agreement, any insurance purchased by the Company, vote of members or disinterested directors, or pursuant to the direction (however embodied) of any court of competent jurisdiction, or otherwise, both as to action in his or her official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, or (ii) of the power of the Company to indemnify any person who is or was an employee or agent of the Company or of another company, joint venture, trust or other enterprise which he or she is serving or has served at the request of the Company, to the same extent and in the same situations and subject to the same determinations as are hereinabove set forth. As used in this article, references to the “Company” include all constituent companies in a consolidation or merger in which the Company or a predecessor to the Company by consolidation or merger was involved. The indemnification provided by this article shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a Covered Person and shall inure to the benefit of their heirs, executors, and administrators.

 

53


Untraced Holders

 

169   

 

169.1 The Company shall be entitled to sell at the best price reasonably obtainable any share of a member or any share to which a person is entitled by transmission if and provided that:

 

  (a) for a period of six years (not less than three dividends having been declared and paid) no cheque or warrant sent by the Company through the post in a prepaid letter addressed to the member or to the person entitled by transmission to the share or stock at his address on the Register or other the last known address given by the member or the person entitled by transmission to which cheques and warrants are to be sent has been cashed and no communication has been received by the Company from the member or the person entitled by transmission;

 

  (b) at the expiration of the said period of six years the Company has given notice by advertisement in a leading Dublin newspaper and a newspaper circulating in the area in which the address referred to in article 169.1 is located of its intention to sell such share or stock;

 

  (c) the Company has not during the further period of three months after the date of the advertisement and prior to the exercise of the power of sale received any communication from the member or person entitled by transmission; and

 

  (d) if so required by the rules of any securities exchange upon which the shares in question are listed, notice has been given to that exchange of the Company’s intention to make such sale.

 

169.2 To the extent necessary in order to comply with any laws or regulations to which the Company is subject in relation to escheatment, abandonment of property or other similar or analogous laws or regulations (“ Applicable Escheatment Laws ”), the Company may deal with any share of any member and any unclaimed cash payments relating to such share in any manner which it sees fit, including (but not limited to) transferring or selling such share and transferring to third parties any unclaimed cash payments relating to such share.

 

169.3 The Company may only exercise the powers granted to it in this article 169 in circumstances where it has complied with, or procured compliance with, the required procedures (as set out in Applicable Escheatment Laws) with respect to attempting to identify and locate the relevant member of the Company.

 

169.4 If during any six year period referred to in article 169.1, further shares have been issued in right of those held at the beginning of such period or of any previously issued during such period and all the other requirements of this article (other than the requirement that they be in issue for six years) have been satisfied in regard to the further shares, the Company may also sell the further shares.

 

169.5 To give effect to any such sale the Company may appoint any person to execute as transferor an instrument of transfer of such share and such instrument of transfer shall be as effective as if it had been executed by the registered Holder of or person entitled by transmission to such share.

 

54


169.6 The Company shall account to the member or other person entitled to such share for the net proceeds of such sale by carrying all moneys in respect thereof to a separate account which shall be a permanent debt of the Company and the Company shall be deemed to be a debtor and not a trustee in respect thereof for such member or other person. Monies carried to such separate account may either be employed in the business of the Company or invested in such investments (other than shares of the Company or its holding company if any) as the Directors may from time to time think fit.

Destruction of documents

 

170 The Company may destroy:

 

170.1 any dividend mandate or any variation or cancellation thereof or any notification of change of name or address, at any time after the expiry of two years from the date such mandate variation, cancellation or notification was recorded by the Company;

 

170.2 any instrument of transfer of shares which has been registered, at any time after the expiry of six years from the date of registration;

 

170.3 all share certificates which have been cancelled at any time after the expiration of one year from the date of cancellation thereof;

 

170.4 all paid dividend warrants and cheques at any time after the expiration of one year from the date of actual payment thereof;

 

170.5 all instruments of proxy which have been used for the purpose of a poll at any time after the expiration of one year from the date of such use;

 

170.6 all instruments of proxy which have not been used for the purpose of a poll at any time after one month from the end of the meeting to which the instrument of proxy relates and at which no poll was demanded; and

 

170.7 any other document on the basis of which any entry in the Register was made, at any time after the expiry of six years from the date an entry in the Register was first made in respect of it,

and it shall be presumed conclusively in favour of the Company that every share certificate (if any) so destroyed was a valid certificate duly and properly sealed and that every instrument of transfer so destroyed was a valid and effective instrument duly and properly registered and that every other document destroyed hereunder was a valid and effective document in accordance with the recorded particulars thereof in the books or records of the Company provided always that:

 

  (a) the foregoing provisions of this article shall apply only to the destruction of a document in good faith and without express notice to the Company that the preservation of such document was relevant to a claim;

 

  (b) nothing contained in this article shall be construed as imposing upon the Company any liability in respect of the destruction of any such document earlier than as aforesaid or in any case where the conditions of proviso (a) are not fulfilled; and

 

  (c) references in this article to the destruction of any document include references to its disposal in any manner.

 

55

Exhibit 4.1

 

LOGO

 

  


Actavis PLC

The Company will furnish to the record holder of this certificate without charge, a copy of the Memorandum and Articles of Association of the Company, which include the express terms of the shares represented by this certificate and other classes and series of shares which the Company is authorized to issue. Any such request is to be addressed to the Company or to the Transfer Agent named on the face of this certificate.

 

 

For US purposes the following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations:

    TEN COM   — as tenants in common    UNIF GIFT MIN ACT —   ..…..…….........…….. Custodian ..............................................……
    TEN ENT   — as tenants by the entireties                  (Cust)                                                  (Minor)
    JT TEN   — as joint tenants with right      under Uniform Gifts to Minors Act ................................................
       of survivorship and not as      (State)                                                             
       tenants in common    UNIF TRF MIN ACT —   ..……..............……… Custodian (until age.................................... )
                   (Cust)
       ........................under Uniform Transfer to Minors Act ...................
               (Minor)                                                                         (State)

Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED,                                      hereby sell, assign and transfer unto

 

PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE    
 
         

  

 

PLEASE PRINT OR TYPE NAME AND ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, OF ASSIGNEE

 

 

 

 

 

     Ordinary Shares,

nominal value $0.0001 each represented by the within Certificate, and do hereby irrevocably

  

constitute and appoint                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   

     Attorney
to transfer the said stock on the books of the within named Company with full power of substitution in the premises.   

 

Dated                                                

 

   X   

 

   X   

 

   NOTICE:   

THE SIGNATURE(S) TO THIS ASSIGNMENT MUST CORRESPOND WITH THE NAME(S) AS WRITTEN UPON THE FACE OF THE CERTIFICATE IN EVERY PARTICULAR, WITHOUT ALTERATION OR ENLARGEMENT OR CHANGE WHATEVER.

 

Signature(s) Guaranteed:

  

By

  

THE SIGNATURE(S) MUST BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR INSTITUTION (BANKS, STOCKBROKERS, SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATIONS AND CREDIT UNIONS WITH MEMBERSHIP IN AN APPROVED SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MEDALLION PROGRAM), PURSUANT TO S.E.C. RULE 17Ad-15.

  

 

 

ABnote North America

711 ARMSTRONG LANE

COLUMBIA, TENNESSEE 38401

(931) 388-3003

     

PROOF OF: SEPTEMBER 27, 2013

ACTAVIS PLC

WO- 7588 BACK

HOLLY GRONER 931-490-7660       OPERATOR: DKS
        REV. 3

PLEASE INITIAL THE APPROPRIATE SELECTION FOR THIS PROOF: ¨ OK AS IS ¨ OK WITH CHANGES ¨ MAKE CHANGES AND SEND ANOTHER PROOF

NOTE: TEXT RECEIVED BY MODEM OR E-MAIL IS NOT PROOFREAD WORD FOR WORD.

Exhibit 5.1

Actavis plc

70 Sir John Rogerson’s Quay

Dublin 2

Ireland

 

Our Ref    Your Ref    1 October 2013
FBO/663174/3      

Dear Sirs

Legal Opinion regarding Form S-8 Registration Statement under the Securities Act of 1933 (as amended) of the United States in respect of Actavis plc

We act as Irish Counsel to Actavis plc (the “ Company ”), a public limited company organised under the laws of Ireland, in connection with the proposed registration by the Company of 10,810,045 ordinary shares of the Company, par value $0.0001 per share (the “ Registered Shares ”) pursuant to a Registration Statement on Form S-8 (the “ Registration Statement ”) to be filed by the Company under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended of the United States. 10,307,006 of the Registered Shares are being registered for issue under The 2013 Incentive Award Plan of Actavis plc (the “ Actavis Plan ”) and 503,039 of the Registered Shares are being registered for issue under the Warner Chilcott Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Warner Chilcott Plan ”) (together the “ Plans ”).

For the purpose of giving this Opinion, we have examined:

 

1. a copy of each of the Plans;

 

2. a copy of the Registration Statement;

 

3. a copy of the certificate of incorporation of the Company and a copy of the latest memorandum and articles of association of the Company;

 

4. a written resolution of the shareholders of the Company dated 30 September 2013, pursuant to which, among other matters the shareholders resolved that the Company approve and adopt the Actavis Plan (the “ Shareholders’ Resolution ”);

 

5. minutes of a meeting of the board of directors of the Company held on 29 September 2013, pursuant to which, among other matters, the directors resolved that the Company assume and adopt the Actavis Plan and the Warner Chilcott Plan (the “ Board Resolution ”), (together, the “ Documents Examined ”); and

 

6. a written resolution of the directors of the Company dated 30 September 2013 (the “ Directors’ Written Resolution ”).


We have not investigated the laws of any country other than Ireland and this Opinion is given only with respect to the laws of Ireland in effect at the date of this Opinion as applied by the Irish courts. We have assumed, without enquiry, that there is nothing in the laws of any other jurisdiction which would, or might, affect the opinions as stated herein, including but not limited to, the internal laws of New Jersey (in the case of the Actavis Plan) and the laws of the State of New York (in the case of the Warner Chilcott Plan). This Opinion shall be construed in accordance with, and governed by, the laws of Ireland. We express no opinion on any matters of taxation or the taxation laws of any jurisdiction, including Ireland. This Opinion speaks as of its date and we assume no obligation to update the opinions set forth in this Opinion.

For the purposes of giving this Opinion, we have assumed: (a) the truth and accuracy of the contents of the Documents Examined; (b) the genuineness of all signatories and authenticity of all Documents Examined submitted to us as originals, the conformity to original documents of all Documents Examined submitted to us as certified or photostatic copies and the authenticity of the originals of such documents; (c) none of the Documents Examined have been varied, amended or revoked in any respect or have expired; (d) the Company was fully solvent at the time of, and immediately following, the execution of each of the Shareholders’ Resolution and the Board Resolution, no resolution or petition for the appointment of a liquidator or examiner has been passed or presented in relation to the Company and no receiver has been appointed in relation to any of the assets or undertaking of the Company; (e) there is, or are, no factual information or documents possessed or discoverable by persons other than ourselves of which we are not aware but of which we should be aware for the purposes of this Opinion; (f) the absence of fraud on the part of the Company and its respective officers, employees, agents and advisors; (g) save for the Shareholders’ Resolution and the Board Resolution, no further resolution, agreement, document or other actions by the Company or any other person is required under the internal laws of New Jersey for the Company to assume or adopt the Actavis Plan (or to the extend such further action is required, it has been taken); (h) save for the Board Resolution, no further resolution, agreement, document or other actions by the Company or any other person is required under the laws of the State of New York for the Company to assume or adopt the Warner Chilcott Plan (or to the extend such further action is required, it has been taken); (i) at each time Registered Shares will be issued, the Company will then have sufficient authorised but unissued share capital to allow for the issue of such Registered Shares; (j) the Company maintains and renews (as may be required by law) all applicable authorities and powers to allot the Registered Securities under Section 20 of the Companies (Amendment) Act 1983 without regard to the statutory pre-emption rights contained in Section 23(1) of that Act; (k) that all Registered Shares will be issued in accordance with the Plans and, except for Registered Shares issued pursuant to deferred payment arrangements, all consideration obligations will be fully satisfied prior to issue; and (l) no Registered Shares will be issued at less than their par value.

Having reviewed the Documents Examined, subject to the foregoing and to the within qualifications and assumptions, and provided that the Registration Statement, in the form provided to us, has become effective, we are of the opinion that:

 

1. the Registered Shares have been duly authorised and when issued, in accordance with the respective Plans will be validly issued, fully paid and not subject to calls for any additional payments (“non-assessable”) (except for Registered Shares issued pursuant to deferred payment arrangements, which shall be fully paid upon the satisfaction of such payment obligations);

 

2


2. in any proceedings taken in Ireland for the enforcement of the Actavis Plan which comes under the jurisdiction of the Irish courts, the choice of the internal laws of New Jersey as the governing law of the contractual rights and obligations of the parties thereunder would be applied by the Irish courts as a valid choice of law; and

 

3. in any proceedings taken in Ireland for the enforcement of the Warner Chilcott Plan which comes under the jurisdiction of the Irish courts, the choice of the laws of the State of New York applicable to contracts made and performed entirely within such state without regard to the conflicts of law rules of such state would be applied by the Irish courts as a valid choice of law.

Our opinions at paragraphs 2 and 3 above should be read subject to the qualification that Regulation (EC) 593/2008 (Rome I) (“ Rome I ”) has force of law in Ireland and that therefore the choice of the laws of the State of New York and the internal laws of New Jersey to govern contractual obligations is subject to the provisions of Rome I. For example, under Rome I, the courts of Ireland may apply the overriding mandatory provisions of Irish law and the application of a provision of the law of any country specified by Rome I may be refused if such application is manifestly incompatible with the public policy of Ireland. Please note that it is the courts of Ireland which determine on a case by case basis what the public policy of Ireland is. In addition, where all other elements relevant to the situation at the time of the choice are located in a country other than the country whose law has been chosen, the choice of the parties shall not prejudice the application of provisions of the law of that other country which cannot be derogated from by agreement.

We hereby consent to the filing of this Opinion with the United States Security and Exchange Commission as an exhibit to the Registration Statement.

Yours faithfully

/s/ MATHESON

MATHESON

 

3

Exhibit 23.2

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in this Registration Statement on Form S-8 of Actavis plc of our report dated February 26, 2013, except for the revisions due to the measurement period adjustments as described in Note 20, as to which the date is May 7, 2013, relating to the consolidated financial statements, financial statement schedule and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, which appears in Actavis, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 17, 2013.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Florham Park, New Jersey

September 30, 2013

Exhibit 23.3

Consent of Independent Auditor

The Board of Directors

Actavis Inc.:

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the registration statement on Form S-8 of Actavis plc of our reports dated
June 20, 2012 with respect to the combined statements of financial position of Actavis Pharma Holding 4 ehf. and Actavis S.à. r.l. (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the related combined statements of income comprehensive income, cash flows, and changes in equity for the years then ended and the combined/consolidated statements of financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the related combined/consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, cash flows, and changes in equity for the years then ended, which reports appear in the Form 8-K of Actavis Inc. (formerly Watson Pharmaceuticals Inc.) dated September 27, 2012. Such reports were also incorporated by reference into Actavis Limited’s final prospectus filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) on July 31, 2013 (Reg. No. 333-189402)

/s/ KPMG ehf.                        

Reykjavik, Iceland

September 30, 2013

Exhibit 23.4

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in this Registration Statement on Form S-8 of Actavis plc of our report dated February 22, 2013 relating to the consolidated financial statements and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, which appears in Warner Chilcott plc’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Florham Park, New Jersey

September 30, 2013

Exhibit 23.5

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the incorporation by reference in this Registration Statement (Form S-8) of Actavis, plc (the “Company”) of our report, dated June 24, 2013, with respect to the financial statements of Watson Pharmaceuticals Inc. 401(k) Plan, which report appears in the Form 11-K of the Watson Pharmaceuticals Inc. 401(k) Plan for the year ended December 31, 2012.

/s/ Moss Adams LLP

Irvine, California

September 30, 2013

Exhibit 99.1

THE 2013 INCENTIVE AWARD PLAN OF

ACTAVIS plc

Actavis, Inc. (as successor to Watson Pharmaceuticals, Inc.), a Nevada corporation, adopted the 2001 Incentive Award Plan of Watson Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (the “ Original Plan ”), effective as of February 12, 2001 (the “ Effective Date ”), for the benefit of its eligible Employees, Consultants and Directors. The Original Plan was subsequently amended effective as of May 16, 2001, May 19, 2003, and August 4, 2003, May 13, 2005, and November 3, 2006. The Original Plan was amended and restated in its entirety to provide for certain additional types of awards to eligible Employees, Consultants and Directors, effective as of May 4, 2007. The Original Plan was subsequently amended and restated effective as of May 7, 2010 to add Section 3.6, titled “Foreign Holders,” which sets forth certain provisions related to for awards that may be made to eligible Employees, Consultants and Directors outside of the United States. The Original Plan was subsequently amended and restated in its entirety to increase the number of shares available for awards under the Original Plan and to make certain other administrative changes in terms, effective as of March 2, 2011.

Actavis plc, a public limited company organized under the laws of Ireland, as successor to Actavis, Inc., hereby assumes, amends and restates the Original Plan (as such plan has been amended and restated from time to time) and renames it as “ The 2013 Incentive Award Plan of Actavis plc ” (the “ Plan ”), incorporating certain other changes in the terms as set forth herein, effective as of October 1, 2013.

The purposes of the Plan are as follows:

(1) To provide an additional incentive for Directors, key Employees and Consultants (as such terms are defined below) to further the growth, development and financial success of the Company by personally benefiting through the ownership of Company shares and/or rights which recognize such growth, development and financial success.

(2) To enable the Company to obtain and retain the services of Directors, key Employees and Consultants considered essential to the long range success of the Company by offering them an opportunity to own shares in the Company and/or rights which will reflect the growth, development and financial success of the Company.

ARTICLE I.

DEFINITIONS

Wherever the following terms are used in the Plan they shall have the meanings specified below, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise. The singular pronoun shall include the plural where the context so indicates.

1.1. “ Administrator ” shall mean the entity that conducts the general administration of the Plan as provided herein. With reference to the administration of the Plan with respect to Awards granted to Independent Directors, the term “Administrator” shall refer to the Board. With reference to the administration of the Plan with respect to any other Award, the term “Administrator” shall refer to the Committee unless the Board has assumed the authority for administration of the Plan generally as provided in Section 11.1. With reference to the duties of the Committee under the Plan which have been delegated to one or more persons pursuant to Section 11.5, the term “Administrator” shall refer to such person(s) unless the Committee or the Board has revoked such delegation.


1.2. “ Applicable Accounting Standards ” shall mean generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, International Financial Reporting Standards or such other accounting principles or standards as may apply to the Company’s financial statements under United States federal securities laws from time to time.

1.3. “ Award ” shall mean an Option, a Restricted Stock award, a Restricted Stock Unit award, a Dividend Equivalents award, a Deferred Stock award, a Stock Payment award or a Stock Appreciation Right, which may be awarded or granted under the Plan (collectively, “ Awards ”).

1.4. “ Award Agreement ” shall mean a written or electronic agreement executed by an authorized officer of the Company and the Holder which shall contain such terms and conditions with respect to an Award as the Administrator shall determine, consistent with the Plan.

1.5. “ Award Limit ” shall mean five hundred thousand (500,000) shares of Common Stock, as adjusted pursuant to Section 12.3; provided, however, that each share of Common Stock subject to an Award shall be counted as one share against the Award Limit.

1.6. “ Board ” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.

1.7. “ Change in Control ” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following:

(a) a sale of assets representing fifty percent (50%) or more of the net book value and of the fair market value of the Company’s consolidated assets (in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions);

(b) a liquidation or dissolution of the Company;

(c) the consummation by the Company (whether directly involving the Company or indirectly involving the Company through one or more intermediaries) of a merger, consolidation, reorganization, or business combination, in each case other than a transaction:

(i) which results in the Company’s voting securities in issue immediately before the transaction continuing to represent (either by remaining in issue or outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the Company or the person that, as a result of the transaction, controls, directly or indirectly, the Company or owns, directly or indirectly, all or substantially all of the Company’s assets or otherwise succeeds to the business of the Company (the Company or such person, the “Successor Entity”)) directly or indirectly, at least 60% of the combined voting power of the Successor Entity’s issued or outstanding voting securities immediately after the transaction, and

(ii) after which no person or group beneficially owns voting securities representing 60% or more of the combined voting power of the Successor Entity; provided, however, that no person or group shall be treated for purposes of this Section 1.7(c)(ii) as beneficially owning 60% or more of the combined voting power of the Successor Entity solely as a result of the voting power held in the Company prior to the consummation of the transaction;


(d) an acquisition by any person, entity or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act or any comparable successor provisions), other than any employee benefit plan, or related trust, sponsored or maintained by the Company or an affiliate of the Company and other than in a merger or consolidation of the type referred to in subsection (c), of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act, or comparable successor rules) of issued or outstanding voting securities of the Company representing more than thirty percent (30%) of the combined voting power of the Company (in a single transaction or series of related transactions); or

(e) in the event that the individuals who, as of the Effective Date, are members of the Board (the “ Incumbent Board ”), cease for any reason to constitute at least fifty percent (50%) of the Board; provided , that if the election, or nomination for election by the Company’s shareholders, of any new member of the Board is approved by a vote of at least fifty percent (50%) of the Incumbent Board, such new member of the Board shall be considered as a member of the Incumbent Board.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Change in Control constitutes a payment event with respect to any portion of an Award that provides for the deferral of compensation and is subject to Section 409A of the Code, the transaction or event described in subsection (a), (b), (c), (d) or (e) with respect to such Award (or portion thereof) must also constitute a “change in control event,” as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5) to the extent required by Section 409A.

The Committee shall have full and final authority, which shall be exercised in its sole discretion, to determine conclusively whether a Change in Control of the Company has occurred pursuant to the above definition, and the date of the occurrence of such Change in Control and any incidental matters relating thereto; provided , that any exercise of authority in conjunction with a determination of whether a Change in Control is a “change in control event” as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5) shall be consistent with such regulation.

1.8. “ Closing Date ” shall mean October 1, 2013.

1.9. “ Code ” shall mean the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

1.10. “ Committee ” shall mean the Compensation Committee of the Board, or another committee or subcommittee of the Board, appointed as provided in Section 11.1.

1.11. “ Common Stock ” shall mean the ordinary shares of the Company, par value $0.0001 per share.

1.12. “ Company ” shall mean Actavis plc, a public limited company organized under the laws of Ireland.

1.13. “ Consultant ” shall mean any consultant or adviser if: (a) the consultant or adviser renders bona fide services to the Company or any Subsidiary; (b) the services rendered by the consultant or adviser are not in connection with the offer or sale of securities in a capital-raising transaction and do not directly or indirectly promote or maintain a market for the Company’s securities; and (c) the consultant or adviser is a natural person who has contracted directly with the Company or Subsidiary to render such services.

1.14. “ Deferred Stock ” shall mean rights to receive Common Stock awarded under Section 8.4 of the Plan.

1.15. “ Director ” shall mean a member of the Board.


1.16. “ Dividend Equivalent ” shall mean a right to receive the equivalent value (in cash or Common Stock) of dividends paid on Common Stock, awarded under Section 8.2 of the Plan.

1.17. “ DRO ” shall mean a domestic relations order as defined by the Code or Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, or the rules thereunder.

1.18. “ Employee ” shall mean any officer or other employee (as defined in accordance with Section 3401(c) of the Code) of the Company, or of any corporation which is a Subsidiary.

1.19. “ Equity Restructuring ” shall mean a nonreciprocal transaction between the Company and its shareholders, such as a share dividend, share split, spin-off, rights offering or recapitalization through a large, nonrecurring cash dividend, that affects the number or kind of shares (or other securities of the Company) or the share price of Common Stock (or other securities) and causes a change in the per-share value of the Common Stock underlying outstanding Awards.

1.20. “ Exchange Act ” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

1.21. “ Fair Market Value ” means, as of any date, the value of a share of Common Stock determined as follows:

(a) If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange (such as the New York Stock Exchange, the NASDAQ Global Market and the NASDAQ Global Select Market) or any national market system, including without limitation any market system of The NASDAQ Stock Market, the value of a share of Common Stock shall be the closing sales price for a share of Common Stock as quoted on such exchange or system for such date, or if there is no closing sales price for a share of Common Stock on the date in question, the closing sales price for a share of Common Stock on the last preceding date for which such quotation exists, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable;

(b) If the Common Stock is regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer but closing sales prices are not reported, the value of a share of Common Stock shall be the mean of the high bid and low asked prices for such date or, if there are no high bid and low asked prices for a share of Common Stock on the date in question, the high bid and low asked prices for a share of Common Stock on the last preceding date for which such information exists, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable; or

(c) If the Common Stock is neither listed on an established stock exchange or a national market system nor regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer, the value of a share of Common Stock shall be established by the Administrator in good faith.

1.22. “ Full Value Award ” shall mean any Award other than an Option or Stock Appreciation Right.

1.23. “ Holder ” shall mean a person who has been granted or awarded an Award.

1.24. “ Incentive Stock Option ” shall mean an option which conforms to the applicable provisions of Section 422 of the Code and which is designated as an Incentive Stock Option by the Administrator.

1.25. “ Independent Director ” shall mean a member of the Board who is not an Employee.


1.26. “ Legacy Actavis Participants ” shall mean an Employee, Consultant or Director who provided services to Actavis, Inc. and/or its Subsidiaries immediately prior to the Closing Date.

1.27. “ Legacy Warner Chilcott Participants ” shall mean an Employee, Consultant or Director who provided services to Warner Chilcott plc and/or its Subsidiaries immediately prior to the Closing Date.

1.28. “ New Actavis Participants ” shall mean an Employee, Consultant or Director who commenced providing services to the Company and/or its Subsidiaries on or following the Closing Date, excluding any Legacy Actavis Participant or Legacy Warner Chilcott Participant.

1.29. “ Non-Qualified Stock Option ” shall mean an Option which is not designated as an Incentive Stock Option by the Administrator.

1.30. “ Option ” shall mean a share option granted under Article IV of the Plan. An Option granted under the Plan shall, as determined by the Administrator, be either a Non-Qualified Stock Option or an Incentive Stock Option; provided , however , that Options granted to Independent Directors and Consultants shall be Non-Qualified Stock Options.

1.31. “ Performance Criteria ” shall mean the criteria (and adjustments) that the Committee selects for an Award, determined as follows

(a) The Performance Criteria that shall be used pursuant to this Plan are limited to any one or more of the following business criteria: (i) net earnings (either before or after one or more of the following: (A) interest, (B) taxes, (C) depreciation and (D) amortization); (ii) gross or net sales or revenue; (iii) net income (either before or after taxes); (iv) adjusted net income; (v) operating income, earnings or profit; (vi) cash flow (including, but not limited to, operating cash flow and free cash flow); (vii) return on assets; (viii) return on capital; (ix) return on shareholders’ equity; (x) total shareholder return; (xi) return on sales; (xii) gross or net profit or operating margin; (xiii) costs (including, but not limited to, cost reductions or savings); (xiv) funds from operations; (xv) expenses; (xvi) working capital; (xvii) earnings per share; (xviii) adjusted earnings per share; (xix) price per share of Common Stock; (xx) regulatory body approval for commercialization of a product; (xxi) implementation or completion of critical projects; (xxii) market share; and (xxiii) economic value, any of which may be measured either in absolute terms or as compared to any incremental increase or decrease or as compared to results of a peer group or to market performance indicators or indices.

(b) The Committee may, in its sole discretion, provide that one or more objectively determinable adjustments shall be made to one or more of the Performance Criteria. Such adjustments may include one or more of the following: (i) items related to a change in accounting principle; (ii) items relating to financing activities; (iii) expenses for restructuring or productivity initiatives; (iv) other non-operating items; (v) items related to acquisitions; (vi) items attributable to the business operations of any entity acquired by the Company during an applicable performance period; (vii) items related to the disposal of a business or segment of a business; (viii) items related to discontinued operations that do not qualify as a segment of a business under Applicable Accounting Standards; (ix) items attributable to any stock dividend, stock split, combination or exchange of stock occurring during an applicable performance period; (x) any other items of significant income or expense which are determined to be appropriate adjustments; (xi) items relating to unusual or extraordinary


corporate transactions, events or developments, (xii) items related to amortization of acquired intangible assets; (xiii) items that are outside the scope of the Company’s core, on-going business activities; (xiv) items related to acquired in-process research and development; (xv) items relating to changes in tax laws; (xvi) items relating to major licensing or partnership arrangements; (xvii) items relating to asset impairment charges; (xviii) items relating to gains or losses for litigation, arbitration and contractual settlements; or (xix) items relating to any other unusual or nonrecurring events or changes in applicable laws, accounting principles or business conditions. For all Awards intended to qualify as performance-based compensation as described in Section 162(m)(4)(C) of the Code, such determinations shall be made within the time prescribed by, and otherwise in compliance with, Section 162(m) of the Code.

1.32. “ Plan ” shall mean the 2013 Incentive Award Plan of Actavis plc, as amended from time to time.

1.33. “ Restricted Stock ” shall mean Common Stock awarded under Article VII of the Plan.

1.34. “ Restricted Stock Units ” shall mean rights to receive Common Stock awarded under Section 8.5 of the Plan.

1.35. “ Rule 16b-3 ” shall mean Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act, as such Rule may be amended from time to time.

1.36. “ Section 162(m) Participant ” shall mean any key Employee designated by the Administrator as a key Employee whose compensation for the fiscal year in which the key Employee is so designated or a future fiscal year may be subject to the limit on deductible compensation imposed by Section 162(m) of the Code.

1.37. “ Securities Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

1.38. “ Stock Appreciation Right ” shall mean a stock appreciation right granted under Article IX of the Plan.

1.39. “ Stock Payment ” shall mean: (a) a payment in the form of shares of Common Stock, or (b) an option or other right to purchase shares of Common Stock, as part of a deferred compensation arrangement, made in lieu of all or any portion of the compensation, including without limitation, salary, bonuses and commissions, that otherwise would become payable to a key Employee, Independent Director or Consultant in cash, awarded under Section 8.3 of the Plan.

1.40. “ Subsidiary ” shall mean any corporation in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Company if each of the corporations other than the last corporation in the unbroken chain then owns stock possessing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

1.41. “ Substitute Award ” shall mean an Award granted under this Plan upon the assumption of, or in substitution for, outstanding equity awards previously granted by a company or other entity in connection with a corporate transaction, such as a merger, combination, consolidation or acquisition of property or stock; provided , however , that in no event shall the term “Substitute Award” be construed to refer to an award made in connection with the cancellation and repricing of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right.


1.42. “ Termination of Consultancy ” shall mean the time when the engagement of a Holder as a Consultant to the Company or a Subsidiary is terminated for any reason, with or without cause, including, but not by way of limitation, by resignation, discharge, death or retirement, but excluding terminations where there is a simultaneous commencement of employment with the Company or any Subsidiary, or any parent thereof. The Administrator, in its absolute discretion, shall determine the effect of all matters and questions relating to Termination of Consultancy, including, but not by way of limitation, the question of whether a Termination of Consultancy resulted from a discharge for good cause, and all questions of whether a particular leave of absence constitutes a Termination of Consultancy. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the Company or any Subsidiary has an absolute and unrestricted right to terminate a Consultant’s service at any time for any reason whatsoever, with or without cause, except to the extent expressly provided otherwise in writing.

1.43. “ Termination of Directorship ” shall mean the time when a Holder who is an Independent Director ceases to be a Director for any reason, including, but not by way of limitation, a termination by resignation, removal, failure to be elected, death or retirement. The Board, in its sole and absolute discretion, shall determine the effect of all matters and questions relating to Termination of Directorship with respect to Independent Directors.

1.44. “ Termination of Employment ” shall mean the time when the employee-employer relationship between a Holder and the Company or any Subsidiary is terminated for any reason, with or without cause, including, but not by way of limitation, a termination by resignation, discharge, death, disability or retirement; but excluding: (a) terminations where there is a simultaneous reemployment or continuing employment of a Holder by the Company or any Subsidiary, or any parent thereof, (b) at the discretion of the Administrator, terminations which result in a temporary severance of the employee-employer relationship, and (c) at the discretion of the Administrator, terminations which are followed by the simultaneous establishment of a consulting relationship by the Company or a Subsidiary, or any parent thereof, with the former employee. The Administrator, in its absolute discretion, shall determine the effect of all matters and questions relating to Termination of Employment, including, but not by way of limitation, the question of whether a Termination of Employment resulted from a discharge for good cause, and all questions of whether a particular leave of absence constitutes a Termination of Employment; provided , however , that, with respect to Incentive Stock Options, unless otherwise determined by the Administrator in its discretion, a leave of absence, change in status from an employee to an independent contractor or other change in the employee-employer relationship shall constitute a Termination of Employment if, and to the extent that, such leave of absence, change in status or other change interrupts employment for the purposes of Section 422(a)(2) of the Code and the then applicable regulations and revenue rulings under said Section.

1.45. “ Warner Chilcott Plan ” shall mean the Warner Chilcott Equity Incentive Plan previously approved by the shareholders of Warner Chilcott plc, a public limited company organized under the laws of Ireland.


ARTICLE II.

SHARES SUBJECT TO PLAN

2.1.  Shares Subject to Plan.

(a) The shares of stock subject to Awards shall be Common Stock. Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 12.3, the aggregate number of such shares of Common Stock which may be issued pursuant to Awards under the Plan after December 31, 2010 shall not exceed (i) 8,241,885 shares, representing the shares of stock authorized for issuance under the Original Plan as of December 31, 2010, plus any shares of stock that after December 31, 2010, were added back under the Original Plan, or may be added back to the Plan, in accordance with the terms set forth in Section 2.2 below (collectively, the “ Original Shares ”), 1 plus (ii) 1,269,340 shares, which were assumed under the Warner Chilcott Plan (the “ Warner Chilcott Shares ”). On and after the Closing Date, (x) Original Shares shall be available for Awards granted to Legacy Actavis Participants and New Actavis Participants and (y) Warner Chilcott Shares shall be available for Awards granted to Legacy Warner Chilcott Participants and New Actavis Participants. The shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of such Options or rights or upon any such Awards may be either previously authorized but unissued shares or treasury shares. The aggregate number of shares of Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan pursuant to this Section 2.1 shall be reduced by one share for each share of Common Stock subject to each Award granted under the Plan after December 31, 2010.

(b) The maximum number of shares which may be subject to Awards granted under the Plan to any individual in any fiscal year of the Company shall not exceed the Award Limit. To the extent required by Section 162(m) of the Code, shares subject to Awards which are canceled continue to be counted against the Award Limit.

2.2.  Add-Backs . In the event that after December 31, 2010 under the Original Plan or under this Plan, (a) an Award expires or is canceled, forfeited, settled in cash or otherwise terminated without delivery to the Holder of all or a portion of the shares of Common Stock subject to the Award (including on payment in shares on exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right), such shares shall, to the extent of such cancellation, forfeiture, expiration, cash settlement or termination, will again be available for Awards; (b) shares of Common Stock that have been issued in connection with any Award (e.g., Restricted Stock) that is canceled, forfeited, or settled in cash such that those shares are returned to the Company, such shares, to the extent of such cancellation, forfeiture, or cash settlement will again be available for Awards; and (c) shares of Common Stock are withheld or surrendered in payment of the exercise price or taxes relating to any Award, the shares tendered or withheld will again be available for Awards; provided, however , that, no shares shall become available pursuant to this Section 2.2 to the extent that (x) the transaction resulting in the return of shares occurs more than ten years after the date of the most recent shareholder approval of the Plan, or (y) such return of shares would constitute a “material revision” of the Plan subject to shareholder approval under then applicable rules of the New York Stock Exchange (or any other applicable exchange or quotation system). Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 2.2, no shares of Common Stock may again be optioned, granted or awarded if such action would cause an Incentive Stock Option to fail to qualify as an incentive stock option under Section 422 of the Code. To the extent that Original Shares underlying an Award are again available for Awards pursuant to this Section 2.2, such

 

 

1   As of October 1, 2013, after giving effect to the transaction on such date among Actavis, Inc., the Company, Actavis Ireland Holding Limited, Actavis W.C. Holding LLC, Actavis W.C. Holding 2 LLC and Warner Chilcott there were 257,364 outstanding options, 669,316 outstanding Restricted Stock Units (based on target performance) and 8,110,986 shares available for issuance under the Plan.


Original Shares shall be used for Awards granted to Legacy Actavis Participants or New Actavis Participants. To the extent that Warner Chilcott Shares underlying an Award are again available for Awards pursuant to this Section 2.2, such Warner Chilcott Shares shall be used for Awards granted to Legacy Warner Chilcott Participants or New Actavis Participants. The Original Shares and Warner Chilcott Shares shall be used for purposes of the Plan in accordance with this Section 2.2 and the applicable listing standards and rules issued by the New York Stock Exchange (or any other applicable exchange or quotation system).

2.3 Substitute Awards . Shares of Common Stock issued or issuable pursuant to Substitute Awards shall not be counted against, or reduce, the aggregate number of shares authorized for grant under the Plan. Additionally, in the event that a company acquired by the Company or any Subsidiary or with which the Company or any Subsidiary combines has shares available under a pre-existing plan approved by its shareholders and not adopted in contemplation of such acquisition or combination, the shares available for grant pursuant to the terms of such pre-existing plan (as adjusted, to the extent appropriate, using the exchange ratio or other adjustment or valuation ratio or formula used in such acquisition or combination to determine the consideration payable to the holders of common stock of the entities party to such acquisition or combination) may be used for Awards under the Plan and shall not be counted against, or reduce, the aggregate number of shares authorized for grant under the Plan; provided , that Awards using such available shares shall not be made after the date awards or grants could have been made under the terms of the pre-existing plan, absent the acquisition or combination, and shall only be made to individuals who were not employed by or providing services to the Company or its Subsidiaries immediately prior to such acquisition or combination. The Warner Chilcott Shares shall be used for purposes of the Plan in accordance with this Section 2.3 and the applicable listing standards and rules issued by the New York Stock Exchange (or any other applicable exchange or quotation system).

ARTICLE III.

GRANTING OF AWARDS

3.1.  Award Agreement . Each Award shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement. Award Agreements evidencing Awards intended to qualify as performance-based compensation as described in Section 162(m)(4)(C) of the Code shall contain such terms and conditions as may be necessary to meet the applicable provisions of Section 162(m) of the Code. Award Agreements evidencing Incentive Stock Options shall contain such terms and conditions as may be necessary to meet the applicable provisions of Section 422 of the Code.

3.2.  Provisions Applicable to Section 162(m) Participants .

(a) The Committee, in its discretion, may determine whether an Award is to qualify as performance-based compensation as described in Section 162(m)(4)(C) of the Code.

(b) Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, the Committee may grant any Award to a Section 162(m) Participant, including a Restricted Stock award, a Restricted Stock Unit award, a Dividend Equivalent award, a Deferred Stock award or a Stock Payment award, the restrictions with respect to which lapse upon the attainment of performance goals which are related to one or more of the Performance Criteria and any Award described in Article VIII that vests or becomes exercisable or payable upon the attainment of performance goals which are related to one or more of the Performance Criteria.


(c) To the extent necessary to comply with the performance-based compensation requirements of Section 162(m)(4)(C) of the Code, with respect to any Award granted under Articles VII and VIII which may be granted to one or more Section 162(m) Participants, no later than ninety (90) days following the commencement of any fiscal year in question or any other designated fiscal period or period of service (or such other time as may be required or permitted by Section 162(m) of the Code), the Committee shall, in writing, (i) designate one or more Section 162(m) Participants, (ii) select the Performance Criteria applicable to the fiscal year or other designated fiscal period or period of service, (iii) establish the various performance targets, in terms of an objective formula or standard, and amounts of such Awards, as applicable, which may be earned for such fiscal year or other designated fiscal period or period of service, and (iv) specify the relationship between Performance Criteria and the performance targets and the amounts of such Awards, as applicable, to be earned by each Section 162(m) Participant for such fiscal year or other designated fiscal period or period of service. Following the completion of each fiscal year or other designated fiscal period or period of service, the Committee shall certify in writing whether the applicable performance targets have been achieved for such fiscal year or other designated fiscal period or period of service. In determining the amount earned by a Section 162(m) Participant, the Committee shall have the right to reduce (but not to increase) the amount payable at a given level of performance to take into account additional factors that the Committee may deem relevant to the assessment of individual or corporate performance for the fiscal year or other designated fiscal period or period of service.

(d) Furthermore, notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, any Award which is granted to a Section 162(m) Participant and is intended to qualify as performance-based compensation as described in Section 162(m)(4)(C) of the Code shall be subject to any additional limitations set forth in Section 162(m) of the Code (including any amendment to Section 162(m) of the Code) or any regulations or rulings issued thereunder that are requirements for qualification as performance-based compensation as described in Section 162(m)(4)(C) of the Code, and the Plan shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to such requirements.

3.3.  Limitations Applicable to Section 16 Persons . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the Plan, and any Award granted or awarded to any individual who is then subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, shall be subject to any additional limitations set forth in any applicable exemptive rule under Section 16 of the Exchange Act (including any amendment to Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act) that are requirements for the application of such exemptive rule. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Plan and Awards granted or awarded hereunder shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to such applicable exemptive rule.

3.4.  Consideration . In consideration of the granting of an Award under the Plan, the Holder shall agree, in the Award Agreement, to remain in the employ of (or to consult for or to serve as an Independent Director of, as applicable) the Company or any Subsidiary for a period of at least one year (or such shorter period as may be fixed in the Award Agreement or by action of the Administrator following grant of the Award) after the Award is granted (or, in the case of an Independent Director, until the next annual meeting of shareholders of the Company).


3.5.  At-Will Employment . Nothing in the Plan or in any Award Agreement hereunder shall confer upon any Holder any right to continue in the employ of, or as a Consultant for, the Company or any Subsidiary, or as a Director of the Company, or shall interfere with or restrict in any way the rights of the Company and any Subsidiary, which are hereby expressly reserved, to discharge any Holder at any time for any reason whatsoever, with or without cause, and with or without notice, or to terminate or change all other terms and conditions of employment or engagement, except to the extent expressly provided otherwise in a written employment agreement between the Holder and the Company and any Subsidiary. Participation by each Holder in the Plan shall be voluntary and nothing in the Plan shall be construed as mandating that any Employee, Independent Director or Consultant shall participate in the Plan.

3.6. Foreign Holders . Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, in order to comply with the laws in other countries in which the Company and any Subsidiary of the Company operate or have Employees, Independent Directors or Consultants, or in order to comply with the requirements of any foreign stock exchange or applicable laws, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall have the power and authority to: (a) determine which Subsidiaries shall be covered by the Plan; (b) determine which Employees, Independent Directors or Consultants outside the United States are eligible to participate in the Plan; (c) modify the terms and conditions of any Award granted to Employees, Independent Directors or Consultants outside the United States to comply with applicable foreign laws or listing requirements of any such foreign stock exchange; (d) establish subplans and modify exercise procedures and other terms and procedures, to the extent such actions may be necessary or advisable (any such subplans and/or modifications shall be attached to the Plan as appendices); provided, however, that no such subplans and/or modifications shall increase the share limitations contained in Article II or expand the classes of persons to whom Awards may be granted under the Plan; and (e) take any action, before or after an Award is made, that it deems advisable to obtain approval or comply with any necessary local governmental regulatory exemptions or approvals or listing requirements of any such foreign stock exchange. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Administrator may not take any actions hereunder, and no Awards shall be granted, that would violate the Code, the Exchange Act, the Securities Act or any other securities law or governing statute or any other applicable law.

ARTICLE IV.

GRANTING OF OPTIONS TO EMPLOYEES,

CONSULTANTS AND INDEPENDENT DIRECTORS

4.1.  Eligibility . Any Employee or Consultant selected by the Administrator pursuant to Section 4.4(a)(i) shall be eligible to be granted an Option. Each Independent Director of the Company shall be eligible to be granted Options at the times and in the manner set forth in Section 4.5.

4.2.  Disqualification for Stock Ownership . No person may be granted an Incentive Stock Option under the Plan if such person, at the time the Incentive Stock Option is granted, owns stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any then existing Subsidiary or parent corporation (within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code) unless such Incentive Stock Option conforms to the applicable provisions of Section 422 of the Code.


4.3.  Qualification of Incentive Stock Options . No Incentive Stock Option shall be granted to any person who is not an Employee.

4.4.  Granting of Options to Employees and Consultants .

(a) The Administrator shall from time to time, in its absolute discretion, and, subject to applicable limitations of the Plan:

(i) Determine which Employees are key Employees and select from among the key Employees or Consultants (including Employees or Consultants who have previously received Awards under the Plan) such of them as in its opinion should be granted Options;

(ii) Subject to the Award Limit, determine the number of shares to be subject to such Options granted to the selected key Employees or Consultants;

(iii) Subject to Section 4.3, determine whether such Options are to be Incentive Stock Options or Non-Qualified Stock Options and whether such Options are to qualify as performance-based compensation as described in Section 162(m)(4)(C) of the Code; and

(iv) Determine the terms and conditions of such Options, consistent with the Plan; provided , however , that the terms and conditions of Options intended to qualify as performance-based compensation as described in Section 162(m)(4)(C) of the Code shall include, but not be limited to, such terms and conditions as may be necessary to meet the applicable provisions of Section 162(m) of the Code.

(b) Upon the selection of a key Employee or Consultant to be granted an Option, the Administrator shall instruct the Secretary of the Company to issue the Option and may impose such conditions on the grant of the Option as it deems appropriate.

(c) Any Incentive Stock Option granted under the Plan may be modified by the Administrator, with the consent of the Holder, to disqualify such Option from treatment as an “incentive stock option” under Section 422 of the Code.

4.5.  Granting of Options to Independent Directors . The Board shall from time to time, in its absolute discretion, and subject to applicable limitations of the Plan:

(a) Select from among the Independent Directors (including Independent Directors who have previously received Options under the Plan) such of them as in its opinion should be granted Options;

(b) Subject to the Award Limit, determine the number of shares to be subject to such Options granted to the selected Independent Directors; and

(c) Determine the terms and conditions of such Options, consistent with the Plan.

4.6.  Options in Lieu of Cash Compensation . Options may be granted under the Plan to Employees and Consultants in lieu of cash bonuses which would otherwise be payable to such Employees and Consultants, and to Independent Directors in lieu of directors’ fees which would otherwise be payable to such Independent Directors, pursuant to such policies which may be adopted by the Administrator from time to time.


ARTICLE V.

TERMS OF OPTIONS

5.1.  Option Price . The price per share of the shares subject to each Option granted to Employees, Independent Directors and Consultants shall be set by the Administrator; provided , however , that:

(a) In the case of Options intended to qualify as performance-based compensation as described in Section 162(m)(4)(C) of the Code, such price shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the date the Option is granted;

(b) In the case of Incentive Stock Options such price shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the date the Option is granted (or the date the Option is modified, extended or renewed for purposes of Section 424(h) of the Code);

(c) In the case of Incentive Stock Options granted to an individual then owning (within the meaning of Section 424(d) of the Code) more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Subsidiary or parent corporation thereof (within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code), such price shall not be less than 110% of the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the date the Option is granted (or the date the Option is modified, extended or renewed for purposes of Section 424(h) of the Code); and

(d) In the case of Non-Qualified Stock Options, such price shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the date the Option is granted.

5.2.  Option Term . The term of an Option granted to an Employee, Independent Director or Consultant shall be set by the Administrator in its discretion; provided, however , that the term shall not be more than ten (10) years from the date the Option is granted, or five (5) years from the date the Option is granted if the Option is an Incentive Stock Option granted to an individual then owning (within the meaning of Section 424(d) of the Code) more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Subsidiary Corporation or parent corporation thereof (as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code). Except as limited by requirements of Section 422 of the Code and regulations and rulings thereunder applicable to Incentive Stock Options, the Administrator may extend the term of any outstanding Option in connection with any Termination of Employment, Termination of Directorship or Termination of Consultancy of the Holder up to a maximum of ten (10) years from the date the Option is granted, or amend any other term or condition of such Option relating to such a Termination of Employment, Termination of Directorship or Termination of Consultancy. Notwithstanding any of the forgoing, in the event the term of an Option would expire at a time when trading in shares of the Common Stock by Holder is prohibited by law or the Company’s insider trading policy, the term of such Option shall automatically be extended, subject to a maximum of ten (10) years from the date the Option is granted and any requirements of Section 422 of the Code, to the 30 th day following the expiration of any applicable trading prohibition.

5.3.  Option Vesting .

(a) The period during which the right to exercise, in whole or in part, an Option granted to an Employee, Independent Director or a Consultant vests in the Holder shall be set by the Administrator and the Administrator may determine that an Option may not be


exercised in whole or in part for a specified period after it is granted. At any time after grant of an Option, the Administrator may, in its sole and absolute discretion and subject to whatever terms and conditions it selects, accelerate the period during which an Option granted to an Employee, Independent Director or Consultant vests.

(b) No portion of an Option granted to an Employee, Independent Director or Consultant which is unexercisable at Termination of Employment, Termination of Directorship or Termination of Consultancy, as applicable, shall thereafter become exercisable, except as may be otherwise provided by the Administrator either in the Award Agreement or by action of the Administrator following the grant of the Option.

(c) To the extent that the aggregate fair market value of stock with respect to which “incentive stock options” (within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, but without regard to Section 422(d) of the Code) are exercisable for the first time by a Holder during any calendar year under the Plan, and all other plans of the Company and any Subsidiary or parent corporation thereof, within the meaning of Section 424 of the Code, exceeds $100,000, the Options shall be treated as Non-Qualified Stock Options to the extent required by Section 422 of the Code. The rule set forth in the preceding sentence shall be applied by taking Options and other “incentive stock options” into account in the order in which they were granted. For purposes of this Section 5.3(c), the fair market value of stock shall be determined as of the time the Option or other “incentive stock options” with respect to such stock is granted.

5.4.  Substitute Awards . Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article V to the contrary, in the case of an Option that is a Substitute Award, the price per share of the shares subject to such Option may be less than the Fair Market Value per share on the date of grant, provided , that the excess of: (a) the aggregate Fair Market Value (as of the date such Substitute Award is granted) of the shares subject to the Substitute Award, over (b) the aggregate exercise price thereof, does not exceed the excess of: (c) the aggregate fair market value (as of the time immediately preceding the transaction giving rise to the Substitute Award, such fair market value to be determined by the Committee) of the shares of the predecessor entity that were subject to the grant assumed or substituted for by the Company, over (d) the aggregate exercise price of such shares.

5.5.  Substitution of Stock Appreciation Rights . The Administrator may provide in the Award Agreement evidencing the grant of an Option that the Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall have the right to substitute a Stock Appreciation Right for such Option at any time prior to or upon exercise of such Option, subject to the provisions of Section 9.2; provided , that such Stock Appreciation Right shall be exercisable with respect to the same number of shares of Common Stock for which such substituted Option would have been exercisable and at the Option exercise price per share.

ARTICLE VI.

EXERCISE OF OPTIONS

6.1.  Partial Exercise . An exercisable Option may be exercised in whole or in part. However, an Option shall not be exercisable with respect to fractional shares and the Administrator may require that, by the terms of the Option, a partial exercise must be with respect to a minimum number of shares.


6.2.  Manner of Exercise . All or a portion of an exercisable Option shall be deemed exercised upon delivery of all of the following to the Secretary of the Company, or such other person or entity designated by the Board, or his, her or its office, as applicable:

(a) A written (or electronic) notice complying with the applicable rules established by the Administrator stating that the Option, or a portion thereof, is exercised. The notice shall be signed by the Holder or other person then entitled to exercise the Option or such portion of the Option;

(b) Such representations and documents as the Administrator, in its absolute discretion, deems necessary or advisable to effect compliance with all applicable provisions of the Securities Act and any other federal or state securities laws or regulations or applicable law. The Administrator may, in its absolute discretion, also take whatever additional actions it deems appropriate to effect such compliance including, without limitation, placing legends on share certificates and issuing stop-transfer notices to agents and registrars;

(c) In the event that the Option shall be exercised pursuant to Section 12.1 by any person or persons other than the Holder, appropriate proof of the right of such person or persons to exercise the Option; and

(d) Full cash payment to the Secretary of the Company for the shares with respect to which the Option, or portion thereof, is exercised. However, the Administrator may, in its discretion, (i) allow payment, in whole or in part, through the delivery of shares of Common Stock owned by the Holder, duly endorsed for transfer to the Company with a Fair Market Value on the date of delivery equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Option or exercised portion thereof; (ii) allow payment, in whole or in part, through the surrender of shares of Common Stock then issuable upon exercise of the Option having a Fair Market Value on the date of Option exercise equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Option or exercised portion thereof; (iii) allow payment, in whole or in part, through the delivery of property of any kind which constitutes good and valuable consideration; (iv) allow payment, in whole or in part, through the delivery of a notice that the Holder has placed a market sell order with a broker with respect to shares of Common Stock then issuable upon exercise of the Option, and that the broker has been directed to pay a sufficient portion of the net proceeds of the sale to the Company in satisfaction of the Option exercise price, provided , that payment of such proceeds is then made to the Company upon settlement of such sale; or (v) allow payment through any combination of the consideration provided in the foregoing paragraphs (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv); provided , however , that the payment in the manner prescribed in the preceding paragraphs shall not be permitted to the extent that the Administrator determines that payment in such manner shall result in an extension or maintenance of credit, an arrangement for the extension of credit, or a renewal or an extension of credit in the form of a personal loan to or for any Director or executive officer of the Company that is prohibited by Section 13(k) of the Exchange Act or other applicable law.

6.3.  Conditions to Issuance of Stock Certificates . The Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any certificate or certificates for shares of stock purchased upon the exercise of any Option or portion thereof prior to fulfillment of all of the following conditions:

(a) The admission of such shares to listing on all stock exchanges on which such class of stock is then listed;


(b) The completion of any registration or other qualification of such shares under any state or federal law, or under the rulings or regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other governmental regulatory body which the Administrator shall, in its absolute discretion, deem necessary or advisable;

(c) The obtaining of any approval or other clearance from any state or federal governmental agency which the Administrator shall, in its absolute discretion, determine to be necessary or advisable;

(d) The lapse of such reasonable period of time following the exercise of the Option as the Administrator may establish from time to time for reasons of administrative convenience; and

(e) The receipt by the Company of full payment for such shares, including payment of any applicable withholding tax, which in the discretion of the Administrator may be in the form of consideration used by the Holder to pay for such shares under Section 6.2(d).

6.4.  Rights as Shareholders . Holders shall not be, nor have any of the rights or privileges of, shareholders of the Company in respect of any shares purchasable upon the exercise of any part of an Option unless and until certificates representing such shares have been issued by the Company to such Holders.

6.5.  Ownership and Transfer Restrictions . The Administrator, in its absolute discretion, may impose such restrictions on the ownership and transferability of the shares purchasable upon the exercise of an Option as it deems appropriate. Any such restriction shall be set forth in the respective Award Agreement and may be referred to on the certificates evidencing such shares. The Holder shall give the Company prompt notice of any disposition of shares of Common Stock acquired by exercise of an Incentive Stock Option within (a) two years from the date of granting (including the date the Option is modified, extended or renewed for purposes of Section 424(h) of the Code) such Option to such Holder, or (b) one year after the transfer of such shares to such Holder.

6.6.  Additional Limitations on Exercise of Options . Holders may be required to comply with any timing or other restrictions with respect to the settlement or exercise of an Option, including a window-period limitation, as may be imposed in the discretion of the Administrator.

ARTICLE VII.

AWARD OF RESTRICTED STOCK

7.1.  Eligibility . Subject to the Award Limit, Restricted Stock may be awarded to any Employee whom the Administrator determines is a key Employee, or any Independent Director or any Consultant, whom the Administrator determines should receive such an Award.

7.2.  Award of Restricted Stock .

(a) The Administrator may from time to time, in its absolute discretion:

(i) Determine which Employees are key Employees, and select from among the key Employees, Independent Directors or Consultants (including Employees, Independent Directors or Consultants who have previously received other Awards under the Plan) such of them as in its opinion should be awarded Restricted Stock; and


(ii) Determine the purchase price, if any, and other terms and conditions applicable to such Restricted Stock, consistent with the Plan.

(b) The Administrator shall establish the purchase price, if any, and form of payment for Restricted Stock; provided , however , that such purchase price shall be no less than the par value of the Common Stock to be purchased. In all cases, legal consideration shall be required for each issuance of Restricted Stock.

(c) Upon the selection of an Employee, Independent Director or Consultant to be awarded Restricted Stock, the Administrator shall instruct the Secretary of the Company to issue such Restricted Stock and may impose such conditions on the issuance of such Restricted Stock as it deems appropriate.

7.3.  Rights as Shareholders . Subject to Section 7.4, upon delivery of the shares of Restricted Stock to the escrow holder pursuant to Section 7.6, the Holder shall have, unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, all the rights of a shareholder with respect to said shares, subject to the restrictions in his or her Award Agreement, including the right to receive all dividends and other distributions paid or made with respect to the shares; provided , however , that, in the discretion of the Administrator, any dividends or distributions with respect to the Common Stock shall be subject to the restrictions set forth in Section 7.4. In addition, with respect to a share of Restricted Stock with performance-based vesting, dividends which are paid prior to vesting shall only be paid out to the Holder to the extent that the performance-based vesting conditions are subsequently satisfied and the share of Restricted Stock vests.

7.4.  Restriction . All shares of Restricted Stock issued under the Plan (including any shares received by Holders thereof with respect to shares of Restricted Stock as a result of stock dividends, stock splits or any other form of recapitalization) shall, in the terms of each individual Award Agreement, be subject to such restrictions as the Administrator shall provide, which restrictions may include, without limitation, restrictions concerning voting rights and transferability and restrictions based on duration of employment, directorship or consultancy with the Company, or any Subsidiary, or any parent thereof, Company performance and individual performance, or any one or more of the Performance Criteria or other specific performance criteria determined appropriate by the Administrator. By action taken after the Restricted Stock is issued, the Administrator may, on such terms and conditions as it may determine to be appropriate, and except with respect to shares of Restricted Stock granted to Section 162(m) Participants, remove any or all of the restrictions imposed by the terms of the Award Agreement. Restricted Stock may not be sold or encumbered until all restrictions are terminated or expire. If no consideration was paid by the Holder upon issuance, a Holder’s rights in unvested Restricted Stock shall lapse, and such Restricted Stock shall be surrendered to the Company without consideration (or may be redeemed or acquired by the Company for no consideration), upon Termination of Employment, Termination of Directorship, or Termination of Consultancy, as applicable; provided , however , that the Administrator in its sole and absolute discretion may provide that such rights shall not lapse in the event of a Termination of Employment, Termination of Directorship or Termination of Consultancy, as applicable, following a “change of ownership or control” (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.162-27(e)(2)(v) or any successor regulation thereto) of the Company or because of the Holder’s death or disability; and, provided , further , the Administrator in its sole and absolute discretion may provide that no such lapse or surrender shall occur in the event of a Termination of Employment, Termination of Directorship, or Termination of Consultancy, as applicable,


without cause or following any Change in Control or because of the Holder’s retirement, or otherwise (provided that, in the case of shares of Restricted Stock granted to Section 162(m) Participants that are intended to qualify as performance-based compensation as described in Section 162(m)(4)(C) of the Code, such shares shall continue to be subject to the applicable Performance Criteria following such Termination of Employment, Termination of Directorship, or Termination of Consultancy).

7.5.  Repurchase of Restricted Stock . The Administrator shall provide in the terms of each individual Award Agreement that the Company shall have the right to repurchase or redeem from the Holder the Restricted Stock then subject to restrictions under the Award Agreement immediately upon a Termination of Employment, Termination of Directorship, or Termination of Consultancy, as applicable, at a cash price per share equal to the price paid by the Holder for such Restricted Stock; provided , however , that the Administrator in its sole and absolute discretion may provide that no such right of repurchase or redemption shall exist in the event of a Termination of Employment, Termination of Directorship or Termination of Consultancy, as applicable, following a “change of ownership or control” (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.162-27(e)(2)(v) or any successor regulation thereto) of the Company or because of the Holder’s death or disability; and, provided , further , that, except with respect to shares of Restricted Stock granted to Section 162(m) Participants that is intended to qualify as performance-based compensation as described in Section 162(m)(4)(C) of the Code, the Administrator in its sole and absolute discretion may provide that no such right of repurchase shall exist in the event of a Termination of Employment, Termination of Directorship, or Termination of Consultancy, as applicable, without cause or following any Change in Control or because of the Holder’s retirement, or otherwise.

7.6.  Escrow . The Secretary of the Company or such other escrow holder as the Administrator may appoint shall retain physical custody of each certificate representing Restricted Stock until all of the restrictions imposed under the Award Agreement with respect to the shares evidenced by such certificate expire or shall have been removed.

7.7.  Legend . In order to enforce the restrictions imposed upon shares of Restricted Stock hereunder, the Administrator shall cause a legend or legends to be placed on certificates representing all shares of Restricted Stock that are still subject to restrictions under Award Agreements, which legend or legends shall make appropriate reference to the conditions imposed thereby.

7.8.  Section 83(b) Election . If a Holder makes an election under Section 83(b) of the Code, or any successor section thereto, to be taxed with respect to the Restricted Stock as of the date of transfer of the Restricted Stock rather than as of the date or dates upon which the Holder would otherwise be taxable under Section 83(a) of the Code, the Holder shall deliver a copy of such election to the Company immediately after filing such election with the Internal Revenue Service.

ARTICLE VIII.

DIVIDEND EQUIVALENTS, DEFERRED STOCK, STOCK PAYMENTS,

RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS

8.1.  Eligibility . Subject to the Award Limit, one or more Dividend Equivalent awards, Deferred Stock awards, Stock Payment awards, and/or Restricted Stock Unit awards may be granted to any Employee whom the Administrator determines is a key Employee, or any Independent Director or any Consultant, whom the Administrator determines should receive such an Award.


8.2.  Dividend Equivalents .

(a) Any key Employee, Independent Director or Consultant selected by the Administrator may be granted Dividend Equivalents based on the dividends declared on the Common Stock, to be credited as of dividend payment dates, during the period between the date an Award is granted, and the date such Award vests, is exercised, is distributed, terminates or expires, as determined by the Administrator. Such Dividend Equivalents shall be converted to cash or additional shares of Common Stock by such formula and at such time and subject to such limitations as may be determined by the Administrator. In addition, Dividend Equivalents with respect to an Award with performance-based vesting that are based on dividends paid prior to the vesting of such Award shall only be paid out to the Holder to the extent that the performance-based vesting conditions are subsequently satisfied and the Award vests.

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Dividend Equivalents shall be payable with respect to Options or Stock Appreciation Rights.

8.3.  Stock Payments . Any key Employee, Independent Director or Consultant selected by the Administrator may receive Stock Payments in the manner determined from time to time by the Administrator. The number of shares shall be determined by the Administrator and may be based upon the Performance Criteria or other specific performance criteria determined appropriate by the Administrator, determined on the date such Stock Payment is made or on any date thereafter.

8.4.  Deferred Stock . Any key Employee, Independent Director or Consultant selected by the Administrator may be granted an award of Deferred Stock in the manner determined from time to time by the Administrator. The number of shares of Deferred Stock shall be determined by the Administrator and may be based upon the Performance Criteria or other specific performance criteria determined to be appropriate by the Administrator, in each case on a specified date or dates or over any period or periods determined by the Administrator. Common Stock underlying a Deferred Stock award shall not be issued until the Deferred Stock award shall have vested, pursuant to a vesting schedule or performance criteria set by the Administrator. The Administrator shall specify the distribution dates applicable to each Deferred Stock award which shall be no earlier than the vesting dates or events of the award and may be determined at the election of the Employee, Independent Director or Consultant. Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, a Holder of Deferred Stock shall have no rights as a Company shareholder with respect to such Deferred Stock until such time as the Award has vested and the Common Stock underlying the Award has been issued.

8.5.  Restricted Stock Units . Any key Employee, Independent Director or Consultant selected by the Administrator may be granted an award of Restricted Stock Units in the manner determined from time to time by the Administrator. The Administrator is authorized to make awards of Restricted Stock Units in such amounts and subject to such terms and conditions as determined by the Administrator. The Administrator shall specify the date or dates on which the Restricted Stock Units shall become fully vested and nonforfeitable, and may specify such conditions to vesting as it deems appropriate, and may specify that such Restricted Stock Units


become fully vested and nonforfeitable pursuant to the satisfaction of one or more Performance Criteria or other specific performance goals as the Administrator determines to be appropriate at the time of the grant of the Restricted Stock Units or thereafter, in each case on a specified date or dates or over any period or periods determined by the Administrator. The Administrator shall specify the distribution dates applicable to each award of Restricted Stock Units which shall be no earlier than the vesting dates or events of the award and may be determined at the election of the Employee, Independent Director or Consultant; provided that, except as otherwise determined by the Administrator, set forth in any applicable Award Agreement, and subject to compliance with Section 409A of the Code, in no event shall the maturity date relating to each Restricted Stock Unit occur following the later of (a) the 15th day of the third month following the end of calendar year in which the Restricted Stock Unit vests; or (b) the 15th day of the third month following the end of the Company’s fiscal year in which the Restricted Stock Unit vests. On the distribution dates, the Company shall transfer to the Holder one unrestricted, fully transferable share of Common Stock for each Restricted Stock Unit scheduled to be paid out on such date and not previously forfeited, or in the sole discretion of the Administrator, an amount in cash equal to the Fair Market Value of such shares on the maturity date or a combination of cash and Common Stock as determined by the Administrator. The Administrator shall specify the purchase price, if any, to be paid by the Employee, Independent Director or Consultant to the Company for such shares of Common Stock to be distributed pursuant to the Restricted Stock Unit award.

8.6.  Term . The term of a Dividend Equivalent award, Deferred Stock award, Stock Payment award and/or Restricted Stock Unit award shall be set by the Administrator in its discretion.

8.7.  Exercise or Purchase Price . The Administrator may establish the exercise or purchase price of shares of Deferred Stock, shares distributed as a Stock Payment award or shares distributed pursuant to a Restricted Stock Unit award; provided , however , that such price shall not be less than the par value of a share of Common Stock.

8.8.  Exercise upon Termination of Employment, Termination of Consultancy or Termination of Directorship . A Dividend Equivalent award, Deferred Stock award, Stock Payment award and/or Restricted Stock Unit award is distributable only while the Holder is an Employee, Consultant or Independent Director, as applicable; provided , however , that the Administrator in its sole and absolute discretion may provide that the Dividend Equivalent award, Deferred Stock award, Stock Payment award and/or Restricted Stock Unit award may be distributed subsequent to a Termination of Employment, Termination of Directorship or Termination of Consultancy following a “change of control or ownership” (within the meaning of Section 1.162-27(e)(2)(v) or any successor regulation thereto) of the Company.

8.9.  Form of Payment . Payment of the amount determined under Section 8.2 above shall be in cash, in Common Stock or a combination of both, as determined by the Administrator. To the extent any payment under this Article VIII is effected in Common Stock, it shall be made subject to satisfaction of all provisions of Section 6.3.


ARTICLE IX.

STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS

9.1.  Grant of Stock Appreciation Rights . A Stock Appreciation Right may be granted to any key Employee, Independent Director or Consultant selected by the Administrator. A Stock Appreciation Right may be granted: (a) in connection and simultaneously with the grant of an Option, (b) with respect to a previously granted Option, or (c) independent of an Option. A Stock Appreciation Right shall be subject to such terms and conditions not inconsistent with the Plan as the Administrator shall impose and shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement.

9.2.  Coupled Stock Appreciation Rights .

(a) A Coupled Stock Appreciation Right (“ CSAR ”) shall be related to a particular Option and shall be exercisable only when and to the extent the related Option is exercisable.

(b) A CSAR may be granted to the Holder for no more than the number of shares subject to the simultaneously or previously granted Option to which it is coupled.

(c) A CSAR shall entitle the Holder (or other person entitled to exercise the Option pursuant to the Plan) to surrender to the Company unexercised a portion of the Option to which the CSAR relates (to the extent then exercisable pursuant to its terms) and to receive from the Company in exchange therefor an amount determined by multiplying the difference obtained by subtracting the Option exercise price from the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the date of exercise of the CSAR by the number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which the CSAR shall have been exercised, subject to any limitations the Administrator may impose.

9.3.  Independent Stock Appreciation Rights .

(a) An Independent Stock Appreciation Right (“ ISAR ”) shall be unrelated to any Option and shall have a term set by the Administrator provided, however, that the term shall not be more than ten (10) years from the date the ISAR is granted. An ISAR shall be exercisable in such installments as the Administrator may determine. An ISAR shall cover such number of shares of Common Stock as the Administrator may determine. The exercise price per share of Common Stock subject to each ISAR shall be set by the Administrator; provided, that such exercise price per share shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the date the ISAR is granted. An ISAR is exercisable only while the Holder is an Employee, Independent Director or Consultant; provided, that the Administrator may determine that the ISAR may be exercised subsequent to Termination of Employment, Termination of Directorship or Termination of Consultancy without cause, or following a Change in Control of the Company, or because of the Holder’s retirement, death or disability, or otherwise. Notwithstanding any of the forgoing, in the event the term of an ISAR would expire at a time when trading in shares of the Common Stock by Holder is prohibited by law or the Company’s insider trading policy, the term of such ISAR shall automatically be extended, subject to a maximum of ten (10) years from the date the ISAR is granted, to the 30 th day following the expiration of any applicable trading prohibition.

(b) An ISAR shall entitle the Holder (or other person entitled to exercise the ISAR pursuant to the Plan) to exercise all or a specified portion of the ISAR (to the extent then exercisable pursuant to its terms) and to receive from the Company an amount determined by multiplying the difference obtained by subtracting the exercise price per share of the ISAR from the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the date of exercise of the ISAR by the number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which the ISAR shall have been exercised, subject to any limitations the Administrator may impose.


9.4.  Payment and Limitations on Exercise .

(a) Payment of the amounts determined under Section 9.2(c) and 9.3(b) above shall be in cash, in Common Stock (based on its Fair Market Value as of the date the Stock Appreciation Right is exercised) or a combination of both, as determined by the Administrator. To the extent such payment is effected in Common Stock it shall be made subject to satisfaction of all provisions of Section 6.3 above pertaining to Options.

(b) Holders of Stock Appreciation Rights may be required to comply with any timing or other restrictions with respect to the settlement or exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right, including a window-period limitation, as may be imposed in the discretion of the Administrator.

ARTICLE X.

COMPLIANCE WITH SECTION 409A OF THE CODE

10.1.  Awards subject to Code Section 409A . Any Award that constitutes, or provides for, a deferral of compensation subject to Section 409A of the Code (a “ Section 409A Award ”) shall satisfy the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and this Article X, to the extent applicable. The Award Agreement with respect to a Section 409A Award shall incorporate the terms and conditions required by Section 409A of the Code and this Article X.

10.2.  Distributions under a Section 409A Award .

(a) Subject to subsection (b), any shares of Common Stock, cash or other property or amounts to be paid or distributed upon the grant, issuance, vesting, exercise or payment of a Section 409A Award shall be distributed in accordance with the requirements of Section 409A(a)(2) of the Code, and shall not be distributed earlier than:

(i) the Holder’s separation from service, as determined by the Secretary of the Treasury,

(ii) the date the Holder becomes disabled,

(iii) the Holder’s death,

(iv) a specified time (or pursuant to a fixed schedule) specified under the Award Agreement at the date of the deferral of such compensation,

(v) to the extent provided by the Secretary of the Treasury, a change in the ownership or effective control of the Company or a Subsidiary, or in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the Company or a Subsidiary, or

(vi) the occurrence of an unforeseeable emergency with respect to the Holder.

(b) In the case of a Holder who is a specified employee, the requirement of paragraph (a)(i) shall be met only if the distributions with respect to the Section 409A Award may not be made before the date which is six months after the Holder’s separation from service (or, if earlier, the date of the Holder’s death). For purposes of this subsection (b), a Holder shall be a specified employee if such Holder is a key employee (as defined in Section 416(i) of the Code without regard to paragraph (5) thereof) of a corporation any stock of which is publicly traded on an established securities market or otherwise, as determined under Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder.


(c) The requirement of paragraph (a)(vi) shall be met only if, as determined under Treasury Regulations under Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(ii) of the Code, the amounts distributed with respect to the unforeseeable emergency do not exceed the amounts necessary to satisfy such unforeseeable emergency plus amounts necessary to pay taxes reasonably anticipated as a result of the distribution, after taking into account the extent to which such unforeseeable emergency is or may be relieved through reimbursement or compensation by insurance or otherwise or by liquidation of the Holder’s assets (to the extent the liquidation of such assets would not itself cause severe financial hardship).

(d) For purposes of this Section, the terms specified therein shall have the respective meanings ascribed thereto under Section 409A of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder.

10.3.  Prohibition on Acceleration of Benefits . The time or schedule of any distribution or payment of any shares of Common Stock, cash or other property or amounts under a Section 409A Award shall not be accelerated, except as otherwise permitted under Section 409A(a)(3) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder.

10.4.  Elections under Section 409A Awards .

(a) Any deferral election provided under or with respect to an Award to any Employee, Independent Director or Consultant, or to the Holder of a Section 409A Award, shall satisfy the requirements of Section 409A(a)(4)(B) of the Code, to the extent applicable, and, except as otherwise permitted under paragraph (i) or (ii), any such deferral election with respect to compensation for services performed during a taxable year shall be made not later than the close of the preceding taxable year, or at such other time as provided in Treasury Regulations.

(i) In the case of the first year in which an Employee, Independent Director or Consultant, or the Holder, becomes eligible to participate in the Plan, any such deferral election may be made with respect to services to be performed subsequent to the election with thirty (30) days after the date the Employee, Independent Director or Consultant, or the Holder, becomes eligible to participate in the Plan, as provided under Section 409A(a)(4)(B)(ii) of the Code.

(ii) In the case of any performance-based compensation based on services performed by an Employee, Independent Director or Consultant, or the Holder, over a period of at least twelve (12) months, any such deferral election may be made no later than six months before the end of the period, as provided under Section 409A(a)(4)(B)(iii) of the Code.

(b) In the event that a Section 409A Award permits, under a subsequent election by the Holder of such Section 409A Award, a delay in a distribution or payment of any shares of Common Stock, cash or other property or amounts under such Section 409A Award, or a change in the form of distribution or payment, such subsequent election shall satisfy the requirements of Section 409A(a)(4)(C) of the Code, and:

(i) such subsequent election may not take effect until at least twelve (12) months after the date on which the election is made,


(ii) in the case such subsequent election relates to a distribution or payment not described in Section 10.2(a)(ii), (iii) or (vi), the first payment with respect to such election may be deferred for a period of not less than five years from the date such distribution or payment otherwise would have been made, and

(iii) in the case such subsequent election relates to a distribution or payment described in Section 10.2(a)(iv), such election may not be made less than twelve (12) months prior to the date of the first scheduled distribution or payment under Section 10.2(a)(iv).

10.5.  Compliance in Form and Operation . A Section 409A Award, and any election under or with respect to such Section 409A Award, shall comply in form and operation with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder.

ARTICLE XI.

ADMINISTRATION

11.1.  Compensation Committee . The Compensation Committee (or another committee or a subcommittee of the Board assuming the functions of the Committee under the Plan) shall consist solely of two or more Independent Directors appointed by and holding office at the pleasure of the Board, each of whom is both a “non-employee director” as defined by Rule 16b-3, an “outside director” for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Code and an “independent director” under the rules of any securities exchange or automated quotation system on which the shares are listed, quoted or traded. Appointment of Committee members shall be effective upon acceptance of appointment. Committee members may resign at any time by delivering written notice to the Board. Vacancies in the Committee may be filled by the Board.

11.2.  Duties and Powers of Committee . It shall be the duty of the Committee to conduct the general administration of the Plan in accordance with its provisions. The Committee shall have the power to interpret the Plan and the Award Agreements, and to adopt such rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan as are consistent therewith, to interpret, amend or revoke any such rules and to amend any Award Agreement provided that the rights or obligations of the Holder of the Award that is the subject of any such Award Agreement are not affected adversely by such amendment, unless the consent of the Holder is obtained or such amendment is otherwise permitted under Article X, Section 12.6 or Section 12.7. Any such grant or award under the Plan need not be the same with respect to each Holder. Any such interpretations and rules with respect to Incentive Stock Options shall be consistent with the provisions of Section 422 of the Code. In its absolute discretion, the Board may at any time and from time to time exercise any and all rights and duties of the Committee under the Plan except with respect to matters which under Rule 16b-3 or Section 162(m) of the Code, or any regulations or rules issued thereunder, are required to be determined in the sole discretion of the Committee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the full Board, acting by a majority of its members in office, shall conduct the general administration of the Plan with respect to Awards granted to Independent Directors.

11.3.  Majority Rule; Unanimous Written Consent . The Committee shall act by a majority of its members in attendance at a meeting at which a quorum is present or by a memorandum or other written instrument signed by all members of the Committee.


11.4.  Compensation; Professional Assistance; Good Faith Actions . Members of the Committee shall receive such compensation, if any, for their services as members as may be determined by the Board. All expenses and liabilities which members of the Committee incur in connection with the administration of the Plan shall be borne by the Company. The Committee may, with the approval of the Board, employ attorneys, consultants, accountants, appraisers, brokers or other persons. The Committee, the Company and the Company’s officers and Directors shall be entitled to rely upon the advice, opinions or valuations of any such persons. All actions taken and all interpretations and determinations made by the Committee or the Board in good faith shall be final and binding upon all Holders, the Company and all other interested persons. No members of the Committee or Board shall be personally liable for any action, determination or interpretation made in good faith with respect to the Plan or Awards, and all members of the Committee and the Board shall be fully protected by the Company in respect of any such action, determination or interpretation.

11.5.  Delegation of Authority to Grant Awards . The Committee may, but need not, delegate from time to time some or all of its authority to grant Awards under the Plan to a committee consisting of one or more members of the Committee or of one or more officers of the Company, to the extent permitted by applicable law and rules of any securities exchange or automated quotation system on which the shares are listed; provided , however , that the Committee may not delegate its authority to grant Awards to individuals: (a) who are subject on the date of the grant to the reporting rules under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, (b) who are Section 162(m) Participants, or (c) who are officers of the Company who are delegated authority by the Committee hereunder. Any delegation hereunder shall be subject to the restrictions and limits that the Committee specifies at the time of such delegation of authority and may be rescinded at any time by the Committee. At all times, any committee appointed under this Section 11.5 shall serve in such capacity at the pleasure of the Committee.

11.6 Authority of Administrator . Subject to the Company’s memorandum and articles of association, the Committee’s charter, any specific designation in the Plan and any delegation of authority permitted under the Plan or applicable law, the Committee (or its delegate, as permitted under the Plan and applicable law) has the exclusive power, authority and sole discretion to:

(a) Designate Employees, Directors and Consultants eligible to receive Awards;

(b) Determine the type or types of Awards to be granted to each eligible Employee, Director and Consultant;

(c) Determine the number of Awards to be granted and the number of shares to which an Award will relate;

(d) Determine the terms and conditions of any Award granted pursuant to the Plan, including, but not limited to, the exercise price, grant price, purchase price, any Performance Criteria, any restrictions or limitations on the Award, any schedule for vesting, lapse of forfeiture restrictions or restrictions on the exercisability of an Award, and accelerations or waivers thereof, and any provisions related to non-competition and recapture of gain on an Award, based in each case on such considerations as the Committee in its sole discretion determines;


(e) Determine whether, to what extent, and pursuant to what circumstances an Award may be settled in, or the exercise price of an Award may be paid in cash, shares, other Awards, or other property, or an Award may be canceled, forfeited, or surrendered;

(f) Prescribe the form of each Award Agreement, which need not be identical for each Holder;

(g) Decide all other matters that must be determined in connection with an Award;

(h) Establish, adopt, or revise any rules and regulations as it may deem necessary or advisable to administer the Plan;

(i) Interpret the terms of, and any matter arising pursuant to, the Plan or any Award Agreement;

(j) Make all other decisions and determinations that may be required pursuant to the Plan or as the Committee deems necessary or advisable to administer the Plan; and

(k) Accelerate wholly or partially the vesting or lapse of restrictions of any Award or portion thereof at any time after the grant of an Award, subject to whatever terms and conditions it selects and Section 12.3.

ARTICLE XII.

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

12.1.  Transferability of Awards .

(a) Except as otherwise provided in Section 12.1(b):

(i) No Award under the Plan may be sold, pledged, assigned or transferred in any manner other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution or, subject to the consent of the Administrator, pursuant to a DRO, unless and until such Award has been exercised, or the shares underlying such Award have been issued, and all restrictions applicable to such shares have lapsed;

(ii) No Option, Restricted Stock award, Deferred Stock award, Stock Appreciation Right, Dividend Equivalent award, Stock Payment award, or Restricted Stock Unit award, or any interest or right therein, shall be liable for the debts, contracts or engagements of the Holder or his successors in interest or shall be subject to disposition by transfer, alienation, anticipation, pledge, encumbrance, assignment or any other means whether such disposition be voluntary or involuntary or by operation of law by judgment, levy, attachment, garnishment or any other legal or equitable proceedings (including bankruptcy), and any attempted disposition thereof shall be null and void and of no effect, except to the extent that such disposition is permitted by the preceding sentence; and


(iii) During the lifetime of the Holder, only the Holder may exercise an Option or other Award (or any portion thereof) granted to him under the Plan, unless it has been disposed of pursuant to a DRO; after the death of the Holder, any exercisable portion of an Option or other Award may, prior to the time when such portion becomes unexercisable under the Plan or the applicable Award Agreement, be exercised by his personal representative or by any person empowered to do so under the deceased Holder’s will or under the then applicable laws of descent and distribution.

(b) Notwithstanding Section 12.1(a), the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may determine to permit a Holder to transfer a Non-Qualified Stock Option to any one or more Permitted Transferees (as defined below), subject to the following terms and conditions: (i) a Non-Qualified Stock Option transferred to a Permitted Transferee shall not be assignable or transferable by the Permitted Transferee other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution; (ii) any Non-Qualified Stock Option which is transferred to a Permitted Transferee shall continue to be subject to all the terms and conditions of the Non-Qualified Stock Option as applicable to the original Holder (other than the ability to further transfer the Non-Qualified Stock Option); and (iii) the Holder and the Permitted Transferee shall execute any and all documents requested by the Administrator, including, without limitation documents to (A) confirm the status of the transferee as a Permitted Transferee, (B) satisfy any requirements for an exemption for the transfer under applicable federal and state securities laws and (C) evidence the transfer. For purposes of this Section 12.1(b), “Permitted Transferee” shall mean, with respect to a Holder, any child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, former spouse, sibling, niece, nephew, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law, including adoptive relationships, any person sharing the Holder’s household (other than a tenant or employee), a trust in which these persons (or the Holder) control the management of assets, and any other entity in which these persons (or the Holder) own more than fifty percent of the voting interests, or any other transferee specifically approved by the Administrator after taking into account any state or federal tax or securities laws applicable to transferable Non-Qualified Stock Options.

12.2.  Amendment, Suspension or Termination of the Plan . Except as otherwise provided in this Section 12.2, the Plan may be wholly or partially amended or otherwise modified, suspended or terminated at any time or from time to time by the Board. However, without approval of the Company’s shareholders given within twelve (12) months before or after the action by the Board, no action of the Board may, except as provided in Section 12.3, (i) increase the limits imposed in Section 2.1 on the maximum number of shares which may be issued under the Plan, or the maximum number of shares which may be granted or issued as Restricted Stock awards, Restricted Stock Unit awards, Dividend Equivalent awards, Deferred Stock awards, or Stock Payment awards, (ii) expand the classes of persons to whom Awards may be granted under the Plan, or (iii) reduce the exercise price per share of any outstanding Option or Stock Appreciation Right granted under the Plan or take any action prohibited under Section 12.6, or (iv) cancel any Option or Stock Appreciation Right in exchange for cash or another Award when the Option or Stock Appreciation Right price per share exceeds the Fair Market Value of the underlying shares. Except as provided in Article X, Section 12.6 or Section 12.7, no amendment, suspension or termination of the Plan shall, without the consent of the Holder, alter or impair any rights or obligations under any Award theretofore granted or awarded, unless the Award itself otherwise expressly so provides. No Awards may be granted or awarded during any period of suspension or after termination of the Plan, and in no event may any Award be granted under the Plan after the first to occur of the following events:


(a) The expiration of ten (10) years from the date this Plan is adopted by the Board; or

(b) The expiration of ten (10) years from the date this Plan is approved by the Company’s shareholders under Section 12.4.

12.3.  Changes in Common Stock or Assets of the Company, Acquisition or Liquidation of the Company and Other Corporate Events.

(a) Subject to Section 12.3(f), in the event that the Administrator determines that any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Common Stock, other securities or other property), recapitalization, reclassification, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase, liquidation, dissolution, or sale, transfer, exchange or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or exchange of Common Stock or other securities of the Company, issuance of warrants or other rights to purchase Common Stock or other securities of the Company, or other similar corporate transaction or event affects the Common Stock, in each case other than an Equity Restructuring, then the Administrator shall equitably adjust any or all of the following in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan or with respect to an Award:

(i) The number and kind of shares of Common Stock (or other securities or property) with respect to which Awards may be granted or awarded (including, but not limited to, adjustments of the limitations in Section 2.1 on the maximum number and kind of shares which may be issued under the Plan, and the maximum number and kind of shares which may be granted or issued as Restricted Stock awards, Restricted Stock Unit awards, Dividend Equivalent awards, Deferred Stock awards or Stock Payment awards, adjustments of the Award Limit, and adjustments of the manner in which shares subject to Full Value Awards will be counted);

(ii) The number and kind of shares of Common Stock (or other securities or property) subject to outstanding Awards; and

(iii) The grant or exercise price with respect to any Award.

(b) Subject to Sections 12.3(c), 12.3(d) and 12.3(f), in the event of any transaction or event described in Section 12.3(a) or any unusual or nonrecurring transactions or events affecting the Company, any affiliate of the Company, or the financial statements of the Company or any affiliate, or of changes in applicable laws, regulations or accounting principles, the Administrator, in its sole and absolute discretion, and on such terms and conditions as it deems appropriate, either by the terms of the Award or by action taken prior to the occurrence of such transaction or event and either automatically or upon the Holder’s request, is hereby authorized to take any one or more of the following actions whenever the Administrator determines that such action is appropriate in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan or with respect to any Award under the Plan, to facilitate such transactions or events or to give effect to such changes in laws, regulations or principles:


(i) To provide for either the purchase of any such Award for an amount of cash equal to the amount that could have been attained upon the exercise of such Award or realization of the Holder’s rights had such Award been currently exercisable or payable or fully vested or the replacement of such Award with other rights or property selected by the Administrator in its sole discretion;

(ii) To provide that the Award cannot vest, be exercised or become payable after such event;

(iii) To provide that such Award shall be exercisable as to all shares covered thereby, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 5.3 or the provisions of such Award;

(iv) To provide that such Award be assumed by the successor or survivor corporation, or a parent or subsidiary thereof, or shall be substituted for by similar options, rights or awards covering the stock of the successor or survivor corporation, or a parent or subsidiary thereof, with appropriate adjustments as to the number and kind of shares and prices; and

(v) To make adjustments in the number and type of shares of Common Stock (or other securities or property) subject to outstanding Awards, and/or in the terms and conditions of (including the grant, exercise or purchase price), and the criteria included in, outstanding options, rights and awards and options, rights and awards which may be granted in the future.

(vi) To provide that, for a specified period of time prior to such event, the restrictions imposed under an Award Agreement upon some or all shares of Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units or Deferred Stock may be terminated, and, in the case of Restricted Stock, some or all shares of such Restricted Stock may cease to be subject to repurchase under Section 7.5 or forfeiture under Section 7.4 after such event.

(c) Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, in the event of a Change in Control, each outstanding Award shall remain outstanding, or shall be assumed or an equivalent award substituted by the successor corporation, or a parent or subsidiary of the successor corporation. In the event that the successor corporation, or a parent or subsidiary of the successor corporation, with respect to the Change in Control transaction refuses to assume or substitute for the Award, the Holder shall have the right to exercise the Award as to all of the shares subject thereto, including shares as to which such Award otherwise would not be exercisable, and the Holder shall have the right to vest in, and received a distribution of, such Award, with respect to all of the shares subject thereto. If an Award becomes exercisable in lieu of assumption or substitution by the successor corporation, or a parent or subsidiary corporation, with respect to a Change in Control transaction, the Administrator shall notify the Holder that the Award shall be fully exercisable for a period of not less than fifteen (15) days from the date of such notice prior to the Change in Control transaction, and the Award shall terminate upon the expiration of such period. For purposes of this Section 12.3(c), the Award shall be assumed, or an equivalent award shall be substituted for such Award, if, following the Change in Control transaction, the Award or substituted award confers on the Holder the right to purchase or receive, for each share subject to the Award immediately prior to the Change in Control transaction, the consideration (whether in stock, cash, or other securities or property, or a combination thereof) received or to be received for


each share of Common Stock in the Change in Control transaction on the effective date of the Change in Control transaction (and if holders of shares of Common Stock were offered a choice of consideration, the type of consideration chosen by the holders of a majority of the issued or outstanding shares of Common Stock); provided, however, that, if such consideration received in the Change in Control transaction was not solely common stock of the successor corporation or its parent, the Administrator may, with the consent of the successor corporation or its parent, provide for the consideration to be received upon the exercise, vesting or distribution of the assumed Award or substituted award, for each share subject to the Award, to be solely common stock of the successor corporation or its parent equal in fair market value to the per share consideration received by the holders of Common Stock in the Change in Control transaction.

(d) In connection with the occurrence of any Equity Restructuring, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Sections 12.3(a) and 12.3(b):

(i) The number and type of securities subject to each outstanding Award and the exercise price or grant price thereof, if applicable, shall be equitably adjusted; and/or

(ii) The Administrator shall make such equitable adjustments, if any, as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may deem appropriate to reflect such Equity Restructuring with respect to the aggregate number and kind of shares that may be issued under the Plan (including, but not limited to, adjustments of the limitations in Sections 3.1 and 3.3 on the maximum number and kind of shares which may be issued under the Plan, and adjustments of the Award Limit, and adjustments of the manner in which shares subject to Full Value Awards will be counted). The adjustments provided under this Section 12.3(d) shall be nondiscretionary and shall be final and binding on the affected Holder and the Company.

(e) Subject to Sections 12.3(f), 3.2 and 3.3, the Administrator may, in its discretion, include such further provisions and limitations in any Award or Award Agreement as it may deem equitable and in the best interests of the Company.

(f) With respect to Awards which are granted to Section 162(m) Participants and are intended to qualify as performance-based compensation under Section 162(m)(4)(C), no adjustment or action described in this Section 12.3 or in any other provision of the Plan shall be authorized to the extent that such adjustment or action would cause such Award to fail to so qualify under Section 162(m)(4)(C), or any successor provisions thereto, unless the Administrator determines that the Award should not so qualify. No adjustment or action described in this Section 12.3 or in any other provision of the Plan shall be authorized to the extent that such adjustment or action would cause the Plan to violate Section 422(b)(1) of the Code. Furthermore, no such adjustment or action shall be authorized to the extent such adjustment or action would result in short-swing profits liability under Section 16 or violate the exemptive conditions of Rule 16b-3 unless the Administrator determines that the Award is not to comply with such exemptive conditions. The number of shares of Common Stock subject to any Award shall always be rounded to the next whole number.

(g) The existence of the Plan, the Award Agreement and the Awards granted hereunder shall not affect or restrict in any way the right or power of the Company or the shareholders of the Company to make or authorize any adjustment, recapitalization, reorganization or other change in the Company’s capital structure or its business, any merger


or consolidation of the Company, any issue of stock or of options, warrants or rights to purchase stock or of bonds, debentures, preferred or prior preference stocks whose rights are superior to or affect the Common Stock or the rights thereof or which are convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock, or the dissolution or liquidation of the company, or any sale or transfer of all or any part of its assets or business, or any other corporate act or proceeding, whether of a similar character or otherwise.

(h) No action shall be taken under this Section 12.3 which shall cause an Award to fail to comply with Section 409A of the Code or the Treasury Regulations thereunder, to the extent applicable to such Award.

12.4.  Approval of Plan by Shareholders . The Plan was approved by the shareholders of the Company on September 29, 2013. If the Board determines that Awards other than Options or Stock Appreciation Rights which may be granted to Section 162(m) Participants should continue to be eligible to qualify as performance-based compensation under Section 162(m)(4)(C) of the Code, the Performance Criteria must be disclosed to and approved by the Company’s shareholders in accordance with Section 162(m) of the Code.

12.5.  Tax Withholding . The Company shall be entitled to require payment in cash or deduction from other compensation payable to each Holder of any sums required by federal, state or local tax law to be withheld with respect to the grant, issuance, vesting, exercise or payment of any Award. The Administrator may in its discretion and in satisfaction of the foregoing requirement allow such Holder to elect to have the Company withhold shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable under such Award (or allow the return of shares of Common Stock) having a Fair Market Value equal to the sums required to be withheld. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the number of shares of Common Stock which may be withheld with respect to the issuance, vesting, exercise or payment of any Award (or which may be repurchased from the Holder of such Award within six months after such shares of Common Stock were acquired by the Holder from the Company) in order to satisfy the Holder’s federal and state income and payroll tax liabilities with respect to the issuance, vesting, exercise or payment of the Award shall be limited to the number of shares which have a Fair Market Value on the date of withholding or repurchase equal to the aggregate amount of such liabilities based on the minimum statutory withholding rates for federal and state tax income and payroll tax purposes that are applicable to such supplemental taxable income.

12.6.  Prohibition on Repricing . Subject to Section 12.3, the Administrator shall not, without the approval of the shareholders of the Company, (a) authorize the amendment of any outstanding Option or Stock Appreciation Right to reduce its price per share, or (b) cancel any Option or Stock Appreciation Right in exchange for cash or another Award when the Option or Stock Appreciation Right price per share exceeds the Fair Market Value of the underlying shares. Subject to Section 12.3, the Administrator shall have the authority, without the approval of the shareholders of the Company, to amend any outstanding Award to increase the price per share or to cancel and replace an Award with the grant of an Award having a price per share that is greater than or equal to the price per share of the original Award.

12.7.  Forfeiture and Clawback Provisions . Pursuant to its general authority to determine the terms and conditions applicable to Awards and the Award Agreements under the Plan, the Administrator shall have the right to provide, in the terms of Awards made under the Plan, or to require a Holder to agree by separate written instrument, that (a) Any proceeds, gains or other


economic benefit actually or constructively received by the Holder upon any receipt or exercise of the Award, or upon the receipt or resale of any Common Stock underlying the Award, must be paid to the Company, and (b) the Award shall terminate and any unexercised portion of the Award (whether or not vested) shall be forfeited, if (i) a Termination of Employment, Termination of Directorship or Termination of Consultancy occurs prior to a specified date, or within a specified time period following receipt or exercise of the Award, or (ii) the Holder at any time, or during a specified time period, engages in any activity in competition with the Company, or which is inimical, contrary or harmful to the interests of the Company, as further defined by the Administrator or (iii) the Holder incurs a Termination of Employment, Termination of Directorship or Termination of Consultancy for “cause” (as such term is defined in the sole and absolute discretion of the Committee, or as set forth in a written agreement relating to such Award between the Company and the Holder).

12.8.  Effect of Plan upon Options and Compensation Plans . The adoption of the Plan shall not affect any other compensation or incentive plans in effect for the Company or any Subsidiary. Nothing in the Plan shall be construed to limit the right of the Company: (a) to establish any other forms of incentives or compensation for Employees, Directors or Consultants of the Company or any Subsidiary, or (b) to grant or assume options or other rights or awards otherwise than under the Plan in connection with any proper corporate purpose including but not by way of limitation, the grant or assumption of options in connection with the acquisition by purchase, lease, merger, consolidation or otherwise, of the business, stock or assets of any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, firm or association.

12.9.  Compliance with Laws . The Plan, the granting and vesting of Awards under the Plan and the issuance and delivery of shares of Common Stock and the payment of money under the Plan or under Awards granted or awarded hereunder are subject to compliance with all applicable federal and state laws, rules and regulations (including but not limited to state and federal securities law and federal margin requirements) and to such approvals by any listing, regulatory or governmental authority as may, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, be necessary or advisable in connection therewith. Any securities delivered under the Plan shall be subject to such restrictions, and the person acquiring such securities shall, if requested by the Company, provide such assurances and representations to the Company as the Company may deem necessary or desirable to assure compliance with all applicable legal requirements. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Plan and Awards granted or awarded hereunder shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to such laws, rules and regulations.

12.10.  Titles . Titles are provided herein for convenience only and are not to serve as a basis for interpretation or construction of the Plan.

12.11.  Governing Law . The Plan and any agreements hereunder shall be administered, interpreted and enforced under the internal laws of the New Jersey without regard to conflicts of laws thereof.

12.12 Paperless Administration . In the event that the Company establishes, for itself or using the services of a third party, an automated system for the documentation, granting or exercise of Awards, such as a system using an internet website or interactive voice response, then the paperless documentation, granting or exercise of Awards by a Holder may be permitted through the use of such an automated system.


12.13 Unfunded Status of Awards . The Plan is intended to be an “unfunded” plan for incentive compensation. With respect to any payments not yet made to a Holder pursuant to an Award, nothing contained in the Plan or any Award Agreement shall give the Holder any rights that are greater than those of a general creditor of the Company or any Subsidiary.

12.14 Indemnification . To the extent allowable pursuant to applicable law, each member of the Committee or of the Board (or the delegates of the Committee or the Board as permitted under the Plan and applicable law) shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company from any loss, cost, liability, or expense that may be imposed upon or reasonably incurred by such member in connection with or resulting from any claim, action, suit, or proceeding to which he or she may be a party or in which he or she may be involved by reason of any action or failure to act pursuant to the Plan and against and from any and all amounts paid by him or her in satisfaction of judgment in such action, suit, or proceeding against him or her; provided he or she gives the Company an opportunity, at its own expense, to handle and defend the same before he or she undertakes to handle and defend it on his or her own behalf. The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be exclusive of any other rights of indemnification to which such persons may be entitled pursuant to the Company’s memorandum and articles of association, as a matter of law, or otherwise, or any power that the Company may have to indemnify them or hold them harmless.

12.15 Relationship to other Benefits . No payment pursuant to the Plan shall be taken into account in determining any benefits under any pension, retirement, savings, profit sharing, group insurance, welfare or other benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary except to the extent otherwise expressly provided in writing in such other plan or an agreement thereunder.

*    *    *


I hereby certify that the foregoing Plan was duly adopted by the Board of Directors of Actavis plc on September 29, 2013.

Executed on this 30th day of September, 2013.

 

  /s/ David A. Buchen
Name:   David A. Buchen
Title:   Chief Legal Officer – Global and Secretary

I hereby certify that the foregoing Plan was duly adopted by the shareholders of Actavis plc on September 30, 2013.

Executed on this 30th day of September, 2013.

 

  /s/ David A. Buchen
Name:   David A. Buchen
Title:   Chief Legal Officer – Global and Secretary

[Signature Page to 2013 Incentive Award Plan of Actavis plc]


ADDENDUM REGARDING

NON-UNITED STATES PARTICIPANTS

This Addendum (the “ Addendum ”) includes special rules applicable to the Holders in the countries below.

UNITED KINGDOM

I. SUB-PLAN

Pursuant to Section 3.6 of The 2013 Incentive Award Plan of Actavis plc (the “ Plan ”), Actavis plc hereby adopts this sub-plan (the “ Sub-Plan ”), which sets out the terms on which any Award shall be granted to Employees residing in the United Kingdom. The Sub-Plan forms the rules of the employee share scheme applicable to the United Kingdom-based Employees of the Company and any Subsidiaries. All awards granted to Employees of the Company or any Subsidiaries who are based in the United Kingdom will be granted on similar terms.

Where there is any conflict between the terms of the Plan and the terms of this Sub-Plan, the terms of this Sub-Plan will take precedence over the terms of the Plan.

II. DEFINITIONS

In this Sub-Plan, capitalized terms not otherwise defined shall be as defined in the Plan.

III. PARTICIPANTS

This Sub-Plan incorporates the terms of the Plan in their entirety with the exception that in the United Kingdom, only Employees of the Company or any Subsidiaries are eligible to receive Awards. Other service providers, including Consultants and Independent Directors, who are not Employees are not eligible to receive Awards in the United Kingdom pursuant to this Sub-Plan.


I hereby certify that the foregoing Sub-Plan was duly adopted by the Board of Directors of Actavis plc on September 29, 2013.

Executed on this 30th day of September, 2013.

 

  /s/ David A. Buchen
Name:   David A. Buchen
Title:   Chief Legal Officer – Global and Secretary

[Signature Page to 2013 Incentive Award Plan of Actavis plc]

Exhibit 99.2

Watson Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 401(k) Plan

(Restated as of January 1, 2012)


Contents

 

Contents

     i   

Article 1. Establishment of the Plan

     1   

1.1 Restatement of the Plan

     1   

1.2 Status of the Plan

     3   

1.3 Applicability of the Restatement of the Plan

     3   

Article 2. Definitions and Construction

     4   

2.1 Definitions

     4   

2.2 Gender and Number

     18   

2.3 Applicable Law

     18   

2.4 Severability

     19   

2.5 Headings

     19   

Article 3. Eligibility, Participation, and Vesting

     20   

3.1 Eligible Employees

     20   

3.2 Date of Initial Participation

     21   

3.3 Inactive Participation

     21   

3.4 Former Participants

     21   

3.5 Reemployment by an Employer

     21   

3.6 Vesting

     22   

3.7 Years of Vesting Service

     22   

3.8 Forfeiture of Contingent Interests

     24   

Article 4. Active Participant Contributions

     26   

4.1 Compensation Deferral Agreements

     26   

4.2 Roth Deferral Agreements

     26   

4.3 Automatic Contribution Arrangement

     26   

4.4 Limitations on Compensation Deferral Agreements and Roth Deferral Agreements

     28   

4.5 General Rules for Compensation Deferral Agreements and Roth Deferral Agreements

     28   

4.6 Special Circumstances

     30   

4.7 401(k) Contributions

     31   

4.8 Roth Contributions

     32   

4.9 Rollover Contributions

     32   

4.10 In-Plan Roth Rollover Contributions

     34   

4.11 Catch-Up Contributions

     34   

Article 5. Employer Contributions

     36   

5.1 Employees Eligible for Employer Contributions

     36   

5.2 Amount of Matching Contribution

     36   

5.3 Amount of Profit Sharing Contribution

     36   

5.4 Payment of Employer Contributions

     37   

 

i


Article 6. Benefit Limitations

     39   

6.1 Section 402(g) Limit on 401(k) Contributions and Roth Contributions

     39   

6.2 Highly Compensated Employees

     40   

6.3 Section 415 Limit

     41   

6.4 The Pay Limit

     43   

6.5 Nondiscrimination Rules

     44   

Article 7. In-Service Withdrawals and Loans

     54   

7.1 Age 59  1 2 Withdrawals

     54   

7.2 In-Service Rollover Withdrawals

     54   

7.3 Hardship Withdrawals

     54   

7.4 Loans to Participants

     56   

Article 8. Distribution of Benefits

     63   

8.1 Distributions Generally

     63   

8.2 Distribution Upon Severance From Employment

     63   

8.3 Benefits Upon Disability

     63   

8.4 Death Benefits

     64   

8.5 Beneficiary

     65   

8.6 Forms of Distribution

     67   

8.7 Payment Rules

     67   

8.8 Small Amounts

     70   

8.9 Required Minimum Distributions

     71   

8.10 Direct Rollovers

     77   

8.11 Source of Benefit Payments

     80   

Article 9. Plan Investments and Investment Elections

     81   

9.1 Investment Funds

     81   

9.2 Investment Elections

     81   

9.3 Initial Investment Election

     81   

9.4 Changes in Investment Elections

     82   

9.5 Special Rules

     83   

9.6 Transfer of Assets

     84   

9.7 Valuation Adjustments

     84   

9.8 Information to Participants

     85   

9.9 Investment Risk

     85   

9.10 The Watson Stock Fund

     85   

Article 10. Financing

     88   

10.1 Trust Fund

     88   

10.2 Trust Agreement

     88   

10.3 Nonreversion

     88   

Article 11. Administration

     90   

11.1 Committee

     90   

11.2 Operation of the Committee

     90   

11.3 Agents

     91   

 

ii


11.4 Compensation and Expenses

     91   

11.5 Committee’s Powers and Duties

     92   

11.6 Investment Responsibilities

     93   

11.7 Committee’s Decisions Conclusive

     93   

11.8 Indemnity

     94   

11.9 Insurance

     95   

11.10 Fiduciaries

     95   

11.11 Notices

     96   

11.12 Data

     97   

11.13 Missing Persons

     97   

11.14 Claims Procedure

     97   

11.15 Fidelity Bonds

     100   

11.16 Effect of a Mistake

     100   

11.17 Claims and Issues

     100   

Article 12. Amendment and Termination

     101   

12.1 Amendment

     101   

12.2 Discontinuance of Contributions and Termination

     101   

12.3 Plan Merger or Transfer

     101   

Article 13. Adoption by Affiliates

     102   

13.1 Adoption of Plan

     102   

13.2 Cooperation by Employers

     102   

13.3 Action Binding on Participating Employers

     102   

13.4 Nondiscrimination Requirements

     102   

13.5 Termination of Participation of Affiliate

     102   

13.6 Consequences of the Termination of an Employer

     103   

Article 14. Top-Heavy Provisions

     105   

14.1 Application

     105   

14.2 Top-Heavy Ratio

     105   

14.3 Key Employees

     106   

14.4 Minimum Contribution

     107   

14.5 Vesting

     107   

Article 15. Miscellaneous Provisions

     109   

15.1 No Enlargement of Employee Rights

     109   

15.2 No Examination or Accounting

     109   

15.3 Nonalienation

     109   

15.4 Incompetency

     110   

15.5 Records Conclusive

     111   

15.6 Counterparts

     111   

15.7 Service of Legal Process

     111   

15.8 Qualified Military Service

     111   

15.9 Severability

     111   

 

iii


[Page intentionally left blank]

 

iv


Article 1.Establishment of the Plan

1.1 Restatement of the Plan

 

(a) Watson Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (the “ Company ”) originally adopted the Watson Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 401(k) Plan (the “Plan”) effective January 1, 1988. (Prior to January 1, 2006, the Plan was known as the “Watson Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Employees’ 401(k) Profit-Sharing Plan.”)

“Company” and other capitalized terms with special meanings are generally defined in Article 2.

 

(b) Subsequently, the Company amended and restated the Plan, generally effective as of January 1, 2001 (the “ 2001 Restatement ”).

 

  (1) The Company received a favorable determination letter from the Internal Revenue Service on the 2001 Restatement.

 

  (2) The Company adopted seven amendments to the 2001 Restatement: The First Amendment was effective as of January 1, 1999 and was generally incorporated into the 2001 Restatement; the Second Amendment was effective as of January 1, 2003; the Third Amendment was effective as of July 1, 2003; the Fourth Amendment was generally effective for required minimum distributions made beginning in the 2003 calendar year; the Fifth Amendment was generally effective January 1, 2004; the Sixth Amendment was effective November 1, 2004; and the Seventh Amendment was effective January 1, 2005. Certain of these amendments superseded previous amendments; accordingly, certain previous amendments had no further force and effect.

 

  (3) The Second Amendment to the 2001 Restatement primarily provided good-faith compliance with the requirements of EGTRRA. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, the EGTRRA provisions are effective January 1, 2002 (unless otherwise provided).

 

(c) Effective as of January 1, 2006 and the other dates stated herein, the Plan was amended and restated to reflect Amendments 2 through 7 to the 2001 Restatement, to reflect recent retirement plan guidance, and to make certain other clarifications and changes (the “ 2006 Restatement ”).

 

  (1) The Plan is intended to reflect good faith compliance with the requirements of EGTRRA and shall be construed in accordance with EGTRRA and the guidance issued thereunder. The Plan provisions amended to comply with EGTRRA shall supersede other provisions of the Plan to the extent those provisions are inconsistent with the provisions of this Plan, as amended.

 

  (2) The 2006 Restatement was subsequently amended twice. The First Amendment primarily reflected the Company’s acquisition of the Andrx Corporation. The Second Amendment amended the 2006 Restatement primarily to comply with the final Internal Revenue Code Section 401(k) and 401(m) regulations. The 2006 Restatement and the Amendments to the 2006 Restatement were intended to be timely interim amendments to the Plan, as described in Revenue Procedure 2005–66.

 

1


(d) Effective as of January 1, 2008 and the other dates stated herein, the Plan was amended and restated (the “ 2008 Restatement ”) as set forth in (1), (2) and (3) below.

 

  (1) The 2008 Restatement reflected Amendments 1 and 2 to the 2006 Restatement; addressed guidance contained in the Code Section 401(k) and (m) final regulations; accommodated the acquisition of the Andrx Corporation by the Company; and made certain other changes.

 

  (2) The 2008 Restatement also added an automatic enrollment design-based ADP and ACP test safe harbor by adding a new qualified automatic contribution arrangement, an eligible automatic contribution arrangement, and a qualified default investment alternative as such terms are defined in Code Sections 401(k)(13) and 414(w) and Department of Labor Regulation 2550.404c-5(e), respectively.

 

  (3) The 2008 Restatement permitted nonspouse beneficiaries to make direct rollovers of their benefits under the Plan, changed the automatic rollover rules for non- Participants, and clarified certain sections of the Plan.

 

(e) Effective as of January 1, 2009 and the other dates stated herein, the Plan was amended and restated (the “ 2009 Restatement ”) as set forth in (1) and (2) below.

 

  (1) The 2009 Restatement reflected final regulations under Code Section 415, as well as the Code Section 401(k) final regulations relating to qualified automatic contribution arrangements and eligible automatic contribution arrangements, and it makes certain other clarifications and changes.

 

  (2) In accordance with the terms of the IRS Employee Plans Compliance Resolution System self-correction methodology, the 2009 Restatement also corrects a drafting error contained in the 2008 Restatement. That error involved the unintentional elimination of Matching Contributions and Profit Sharing Contributions from availability for hardship withdrawal under Section 7.3. Although the 2008 Restatement revised the types of contributions eligible for hardship withdrawal, that change was never made operationally, and the Plan continued to operate to allow Participants to withdraw such Employer contributions on account of hardship.

 

(f) Effective as of January 1, 2012 and the other dates stated herein, the Plan was amended and restated as set forth in (1), (2) and (3) below. This 2012 Restatement is referred to herein as the “ Restatement .”

 

  (1)

The Restatement reflects Amendments 1 and 2 to the 2009 Restatement, effective January 1, 2011, providing (i) clarify the Plan’s provisions relating to the reinstatement of employee deferral contributions following the end of a six-month period of suspension after a Participant’s hardship withdrawal, (ii) changes to the definition of Testing Compensation, (iii) changes to the definition of Section 415 Compensation, (iv) clarification that an Eligible Employee does not include interns, (v) an increase (to 75%) to the percentage of Compensation that a Participant may defer under a Compensation Deferral Agreement, (vi) elimination of the Qualified Automatic Contribution Arrangement, (vii) implementation of an Automatic Contribution Arrangement, (viii) elimination of the requirement for separate deferral elections for Catch-Up Contribution, (ix) an increase in the

 

2


  amount of Matching Contributions (to 6% of Eligible Compensation), (x) a last day requirement for true-up contributions related to Matching Contributions, (xi) that loans may are may not available to former Participants, (xii) elimination of the requirement for spousal consent to obtain a loan and (xiii) eliminate the 90-day withdrawal opportunity for employees who are automatically enrolled.

 

  (2) The Restatement reflects an increase in Matching Contributions to 100% of the lesser of (i) 401(k) Contributions, Roth Contributions or Catch-Up Contributions paid by the Employer with respect to Eligible Compensation otherwise payable to the Participant for the Plan Year, or (ii) 8% of Eligible Compensation.

 

  (3) The Restatement reflects the addition of a Roth Contribution feature, Roth conversion feature and certain changes to clarify the provisions of the Plan for Plan Years beginning on and after January 1, 2012.

1.2 Status of the Plan

 

(a) The purposes of the Plan are to permit Active Participants to share in the profits of the Employers, to assist Participants in accumulating savings, to provide retirement income to Participants, and to stimulate in employees the strongest interest in the successful operation of their Employer’s business.

 

(b) The Plan is intended to be a qualified profit sharing plan that meets the requirements of Code Section 401(a). In accordance with Code Section 401(a)(27), the determination of whether the Plan is a profit-sharing plan shall be made without regard to whether the Employers have current or accumulated profits. The Plan shall be interpreted and administered to meet the requirements of the Code.

 

(c) The Plan provides for Participant (Beneficiary and Alternate Payee, as applicable) directed investments and is intended to meet the requirements of ERISA Section 404(c).

 

(d) The Plan is intended to be an “eligible individual account plan,” as defined in Code Section 407(d)(3)(A) of ERISA. Accordingly, the Trustee is authorized to invest and hold up to one hundred percent (100%) of the Trust Fund in Watson Common Stock.

1.3 Applicability of the Restatement of the Plan

 

(a) Except as specifically provided in this Restatement, all contributions made with respect to Plan Years beginning before the Effective Date shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of applicable prior Plan instruments. All distributions, withdrawals, or loans made before the Effective Date shall be governed by the provisions of applicable Plan instruments, except insofar as pertinent provisions of this Restatement are retroactively effective.

 

(b) The provisions of this Restatement of the Plan, as amended from time to time, shall determine all contributions made with respect to Plan Years beginning on or after the Effective Date. All distributions, withdrawals, and loans made on or after the Effective Date shall be made in accordance with the provisions of this Restatement of the Plan, as it may be further amended from time to time.

 

3


Article 2.Definitions and Construction

2.1 Definitions

Whenever used in the Plan, the following terms shall have the respective meanings set forth below, unless otherwise expressly provided; and when the defined meaning is intended, the term is capitalized.

 

(a) Account ” means the separate account maintained for each Participant, Beneficiary, or Alternate Payee, as applicable, which represents his or her total proportionate interest in the Trust Fund as of any date, and which consists of the sum of the following subaccounts and any other subaccounts that are approved by the Committee, as adjusted for allocations of income or loss, withdrawals, and other factors affecting the value of such subaccounts: 401(k) Contributions Account, Roth Contributions Account, Matching Contributions Account, Catch-Up Contributions Account, Profit Sharing Contributions Account, Rollover Contributions Account, In-Plan Roth Rollover Account, QNEC Contributions Account, QMAC Contributions Account, and Loan Account.

 

(b) Actual Contribution Percentage ” means the ratio, calculated to the nearest one- hundredth of one percent, of (a) the sum of the Matching Contributions made by and on behalf of a Participant for a Plan Year, over (b) such Participant’s Testing Compensation for such Plan Year. Only Testing Compensation received by the Participant while he is a Participant shall be taken into account in determining this percentage, except as may otherwise be required by regulations.

In the case of a Highly Compensated Employee who is eligible to participate in more than one defined contribution plan maintained by the Company or an Affiliate which includes employer matching contributions, his Actual Contribution Percentage shall be determined by treating all such defined contribution plans as one plan.

If a Highly Compensated Employee participates in two or more arrangements described in Code Section 401(m) that have different plan years, the Actual Contribution Percentage for the Highly Compensated Employee is calculated by treating all contributions with respect to such Highly Compensated Employee under any such arrangement (other than arrangements that may not be aggregated with this Plan) as being made under this Plan.

 

(c) Actual Deferral Percentage ” means the ratio, calculated to the nearest one-hundredth of one percent, of (a) the pre-tax 401(k) Contributions and Roth Contributions made on behalf of a Participant for a Plan Year, excluding any contributions returned as a result of exceeding the limitations of Code Section 415 described in Section 6.3, or in the case of a Non-Highly Compensated Participant, Code Section 402(g) described in Section 6.1, over (b) such Participant’s Testing Compensation for such Plan Year. Only compensation received by the Participant while he is a Participant shall be taken into account in determining this percentage, except as may otherwise be required by regulations.

In the case of a Highly Compensated Employee who is eligible to participate in more than one defined contribution plan maintained by the Company or an Affiliate which

 

4


permits before tax contributions or Roth contributions, his Actual Deferral Percentage shall be determined by treating all such defined contribution plans as one plan.

If a Highly Compensated Employee participates in two or more cash or deferred arrangements described in Code Section 401(k) that have different plan years, the Actual Deferral Percentage for the Highly Compensated Employee is calculated by treating all contributions with respect to such Highly Compensated Employee under any such arrangement (other than arrangements that may not be aggregated with this Plan) as being made under this Plan’s cash or deferred arrangement.

 

(d) Active Participant ” means any Eligible Employee who becomes a Participant, in accordance with Section 3.2 (or Section 3.5); continues to be employed as an Eligible Employee of an Employer; has not become an Inactive Participant or a Former Participant; and has not terminated participation in the Plan, in accordance with Section 3.4.

 

(e) Affiliate ” means

 

  (1) Any corporation that, together with the Company, is part of a controlled group of corporations, within the meaning of Code Section 414(b);

 

  (2) Any trade or business that, together with the Company, is under common control, within the meaning of Code Section 414(c); and

 

  (3) Any entity or organization that is required to be aggregated with the Company, pursuant to Code Section 414(m) or 414(o).

An entity shall be an Affiliate only during the period when the entity has the required relationship, under this Section 2.1(e), with the Company.

 

(f) Alternate Payee ” means, with respect to a Participant, any Spouse, former Spouse, child, or other dependent of that Participant, who is an alternate payee, within the meaning of Code Section 414(p)(8), and who is recognized by a Qualified Domestic Relations Order as having the right to receive all or a portion of the benefits payable under the Plan with respect to the Participant.

 

(g) “Andrx ” means Andrx Corporation, a Delaware corporation, and any of its subsidiaries.

 

(h) “Andrx Merger ” means that certain Agreement and Plan of Merger By and Among Watson Pharmaceuticals, Inc., Water Delaware, Inc., and Andrx Corporation, dated March 12, 2006.

 

(i) Anniversary of Hire ” means an anniversary of the Employee’s most recent Employment Commencement Date or Reemployment Commencement Date (as applicable).

 

(j) Average Actual Contribution Percentage ” means the average, calculated to the nearest one-hundredth of one percent, of the Actual Contribution Percentage for a group of Employees for a Plan Year.

 

5


(k) Average Actual Deferral Percentage ” means the average, calculated to the nearest one-hundredth of one percent, of the Actual Deferral Percentage for a group of Employees for a Plan Year.

 

(l) Beneficiary ” means any person or persons designated by a Participant or Alternate Payee, in accordance with Section 8.5, to whom benefits are payable in the event of his or her death.

 

(m) Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

(n) Catch-Up Contributions ” means, with respect to an Active Participant, the contributions made by his or her Employer to the Trust Fund in accordance with Sections 4.1 and 4.11.

 

(o) Catch-Up Contributions Account ” means the subaccount recording the Catch-Up Contributions made to the Plan on behalf of a Participant pursuant to Section 4.11, as adjusted for allocations of income or loss, withdrawals, and other factors affecting the value of such subaccount.

 

(p) Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or any other provision of law of similar purpose as may at any time be substituted therefore.

 

(q) Committee ” means the Benefit Plans Committee, or any successor thereto that assumes the Committee’s obligations under this Plan, which is appointed pursuant to Section 11.1(b) to perform the tasks specified in Article 11.

 

(r) Company ” means Watson Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a Nevada corporation, and any successor thereto that assumes its obligations under this Plan.

 

(s) Compensation Deferral Agreement ” means an agreement, made in accordance with Article 4, between an Active Participant and his or her Employer by which the Active Participant agrees to a reduction in his or her Deferrable Compensation and the Employer agrees to make pre-tax 401(k) Contributions, or Catch-Up Contributions in the specified amount to the Trust Fund on behalf of the Active Participant.

 

(t) Controlled Group Member ” means an Employer, the Company, or an Affiliate (but only during those periods when the entity is an Affiliate).

 

(u) Controlled Group Qualified Plan ” means a Qualified Plan that is maintained by an Employer or another Controlled Group Member. For purposes of Section 6.3 (relating to the Section 415 limits), a Controlled Group Qualified Plan shall include a plan maintained by a 50-Percent Affiliate (as defined in Section 6.3(b)).

 

(v) Deferrable Compensation ” means the following:

 

  (1) Deferrable Compensation shall include the following:

 

  (A) Base salary and base hourly wages, including periods of time when services are not performed but salary and wages are paid (such as, paid time-off, holidays, jury duty, and bereavement leave).

 

6


  (B) Shift premiums, on-call premiums, oral contraceptive premiums, graveyard premiums, and other similar premiums.

 

  (C) Commissions.

 

  (D) Overtime.

 

  (E) Prior to January 1, 2006, deferred compensation payments made to an Active Participant or an Inactive Participant.

 

  (F) Code Section 401(k) contributions made on behalf of the Eligible Employee for the Plan Year.

 

  (G) Any amounts contributed by such Eligible Employee on a pre-tax basis during the Plan Year pursuant to salary deferral or reduction arrangements in effect with the Company or one or more Affiliates under Code Sections 125, 408(k), or 132(f).

 

  (2) In addition to the list provided in Section 2.1(v)(1), Deferrable Compensation shall include Performance-Based Bonus Compensation. For purposes of determining Deferrable Compensation, the Active Participant must make a separate Compensation Deferral Agreement with respect to Performance-Based Bonus Compensation, as described in Section 4.1(b)(2).

 

  (3) Notwithstanding Sections 2.1(v)(1) and (2), Deferrable Compensation shall exclude all of the following:

 

  (A) Bonuses in the form of grants or sales of shares of Watson Common Stock, restricted shares of Watson Common Stock, options to purchase shares of Watson Common Stock, or other bonus awards distributable in shares of Watson Common Stock (including amounts realized with respect to grants or sales of Watson Common Stock under Code Section 83, amounts realized from the exercise of a non-qualified option to purchase shares of Watson Common Stock under Code Section 83, amounts realized from the sale, exchange or other disposition of shares of Watson Common Stock purchased upon the exercise of an “incentive stock option” under Code Section 422, and amounts realized from the sale, exchange or other disposition of shares of Watson Common Stock purchased under an employee stock purchase plan under Code Section 423).

 

  (B) Bonuses that an Employer determines not to be Performance-Based Bonus Compensation. As of the Effective Date, the categories of excluded bonuses for purposes of this Section 2.1(v)(3)(C) include sign-on payments, employee referral payments, retention bonuses, and safety awards. The categories of bonuses that are excluded from Performance-Based Bonus Compensation shall change from time-to-time.

 

  (C) Severance payments, as well as similar payments made after the Participant ceases to be an Eligible Employee.

 

7


  (D) Any income recognized by an Employee under Code Section 79 by reason of group-term life insurance coverage in excess of $50,000.

 

  (E) Other than as provided under Sections 2.1(v)(1) and (2), any amounts paid or recognized under any other deferred compensation plan or other amounts paid from any employee welfare plan now or hereafter adopted by the Company or any Affiliate.

 

  (F) Reimbursements or other expense allowances, including auto allowances, cost of living allowances, child education allowances, expatriate gross-ups, and travel bonuses.

 

  (G) Any remuneration paid in the form of reimbursed moving and relocation expenses, home mortgage differential payments, or other forms of housing allowances.

 

  (H) Other cash and non-cash fringe benefits.

 

  (I) Any Matching Contributions or Profit Sharing Contributions made to this Plan.

 

(w) Deferrable Compensation Payment Date ” means, with respect to a Plan Year and a Participant, each date during that Plan Year on which Deferrable Compensation is paid to that Participant (or would be paid to the Participant, but for an election pursuant to a Compensation Deferral Agreement to have the Deferral Compensation otherwise payable on that date reduced). For example, each date on which a regular payroll check for a payroll period is given to a Participant is a Deferrable Compensation Payment Date.

 

(x) Disability ” (or “ Disabled ”) means a condition in which a Participant is determined to be disabled under Section 423 of Title 42 of the U.S. Code and receives disability insurance benefits thereunder. Such Participant shall be considered to be Disabled as of the time of commencement of benefits which are described in this Section 2.1(x).

 

(y) Effective Date ” means January 1, 2012.

 

(z) Eligible Compensation ” means Deferrable Compensation. This definition of Eligible Compensation shall comply with the requirements of Code Section 414(s). The Committee may take any necessary steps (including amending the Plan) to ensure that Eligible Compensation satisfies the requirements of Code Section 414(s).

 

(aa) Eligible Employee ” means an Employee described in Section 3.1.

 

(bb) Employee ” means any individual employed by an Employer or Affiliate and, to the extent required by the Code, a Leased Employee of an Employer or Affiliate.

 

(cc) Employer ” means, at the applicable time, the Company or any Affiliate that has adopted this Plan, in accordance with Section 13.1, and which has not ceased to be a participating employer pursuant to Section 13.5.

 

8


(dd) Employment Commencement Date ” means the date on which the Employee is first credited with a Paid Hour of Service with a Controlled Group Member.

 

(ee) ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, or any other provision of law of similar purpose as may at any time be substituted therefore.

 

(ff) First Required Distribution Year ” means, with respect to a Participant, the following Plan Year:

 

  (1) In the case of a Participant who is not a Five-Percent Owner, the later of the following Plan Years:

 

  (A) The Plan Year in which the Participant attains age 70  1 2 . For purposes of this Section 2.1(ff), a Participant attains age 70  1 2 as of the date six months after the seventieth anniversary of the Participant’s birth.

 

  (B) The Plan Year in which the Participant Severs From Employment, as determined in accordance with Code Section 401(a)(9)(C)(i)(II).

 

  (2) In the case of a Participant who is a Five-Percent Owner, the Plan Year in which the Participant attains age 70  1 2 .

 

(gg) Five-Percent Owner ” means a Participant who is a five-percent owner, within the meaning of Code Section 416(i)(1)(B)(i), of a Controlled Group Member for the Plan Year in which the Five-Percent Owner attains age 70  1 2 . For purposes of the preceding sentence, a Five-Percent Owner attains age 70  1 2 as of the date six months after the seventieth anniversary of the Five-Percent Owner’s birth.

 

(hh) Former Participant ” means any Active Participant or Inactive Participant described in Section 3.4 who has had a Severance From Employment, but who has not received a distribution of all benefits to which he or she is entitled under this Plan.

 

(ii) 401(k) Contributions ” means, with respect to an Active Participant, the pre-tax contributions made by his or her Employer to the Trust Fund at the election of the Active Participant, in accordance with Section 4.7.

 

(jj) 401(k) Contributions Account ” means the subaccount recording the pre-tax 401(k) Contributions made to the Plan on behalf of a Participant pursuant to Section 4.7, as adjusted for allocations of income or loss, withdrawals, and other factors affecting the value of such subaccount.

 

(kk) Highly Compensated Employee ” means, with respect to a Plan Year, any Employee described in Section 6.2.

 

(ll) Hours of Service ” means the sum of the following hours:

 

  (1) Subject to the other provisions of this Section 2.1(ll), an Hour of Service shall be credited for each of the following:

 

9


  (A) Each hour for which an Employee is paid, or entitled to payment, for the performance of duties for a Controlled Group Member.

 

  (B) Each hour for which an Employee is paid, or entitled to payment by a Controlled Group Member on account of a period of time during which no duties are performed (irrespective of whether the employment relationship has terminated) due to vacation, holiday, illness, incapacity (including Disability), layoff, jury duty, military duty, or leave of absence. Hours credited under this Section 2.1(ll)(1)(B) shall be calculated and credited, pursuant to Department of Labor Regulation Section 2530.200b–2.

 

  (C) Each hour for which back pay, irrespective of mitigation of damages, is awarded or agreed to by a Controlled Group Member. No hour shall be credited under this Section 2.1(ll)(1)(C) which duplicates an hour credited under Section 2.1(ll)(1)(A)–(B). Hours shall be credited under this Section 2.1(ll)(1)(C) to the period to which the award or agreement pertains (rather than the period in which the award, agreement, or payment is made).

 

  (D) Only to the extent required by applicable law, each hour credited pursuant to applicable regulations for periods of absence for service in the armed forces of the United States or the Public Health Service, provided that the Employee is reemployed by a Controlled Group Member within the time limits prescribed by applicable law.

 

  (E) Only to the extent and solely for the purposes required by the Family and Medical Leave Act of 1993, as amended from time to time (the “ FMLA ”), hours credited pursuant to applicable regulations for periods of absence, to the extent that the Employer was required by the FMLA to permit the Employee to be absent from work during that period. To the extent required by the FMLA, Hours of Service credited pursuant to this Section 2.1(ll)(1)(E) shall be taken into account when determining an Employee’s Years of Vesting Service but shall not be taken into account when determining a Participant’s eligibility to receive a share of a Profit Sharing Contribution.

 

  (2) To the extent required by Code Section 414(n), Leased Employees shall be credited with Hours of Service for periods during which they perform services for an Employer or other Controlled Group Member.

 

  (3) No more than 501 hours shall be credited under Section 2.1(ll)(1)(B)–(C) to an Employee on account of any single continuous period during which he or she performs no duties.

 

  (4) No hours shall be credited under Section 2.1(ll)(1)(B)–(C) on account of a period during which no duties are being performed if payment is made or due under a plan maintained solely for the purpose of complying with applicable workers’ compensation, unemployment compensation, or disability insurance laws.

 

10


  (5) No hours shall be credited under Section 2.1(ll)(1)(B)–(C) if payment is made to the Employee solely to reimburse the Employee for medical or medically related expenses incurred by the Employee.

 

  (6) To the extent that a Controlled Group Member does not maintain a record of an Employee’s hours of employment, a Controlled Group Member may elect to credit hours on a consistent basis using the equivalency specified in Department of Labor Regulation Section 2530.200b–3(e)(1)(i) (relating to crediting 10 hours of service for each day of employment) and related Sections of the Department of Labor regulations.

 

  (7) Hours of Service shall be credited only on account of employment with a Controlled Group Member. If an organization that was not an Affiliate becomes an Affiliate, then, except as otherwise expressly provided in this Plan, Hours of Service shall be counted only with respect to periods during which the organization is an Affiliate.

 

(mm) Inactive Participant ” means any individual who was an Active Participant, but who is no longer an Eligible Employee and has not had a Severance From Employment.

 

(nn) In-Plan Roth Rollover ” means an amount which is rolled over from a sub-account under the Plan that does not consist of Roth Contributions to another sub-account under the Plan for the purpose of effecting a Roth conversion, subject to the terms and condition of Section 4.10.

 

(oo) In-Plan Roth Rollover Account ” means a subaccount recording the In-Plan Roth Rollover made to the Plan on behalf of a Participant, pursuant to Section 4.13, as adjusted for allocations of income or loss, withdrawals, and other factors affecting the value of such subaccount.

 

(pp) Investment Election ” means an election (including a change of a prior election) by a Participant, Beneficiary, or Alternate Payee, in accordance with Article 9, to direct the investment of his or her Account among the various Investment Funds.

 

(qq) Investment Fund ” means any fund that is approved by the Committee, pursuant to Section 9.1, for the investment of assets held in the Trust Fund, and the Watson Common Stock Fund. The Committee may, from time to time in its discretion, select different funds as the Investment Funds, with the exception of the Watson Common Stock Fund.

 

(rr) IRA ” means either

 

  (1) An individual retirement account that meets the requirements of Code Section 408(a); or

 

  (2) An individual retirement annuity that meets the requirements of Code Section 408(b).

 

(ss)

Leased Employee ” means with respect to an Employer (or other Controlled Group Member), any individual, other than a common-law Employee, who performs services

 

11


  for the Employer (or other Controlled Group Member) and who is required, under Code Section 414(n), to be treated as an employee of the Employer (or Controlled Group Member). If a Leased Employee subsequently becomes a common law Employee of an Employer (or Controlled Group Member), service as a Leased Employee with the Employer (or Controlled Group Member) shall be credited under the Plan to the extent required under Code Section 414(n).

 

(tt) Loan Account ” means the subaccount recording any loans made to the Participant or Beneficiary pursuant to Section 7.4, as adjusted for allocations of income or loss, withdrawals, and other factors affecting the value of such subaccount.

 

(uu) Look Back Year ” means the Plan Year immediately preceding the Plan Year being tested.

 

(vv) Matching Contributions ” means the contributions made to the Trust Fund on behalf of an Active Participant, pursuant to Section 5.2.

 

(ww) Matching Contributions Account ” means the subaccount recording the Matching Contributions made to the Plan on behalf of the Participant, pursuant to Section 5.2, as adjusted for allocations of income or loss, withdrawals, and other factors affecting the value of such subaccount.

 

(xx) Maternity or Paternity Absence ” means that the Employee is absent from work on account of

 

  (1) The Employee’s pregnancy;

 

  (2) The birth of a child of the Employee;

 

  (3) The placement of a child with the Employee, in connection with the adoption of the child by the Employee; or

 

  (4) Caring for a child of the Employee immediately following the child’s birth or placement with the Employee.

 

(yy) Nonhighly Compensated Employee ” means an Employee who is not a Highly Compensated Employee.

 

(zz) One Year Break in Vesting Service Year ” means a Plan Year in which an Employee is credited with fewer than 501 Hours of Service. If an Employee is absent from work for any period on account of a Maternity or Paternity Absence, the Employee shall be credited as follows with Hours of Service during such absence:

 

  (1) Hours of Service shall be credited on account of a Maternity or Paternity Absence solely for the purposes of preventing a Plan Year from being a One Year Break in Vesting Service Year and shall not be credited for purposes of crediting a Year of Vesting Service to the Employee.

 

  (2) The total number of Hours of Service credited during the Maternity or Paternity Absence shall not exceed 501 Hours of Service.

 

12


  (3) During the Maternity or Paternity Absence, the Employee shall be credited with the number of Hours of Service with which the Employee otherwise would have been credited, but for the Maternity or Paternity Absence or, if such hours cannot be determined, eight Hours of Service per day of such absence.

 

  (4) Any Hours of Service credited on account of a Maternity or Paternity Absence shall be credited first to the Plan Year in which the Maternity or Paternity Absence begins, to the extent necessary to prevent that Plan Year from being a One Year Break in Vesting Service Year. Any of the remaining 501 Hours of Service not credited to the Plan Year in which the Maternity or Paternity Absence began shall be credited in the immediately succeeding Plan Year, to the extent required to prevent that Plan Year from being a One Year Break in Vesting Service Year.

 

  (5) No Hours of Service shall be credited on account of a Maternity or Paternity Absence unless the Employee provides the Committee with such timely information as it may require to establish that the absence was a Maternity or Paternity Absence and the number of days of such absence.

 

(aaa) Paid Hour of Service ” means each Hour of Service described in Section 2.1(ll)(1)(A) (relating to hours for which an Employee is paid, or entitled to payment, for the performance of duties for a Controlled Group Member).

 

(bbb) Participant ” means an Active Participant, Inactive Participant, or a Former Participant, as applicable.

 

(ccc) Pay Limit ” means, with respect to a Plan Year, the amount of Section 415 Compensation, or Testing Compensation (as applicable), that may be taken into account with respect to a Participant for that Plan Year, pursuant to Section 6.4.

 

(ddd) Performance-Based Bonus Compensation ” means the portion of Deferrable Compensation that, as determined by an Employer, is paid to an Active Participant as a performance-based bonus. As of the Effective Date, Performance-Based Bonus Compensation includes performance bonuses, sales rookie bonuses, sales training bonuses, SAP bonuses, DNA-DCA bonuses, and customer service representative payments.

 

(eee) Plan ” means the Watson Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 401(k) Plan (formerly known as the “Watson Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Employees’ 401(k) Profit-Sharing Plan”), as set forth in this Restatement and as hereafter amended from time to time.

 

(fff) Plan Year ” means the calendar year.

 

(ggg) Profit Sharing Contributions ” means the contributions made to the Trust Fund on behalf of an Active Participant, pursuant to Section 5.3.

 

(hhh) Profit Sharing Contributions Account ” means the subaccount recording the Profit Sharing Contributions made to the Plan on behalf of a Participant, pursuant to Section 5.3, as adjusted for allocations of income or loss, withdrawals, and other factors affecting the value of such subaccount.

 

13


(iii) QMAC Contributions ” (or “ QMACs ”) means the qualified matching contributions (QMACs) made to the Trust Fund on behalf of a Participant, pursuant to Section 6.5(d).

 

(jjj) QMAC Contributions Account ” means the subaccount recording the QMAC Contributions made to the Plan on behalf of a Participant, pursuant to Section 6.5(d) as adjusted for allocations of income or loss, withdrawals, and other factors affecting the value of such subaccount.

 

(kkk) QNEC Contributions ” (or “ QNECs ”) means the qualified nonelective contributions (QNECs) made to the Trust Fund on behalf of a Participant, pursuant to Section 6.5(b) or Section 6.5(d).

 

(lll) QNEC Contributions Account ” means the subaccount recording the QNEC Contributions made to the Plan on behalf of a Participant, pursuant to Section 6.5(b) or Section 6.5(d), as adjusted for allocations of income or loss, withdrawals, and other factors affecting the value of such subaccount.

 

(mmm) Qualified Automatic Contributions Arrangement ” means the Qualified Automatic Contributions Arrangement that was in effect under the Plan prior to January 1, 2011 and which satisfied the requirements of Code Section 401(k)(13).

 

(nnn) Qualified Domestic Relations Order ” means a qualified domestic relations order, within the meaning of Code Section 414(p), which creates or recognizes the existence of an Alternate Payee’s right to, or assigns to an Alternate Payee the right to, receive all or a portion of the benefits payable to a Participant.

 

(ooo) Qualified Plan ” means a plan, other than this Plan, which is qualified under Code Section 401(a).

 

(ppp) Reemployment Commencement Date ” means, in the case of an Employee who has a Severance and terminates employment with all Controlled Group Members and is subsequently reemployed by a Controlled Group Member after expiration of the period during which Years of Vesting Service would be required to be credited under Section 3.7 (relating to the service spanning rules) had the Employee again been credited with a Paid Hour of Service, the first day following the Severance date on which the Employee is credited with a Paid Hour of Service with a Controlled Group Member.

 

(qqq) “Required Beginning Date” means, with respect to a Participant, April 1 of the Plan Year immediately following the Participant’s First Required Distribution Year.

 

(rrr) “Required Distribution Year” means, with respect to a Participant, the Participant’s First Required Distribution Year and each Plan Year thereafter, ending with the Plan Year in which the value of the entire vested balance of the Participant’s Account is distributed.

 

(sss) Rollover Contributions ” means the contributions made by a Participant, pursuant to Section 4.9.

 

14


(ttt) Rollover Contributions Account ” means a subaccount recording the Rollover Contributions made to the Plan on behalf of a Participant, pursuant to Section 4.9, as adjusted for allocations of income or loss, withdrawals, and other factors affecting the value of such subaccount.

 

(uuu) Roth Contributions ” means, with respect to an Active Participant, contributions made by his or her Employer to the Trust Fund at the election of the Active Participant, in accordance with Section 4.8. A Roth Contribution also means an elective deferral that is (1) designated irrevocably by the Participant at the time of the cash or deferred election as a Roth Contribution that is being made in lieu of all or a portion the pre-tax 401(k) Contributions the Participant is otherwise eligible to make under Section 4.7; and (b) treated by the Company as includable in the Participant’s income at the time the Participant would have received that amount in cash if the Participant had not made a cash or deferred election. Roth Contributions made by his or her Employer to the Trust Fund at the election of the Active Participant, in accordance with Section 4.8.

 

(vvv) Roth Contributions Account ” means the subaccount recording the Roth Contributions made to the Plan on behalf of a Participant pursuant to Section 4.8, as adjusted for allocations of income or loss, withdrawals, and other factors affecting the value of such subaccount.

 

(www) Roth Deferral Agreement ” means an agreement, made in accordance with Article 4, between an Active Participant and his or her Employer by which the Active Participant agrees to a reduction in his or her Deferrable Compensation and the Employer agrees to make Roth Contributions, or Catch-Up Contributions in the specified amount to the Trust Fund on behalf of the Active Participant.

 

(xxx) Second Required Distribution Year ” means, with respect to a Participant, the Plan Year immediately following the Participant’s First Required Distribution Year.

 

(yyy) “Section 415 Compensation” means, with respect to a Participant for the period specified, the Participant’s compensation, determined as follows:

 

  (1) Except as provided in Section 2.1(yyy)(3), Section 415 Compensation shall include all amounts described in Treasury Regulation Section 1.415(c)–2(d)(4). including all wages and all other payments of compensation for that Plan Year as reported on Form W-2 (currently entitled “wages, tips, other compensation”) and as described in Treasury Regulation Section 1.415(c)-2(d)(4).

 

  (2) In addition, Section 415 Compensation shall include all of the following:

 

  (A) Amounts by which the Participant elects to have his or her Deferrable Compensation reduced pursuant to his or her Compensation Deferral Agreement.

 

  (B) Elective contributions that are excluded from the Participant’s gross income under a Code Section 125 cafeteria plan maintained by the Participant’s Employer.

 

15


  (C) Any elective deferral, as defined in Code Section 402(g)(3), made under a plan maintained by an Employer or Controlled Group Member, and any amount that is contributed to or deferred by an Employer or Controlled Group Member at the election of the Participant and that is not includible in the gross income of the Participant by reason of Code Sections 125(a), 132(f)(4), 402(e)(3), 402(h)(1)(B), 402(k), or 457(b).

 

  (D) Amounts described in Code Sections 104(a)(3), 105(a) or 105(h), but only to the extent that these amounts are includible in the gross income of the Participant.

 

  (E) Amounts paid or reimbursed by the Employer for moving expenses incurred by the Participant, but only to the extent that at the time of the payment it is reasonable to believe that these amounts are not deductible by the Participant under Code Section 217.

 

  (F) Compensation paid after severance from employment as described in Treasury Regulation Sections 1.415(c)–2(e)(3)(ii), (iii)(A) and (iii)(B).

 

  (3) However, Section 415 Compensation shall exclude the following amounts:

 

  (A) Reimbursement of moving expenses to the extent that at the time of payment it is reasonable to believe that such expenses are deductible by the Eligible Employee under Code Section 217 (related to relocation expenses).

 

  (B) Post-severance payments described in Treasury Regulation Section 1.415(c)–2(e)(3)(iv).

Section 415 Compensation for any Plan Year shall not exceed the Pay Limit.

 

(zzz) Severance ” means the earliest of the following dates:

 

  (1) The date on which the Employee terminates employment by reason of his or her retirement, resignation, discharge, death, or otherwise (and does not transfer to employment with a Controlled Group Member).

 

  (2) Except as relating to a Maternity or Paternity Absence, if the Employee has not terminated employment, the first anniversary of the first day of a period during which the Employee is continuously absent (with or without pay) from active service with an Employer (and all Controlled Group Members) for any reason such as vacation, holiday, sickness, disability, layoff, or leave of absence.

 

  (3)

In the case of an Employee who is continuously absent (with or without pay) from active service on account of a Maternity or Paternity Absence, then the Employee’s Severance date shall be the earlier of the second anniversary of the date on which the absence from active service begins or the date the Employee’s Maternity or Paternity Absence ends. The period between the first and second anniversaries (or if earlier the date the Employee’s Maternity or Paternity Absence ends) of the date on which the Employee was first absent from active service shall

 

16


  not be included in the Employee’s Years of Vesting Service and shall not be a One Year Break in Vesting Service Year.

 

(aaaa) Severance From Employment ” (or “ Severed From Employment ”) means, effective January 1, 2006, any termination of the employment relationship between an Employee and the Company and all Controlled Group Members for reasons such as resignation, discharge, or retirement, but only if that termination of employment constitutes a “severance from employment” within the meaning of Code Section 401(k)(2)(B)(i)(I). Effective beginning January 1, 2002, a Severance From Employment shall be recognized, regardless of whether the Severance From Employment occurred before, on, or after January 1, 2002, as long as the Employee has a balance in his or her Account on or after January 1, 2002, and regardless of whether the Severance From Employment would have satisfied the requirements of Code Section 401(k)(2)(B)(i)(I) and the Treasury regulations thereunder before the adoption of EGTRRA. A Severance From Employment shall not occur for an Employee if

 

  (1) The Employee transfers to a position with the Company or an Affiliate in which the Employee is no longer an Eligible Employee;

 

  (2) The Employee goes on a leave of absence authorized by a Controlled Group Member, as long as the Employee returns to active employment upon expiration of such leave;

 

  (3) The Employee transfers to employment with another Employer or with an Affiliate that is not a participating Employer;

 

  (4) Immediately after terminating employment with all Employers and Controlled Group Members, the Employee is a Leased Employee of an Employer or Controlled Group Member;

 

  (5) In connection with the Employee’s terminating employment with all Employers and Controlled Group Members, the Employee becomes an employee of another employer that is not a Controlled Group Member and that employer either assumes sponsorship of this Plan or accepts a transfer of assets and liabilities, within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.414(l)–1(b)(3), from this Plan to another plan maintained by that employer; or

 

  (6) The Committee determines that the employee has not had a severance from employment for purposes of Code Section 401(k)(2)(B)(i)(I).

 

(bbbb) Specified Investment Fund ” means the Investment Fund designated by the Committee for the investment of amounts specified in Sections 9.3(c) and 9.5(e) and other applicable Sections of the Plan. The Committee may, from time to time in its discretion, select a different fund as the Specified Investment Fund.

 

(cccc)

“Spouse” means, effective January 1, 2006, with respect to a Participant, a person of the opposite sex from the Participant, who is the Participant’s husband or wife (as applicable) under applicable state law. No individual, including an individual of the opposite sex, shall be the Spouse of a Participant on account of the fact that the individual is registered as the domestic partner of the Participant under state law, even

 

17


  if state law provides that the domestic partners shall have the same rights, protections, and benefits, under state law, as married persons. No individual shall be the Spouse of a Participant unless he or she would be treated as the “spouse” of the Participant under 1 USC Section 7 (relating to the definition of a “spouse” for purposes of federal law, as added by the Defense of Marriage Act).

 

(dddd) Taxable Fringe Benefits ,” means the following, but only if they are included in a Participant’s Section 415 Compensation: reimbursements or other expense allowances; cash and noncash fringe benefits; moving expenses; deferred compensation; welfare benefits; and other amounts described in Treasury Regulation Section 1.414(s)–1(c)(3). The amount of Testing Compensation taken into account with respect to a Participant for a Plan Year shall not exceed the Pay Limit.

 

(eeee) Testing Compensation ” means, with respect to a Participant for the period specified, the Participant’s Section 415 Compensation.

 

(ffff) Trust Agreement ” means any agreement entered into, pursuant to Section 10.2, appointing a Trustee and establishing a Trust Fund to receive, hold, invest, and dispose of the assets of the Plan.

 

(gggg) Trustee ” means any bank, trust company or other person that is appointed to be trustee of the Trust Fund pursuant to Section 10.2.

 

(hhhh) Trust Fund ” means the assets of every kind and description held under any Trust Agreement forming a part of this Plan.

 

(iiii) Valuation Date ” means the last day of each Plan Year and each business day that the Committee authorizes the Plan’s recordkeeping system to determine the value of investment gains and losses. The Committee may, at any time, delay or prohibit the Plan’s recordkeeping system to determine the value of investment gains and losses for any lawful purpose, including any administrative, fiduciary, or nonfiduciary purpose.

 

(jjjj) “Watson Common Stock” means the common stock of the Company that meets the requirements of Code Section 409(l) to be an employer security.

 

(kkkk) “Watson Stock Fund” means the investment fund maintained under the Plan for investment of Participants’ Accounts in Watson Common Stock.

 

(llll) Years of Vesting Service ” (or “ Vesting Service ”) means the service credited to a Participant, pursuant to Section 3.6, for purposes of determining whether the Participant is vested, pursuant to Section 3.6, in his or her benefit under the Plan.

2.2 Gender and Number

Except as otherwise indicated by the context, any masculine or feminine terminology shall also include the opposite gender, and the definition of any term in the singular or plural shall also include the opposite number.

2.3 Applicable Law

To the extent not preempted by the laws of the United States, the laws of the state of California shall be the controlling law in all matters relating to the Plan, with the exception that, with

 

18


respect to matters governed by state law, any Trust Fund forming a part of the Plan shall be subject to the laws of the state specified in the applicable Trust Agreement.

2.4 Severability

If a provision of this Plan shall be held illegal or invalid for any reason, the illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining parts of the Plan, and the Plan shall be construed and enforced as if the illegal or invalid provision had not been included in the Plan.

2.5 Headings

The headings of this Plan are inserted for convenience or reference only, and they are not to be used in the construction of the Plan.

 

19


Article 3.Eligibility, Participation, and Vesting

3.1 Eligible Employees

 

(a) All Employees who are on the U.S. payroll (excluding Puerto Rico) of an Employer shall be Eligible Employees under this Plan, except that Employees described in Section 3.1(b) and (c) shall be ineligible to participate. An Employee who is on the U.S. payroll (excluding Puerto Rico) of an Employer (and who is not ineligible because of Section 3.1(b) or (c)) shall be an Eligible Employee if that Employee is on a temporary assignment in Puerto Rico or a foreign country.

 

(b) None of the following employees or individuals shall be an Eligible Employee:

 

  (1) An Employee who is not on the U.S. payroll of an Employer. For purposes of this Section 3.1(b)(1) the U.S. payroll excludes the Puerto Rico payroll.

 

  (2) An Employee of an Employer who is assigned to work permanently or for an indefinite period in Puerto Rico or a foreign country.

 

  (3) An Employee who is eligible for another retirement plan or program provided by the Company or any of its affiliates, including eligibility for a foreign country retirement plan or severance plan (e.g., employees eligible for the Watson Laboratories Caribe, Inc. 1165(e) Plan).

 

  (4) An Employee described in Code Section 410(b)(3)(C) (relating to nonresident aliens with no U.S.-source income).

 

  (5) An Employee covered by a collective bargaining agreement, in which retirement benefits were the subject of good faith bargaining between the Employer and the union, unless the collective bargaining agreement applicable to the Employee specifically provides for participation in this Plan.

 

  (6) A Leased Employee.

 

  (7) An intern.

 

  (8) Individuals during the period when they are not designated as “employees” in the Employer’s employment records. The individuals excluded from being Eligible Employees by this Section 3.1(b)(8) shall include individuals who are engaged by an Employer to perform services for the Employer in a relationship that the Employer characterizes as other than an employment relationship. For example, individuals engaged to perform services in a relationship that the Employer characterizes as that of an “independent contractor” with respect to the Employer shall not be Eligible Employees. Likewise, individuals whose services the Employer leases from a third party shall not be Eligible Employees. Individuals described in this Section 3.1(b)(8) shall not be Eligible Employees, even if a determination is made by the Internal Revenue Service, the United States Department of Labor, another governmental agency, a court, or other tribunal that the individual is an “employee” of the Employer during that period, for purposes of pertinent Sections of the Code or for any other purpose. An individual who has not been an Eligible Employee on account of this Section 3.1(b)(8) shall become an Eligible Employee effective on the date as of which the Employer characterizes the individual as an “employee” in the Employer’s employment records, if, on that date, the individual also meets the other requirements of this Section 3.1.

 

20


(c) Employees of Affiliates who are not participating Employers shall not be Eligible Employees.

3.2 Date of Initial Participation

 

(a) If an Eligible Employee was a Participant on the day before the Effective Date and continues to be an Eligible Employee on the Effective Date, then the Eligible Employee shall continue to be a Participant on the Effective Date, except as provided in Section 3.4 (relating to terminating participation in the Plan).

 

(b) If an Employee is not a Participant on the day before the Effective Date, then

 

  (1) Beginning January 1, 2006, an Employee shall become an Active Participant on the latest of the following dates:

 

  (A) The first date on which the Employee is an Eligible Employee (regardless of his or her age); or

 

  (B) January 1, 2006.

 

  (2) Before January 1, 2006, an Employee becomes an Active Participant on the first date on which the Employee is an Eligible Employee and has attained age 21.

 

(c) An Eligible Employee who becomes an Active Participant shall continue to be an Active Participant as long as he or she is employed by an Employer as an Eligible Employee.

3.3 Inactive Participation

 

(a) An Active Participant who does not have a Severance From Employment shall become an Inactive Participant if he or she becomes an Employee of an Affiliate that is not a participating Employer in this Plan or otherwise ceases to be an Eligible Employee.

 

(b) An Inactive Participant (who has not become a Former Participant or who has not yet terminated participation in the Plan in accordance with Section 3.4) shall again become an Active Participant, effective as of the date he or she again becomes an Eligible Employee.

3.4 Former Participants

Upon Severance From Employment, an Active Participant or an Inactive Participant shall become a Former Participant until he or she receives a distribution of all benefits to which he or she is entitled under this Plan, at which time he or she shall cease to be a Participant. A Former Participant may continue to make Investment Elections, in accordance with Article 9, with respect to his or her Account.

3.5 Reemployment by an Employer

 

(a) If a Former Participant is reemployed as an Eligible Employee by an Employer, he or she shall again become an Active Participant effective on the date on which he or she is reemployed as an Eligible Employee.

 

(b) If a Former Participant is reemployed by a Controlled Group Member, but is not an Eligible Employee, then he or she shall become an Inactive Participant.

 

(c) If an Employee who had not become an Active Participant terminates employment with an Employer and later is reemployed by an Employer, then the Employee shall become an Active Participant in accordance with the requirements of Section 3.2.

 

21


3.6 Vesting

 

(a) The interest of a Participant in the following of his or her subaccounts shall be 100 percent vested and nonforfeitable at all times: 401(k) Contributions Account, Roth Contributions Account, Catch-Up Contributions Account, Rollover Contributions Account, In-Service Roth Rollover Account, QNEC Contributions Account, and QMAC Contributions Account. In addition, the interest of a Participant in his or her Profit Sharing Contributions Account related to Profit Sharing Contributions made in 2007 pursuant to Section 5.3(c) (related to Profit Sharing Contribution for Nonhighly Compensated Employees) shall be 100 percent vested and nonforfeitable at all times.

 

(b) The interest of a Participant in his or her Matching Contributions Account and Profit Sharing Contributions Account shall be 100 percent vested and nonforfeitable upon the earliest of the following dates, if on that date the Participant is an Active Participant or an Inactive Participant:

 

  (1) The date of the Participant’s death;

 

  (2) The date of the Participant’s Disability; or

 

  (3) The date of the Participant’s attainment of age 65.

 

(c) The vesting schedule in this Section 3.6(c) is subject to Section 3.6(b) and only applies to Participants for periods before they become 100 percent vested in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.6(b).

A Participant shall vest in his or her Matching Contributions Account and Profit Sharing Contributions Account in accordance with the following schedule:

 

Years of

Vesting Service

   Applicable
Percentage
 

Less than 1

     0

1

     50

2 or more

     100

3.7 Years of Vesting Service

 

(a) An Employee shall be credited with the total number of Years of Vesting Service credited pursuant to the provisions of this Section 3.7. Whenever the total number of Years of Vesting Service must be determined, all Years of Vesting Service credited under this Section 3.7 shall be aggregated. No period of time shall be taken into account more than once in determining an Employee’s Years of Vesting Service.

 

(b) An Employee shall be credited with a Year of Vesting Service for each Plan Year in which the Participant receives credit for at least 1,000 Hours of Service. Except as otherwise provided in this Section 3.7, all periods of employment with any Controlled Group Member shall be taken into account when determining an Employee’s Years of Vesting Service, including employment when the Employee is not an Eligible Employee, periods before the Employee is eligible to participate in this Plan, and periods before this Plan was established.

 

22


(c) If an Employee has at least five consecutive One Year Break in Vesting Service Years, and the number of consecutive One Year Break in Vesting Service Years is at least as great as the number of Years of Vesting Service credited to the Employee before the first such One Year Break in Vesting Service Year (disregarding any Years of Vesting Service not taken into account because of prior consecutive One Year Break in Vesting Service Years), then Years of Vesting Service credited before the first such One Year Break in Vesting Service Year shall no longer be taken into account after the last such One Year Break in Vesting Service Years for purposes of determining the Employee’s vested interest in any contributions made either before or after the first such One Year Break in Vesting Service Year. This Section 3.7(c) shall not apply to an Employee who has a fully or partially vested interest in any portion of his or her Account, other than his or her Rollover Account, on the last day of the first consecutive One Year Break in Vesting Service Year.

 

(d) If an Employee has at least five consecutive One Year Break in Vesting Service Years, then Years of Vesting Service credited after the last such One Year Break in Vesting Service Year shall not be taken into account for purposes of determining the Employee’s vested interest in any contributions allocated before the first such One Year Break in Vesting Service Year. This Section 3.7(d) shall apply to all Employees, including an Employee who has a fully or partially vested interest in any portion of his or her Account on the first day of the first consecutive One Year Break in Vesting Service Year.

 

(e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 3.7,

 

  (1) Years of service credited to an Eligible Employee under The Rugby Group, Inc. Profit Sharing and Savings Plan shall be taken into account for determining Years of Vesting Service for any Employee who was an Eligible Employee on January 1, 1999.

 

  (2) A Participant who had an account transferred to this Plan from the Royce Laboratories, Inc. 401K Salary Reduction Plan or the Oclassen Pharmaceuticals 401(k) Plan is fully vested in the Participant’s transferred account.

 

  (3) A Participant who participated in the TheraTech 401(k) Savings Plan on March 31, 1999 and attains age 59  1 2 while employed by an Employer becomes fully vested in the Participant’s Account as of that date.

 

  (4) Subject to the Treasury Regulations pursuant to Code Section 401(a)(4), the Company may count service as the following:

 

  (A) With employers outside the Controlled Group for the period before an Employee becomes employed by a Controlled Group Member (referred to as “pre-participation service” in Treasury Reg. Section 1.401(a)(4)-11).

 

  (B) After an employee has commenced participating in the Plan, but while the employee is not performing services as an employee for a Controlled Group Member, including a period in which the employee performs services for another employer outside (e.g., a joint venture) (referred to as “imputed service” in Treasury Reg. Section 1.401(a)(4)-11).

 

  (C) As otherwise permitted by the IRS or the Treasury in published guidance on which the Company may rely.

 

23


(f) To the extent required by Code Section 414(n) and subject to Section 2.1(ss) (relating to the requirements for determining a Leased Employee), service as a Leased Employee, and service that would be as a Leased Employee but for the requirement of Code Section 414(n)(2)(B) (relating to service on a substantially full-time basis for a period of at least one year), shall be taken into account in determining an Employee’s Years of Vesting Service, in accordance with the rules of this Section 3.7(f).

 

(g) Subject to Section 15.3(b), an Account balance may be divided between a Participant and an Alternate Payee in a manner contained in a Qualified Domestic Relations Order and the Alternate Payee may accrue Years of Vesting Service at the same rate that the Participant continues to accrue Years of Vesting Service; provided that the dollar value of the vested benefits in the divided Account may not, at any time, exceed the dollar value of the vested Account balance, determined as if the Account had never been divided.

3.8 Forfeiture of Contingent Interests

 

(a) The interest of a Participant in his or her Matching Contributions Account and Profit Sharing Contributions Account that is not vested shall be forfeited on the earlier of the following dates:

 

  (1) The last day of the fifth consecutive One Year Break in Vesting Service Year (as defined in Section 3.7(d)); or

 

  (2) As soon as is practicable after the date on which the Participant receives a distribution of the value of his or her vested Account balance.

 

(b) The nonvested interest of a Participant in his or her Account shall not be forfeited before the date specified in Section 3.8(a), even if he or she is no longer being credited with Years of Vesting Service.

 

  (1) If a Participant has a Severance From Employment, has no vested interest in any part of his or her Account, and the value of the vested balance of the Participant’s entire Account does not exceed $5,000, then the Participant will be deemed to have received a distribution of the entire value ($0) of his or her vested Account balance.

 

  (2) If a Participant recommences employment as an Employee of an Employer or another Controlled Group Member before the Participant has five consecutive One Year Break in Vesting Service Years, amounts forfeited, in accordance with Section 3.8(a), shall be restored but only if the Participant repays, within 60 months of reemployment, the entire amount distributed to the Participant upon Severance From Employment. For purposes of a Participant who recommences employment pursuant to the requirements of this Section 3.8(b)(2), amounts that were deemed to have been distributed for such a Participant pursuant to Section 3.8(b) will be deemed to have been repaid upon the Participant’s reemployment by a Controlled Group Member. If the Participant repays (or is deemed to have repaid) the full amount previously distributed, then the amount forfeited shall be restored without interest on the restored amount for the period between the date on which it was forfeited and the date on which it is restored.

 

(c) Forfeited amounts shall only be restored in the circumstances described in Section 3.8(b). If the Participant is again employed as an Employee of an Employer or

 

24


  Controlled Group Member after five or more consecutive One Year Break in Vesting Service Years or if the Participant does not repay the entire amount distributed upon Severance From Employment within 60 months of reemployment, then the portion of his or her Account that has been forfeited shall not be restored.

 

(d) The Participant’s Employer shall restore amounts described in Section 3.8(c) to the Participant’s Account

 

  (1) By making a special allocation out of forfeitures for the Plan Year in which the restoration occurs; or

 

  (2) If available forfeitures are insufficient, by a contribution from the former Employer of the Participant (which contribution shall be made by such deadline as the Company shall establish in its discretion).

 

(e) Except as otherwise provided in this Section 3.8, after a forfeiture is restored, the Participant’s vested interest in his or her Matching Contributions Account and Profit Sharing Contributions Account at the time these contributions are restored shall equal (1) minus (2), in which (1) and (2) are as follows:

 

  (1) The product of the Participant’s vested percentage in his or her Matching Contributions Account and Profit Sharing Contributions Account (as determined under Section 3.6 at any relevant time before full vesting) times the sum of his or her Matching Contributions Account and Profit Sharing Contributions Account plus, if a prior distribution of the value of the vested balance of the Matching Contributions Account and Profit Sharing Contributions Account was made to the Participant, the amount of any such prior distribution.

 

  (2) The amount, if any, of such prior distribution.

 

(f) Forfeitures with respect to a Plan Year shall be used first to restore, in accordance with this Section 3.8, previously forfeited amounts to Accounts of Former Participants. Any remaining forfeitures shall be used to first pay Plan expenses and then to reduce future Profit Sharing Contributions, if any, or future Matching Contributions and Profit Sharing Contributions made by the Employers. The Company shall determine the amount of the forfeitures that shall be used to reduce contributions made by the various Employers.

 

25


Article 4.Active Participant Contributions

4.1 Compensation Deferral Agreements

 

(a) Except as otherwise provided in this Plan, an Active Participant may enter into a Compensation Deferral Agreement with his or her Employer to have his or her Deferrable Compensation reduced, each Deferrable Compensation Payment Date, by any whole percentage from 1% to 75%.

 

(b) If designated by the Committee, an Active Participant must make separate Compensation Deferral Agreements, which may change from time-to-time. As of the Effective Date, an Active Participant must make separate Compensation Deferral Agreements with respect to the following:

 

  (1) The Active Participant’s Deferrable Compensation excluding Performance-Based Bonus Compensation.

 

  (2) The Active Participant’s Performance-Based Bonus Compensation.

4.2 Roth Deferral Agreements

 

(a) As of the Effective Date, an Active Participant may enter into a Roth Deferral Agreement with his or her Employer to have his or her Deferrable Compensation reduced, each Deferrable Payment Date, by any whole percentage from 1% to 75% (the sum of the reduction percentages for Compensation Deferral Agreements and Roth Deferral Agreements may not exceed 75%). Roth Contributions attributable to an Active Participant’s Roth Deferral Agreement will be allocated to a separate account maintained for such deferrals as described in Section 4.2(c).

 

(b) Unless specifically stated otherwise, Roth Contributions made under a Roth Deferral Agreement will be treated as pre-tax 401(k) Contributions made under a Compensation Deferral Agreement for all purposes under Article 6 the Plan.

 

(c) Separate Accounting.

 

  (1) Contributions and withdrawals of Roth Contributions will be credited and debited to the Roth Contributions Account maintained for each Participant.

 

  (2) The Plan will maintain a record of the amount of Roth Contributions in each Participant’s Roth Contributions Account.

 

  (3) Gains, losses and other credits or charges must be separately allocated on a reasonable and consistent basis to each Participant’s Roth Contributions Account and the Participant’s other sub-accounts under the Plan.

 

  (4) No contributions other than Roth Contributions and properly attributable earnings will be credited to each Participant’s Roth Contributions Account.

4.3 Automatic Contribution Arrangement

 

(a) Effective beginning on January 1, 2011, the following automatic contribution arrangement provisions shall apply.

 

26


(b) Effective for (i) any Active Participant whose employment or reemployment with the Employer, or an Affiliate, commences on or after January 1, 2011, if the Active Participant does not affirmatively enter into a Compensation Deferral Agreement, and (ii)_any Active Participant who has been deemed to have entered into a Compensation Deferral Agreement under a Qualified Automatic Contribution Arrangement prior to January 1, 2011, the Active Participant shall be deemed to have entered into the following Compensation Deferral Agreement with his or her Employer:

 

  (1) A Compensation Deferral Agreement that reduces his or her Deferrable Compensation in an amount equal to the following percentages for the following time periods:

 

Time Period

   Automatic
Contribution
Percentage
Beginning on the Plan Entry Date and ending on the first Deferrable Compensation Payment Date that occurs on the April 1 st that is at least six (6)months following the first Deferrable Compensation Payment Date (for purposes of this Section, the phrase “April 1 st that is at least six (6) months following the first Deferrable Compensation Payment Date” shall be referred to as the “First April 1 st Anniversary Date”).    3%
Beginning on the first day of the payroll period that begins on or immediately after the First April 1 st Anniversary Date and ending on the Deferrable Compensation Payment Date that occurs on or immediately after the April 1 st that follows the First April 1 st Anniversary Date (for purposes of this Section, the phrase “April 1 st that follows the First April 1 st Anniversary Date” shall be referred to as the “Second April 1st Anniversary Date”).    4%
Beginning on the first day of the payroll period that begins on or immediately after the Second April 1 st Anniversary Date and ending on the Deferrable Compensation Payment Date that occurs on or immediately after the April 1 st that follows the Second April 1 st Anniversary Date (for purposes of this Section, the phrase “April 1 st that follows the Second April 1 st Anniversary Date” shall be referred to as the “Third April 1 st Anniversary Date”).    5%
Beginning on the first day of the pay period that begins on or immediately after the Third April 1 st    6%

 

27


Anniversary Date and continuing thereafter   

 

  (2) For purposes of this Section 4.3(b), the term “Plan Entry Date” means the date of the Active Participant’s first pre-tax 401(k) Contribution to the Plan.

 

(c) Each Active Participant shall be provided reasonable notice regarding the provisions of this Section 4.3 and will have the opportunity to decline to make the contribution, revoke the contribution, or make a different contribution percentage than provided in this Section 4.3.

Any Eligible Employee who severed from employment, within the meaning of Code Section 401(k)(2)(B)(i)(I), with Andrx prior to the Closing Date and who subsequently becomes an Eligible Employee will be subject to the deemed Compensation Deferral Agreement as described in Sections 4.3(b) and 4.3(c).

4.4 Limitations on Compensation Deferral Agreements and Roth Deferral Agreements

 

(a) Notwithstanding the provisions of Sections 4.1 through 4.3, the Committee may limit the amounts of the reductions from a Participant’s Deferrable Compensation to the extent that the Committee determines to be necessary to comply with the limits of Article 6 and Section 6.5, as applicable.

 

(b) Based on an Active Participant’s Compensation Deferral Agreement(s) or Roth Deferral Agreement(s), the Active Participant’s Employer will make pre-tax 401(k) Contributions or Roth Contributions, as applicable, in the same amount(s) to the Trust Fund on his or her behalf, provided that such amount(s) shall not exceed the following limitations, except to the extent permitted under Section 4.11 and Code Section 414(v) (relating to the annual dollar limit on Catch-Up Contributions):

 

  (1) The limits of Section 6.1 (the Code Section 402(g) limit, relating to the annual dollar limit on pre-tax 401(k) Contributions and Roth Contributions); and

 

  (2) Together with other amounts constituting Annual Additions (as defined in Section 6.3(b)) for the Plan Year, the limits of Section 6.3 (the Code Section 415 limitations, relating to the annual contribution limitation to this Plan).

4.5 General Rules for Compensation Deferral Agreements and Roth Deferral Agreements

 

(a) A Compensation Deferral Agreement and a Roth Deferral Agreement are agreements between an Active Participant and his or her Employer by which the Active Participant elects, or is deemed to have elected, to have his or her Deferrable Compensation reduced pursuant to Section 4.1, Section 4.2, or Section 4.3. In accordance with these Sections, either the Active Participant shall specify the percentage that his or her Deferrable Compensation will be reduced or the Active Participant’s Deferrable Compensation will be reduced by the deemed percentage specified in Section 4.3. Any deemed reduction of Deferrable Compensation specified in Section 4.3 shall result in only pre-tax 401(k) Contributions (and not Roth Contributions).

 

(b) An Active Participant may make separate elections at different times with respect to the separate Compensation Deferral Agreements described in Section 4.1 and Roth Deferral Agreements described in Section 4.2.

 

28


(c) All Compensation Deferral Agreements and Roth Deferral Agreements (including any revisions to or revocations of prior Compensation Deferral Agreements and Roth Deferral Agreements) shall be made in such manner, at such times, and in accordance with such rules as the Committee shall prescribe, in its discretion.

 

(d) An Eligible Employee may not be provided an opportunity to enter into a Compensation Deferral Agreement or Roth Deferral Agreement until the Committee has verified that the Employee has satisfied the requirements for initial Plan participation pursuant to Section 3.2.

 

(e) A Compensation Deferral Agreement and a Roth Deferral Agreement (or any revision to or revocation of a prior Compensation Deferral Agreement or Roth Deferral Agreement) shall be effective as of the date on which all of the following requirements are satisfied, except to the extent otherwise provided in rules prescribed by the Committee:

 

  (1) Except as provided in Section 4.5(e)(2) and (3) and the other provisions of this Plan, an Active Participant’s Compensation Deferral Agreement(s) and Roth Deferral Agreement(s) (including any revision to or revocation of a prior Compensation Deferral Agreement or Roth Deferral Agreement) shall remain in effect as long as the Active Participant continues to be an Eligible Employee, and shall remain applicable to Deferrable Compensation paid in Plan Years after the Plan Year in which the Compensation Deferral Agreement or Roth Deferral Agreement is made.

 

  (2) A Compensation Deferral Agreement and a Roth Deferral Agreement (including any revision to or revocation of a prior Compensation Deferral Agreement or Roth Deferral Agreement) shall apply to Deferrable Compensation that is paid on a Deferral Compensation Payment Date as soon as administratively practicable after the Compensation Deferral Agreement or Roth Deferral Agreement is made. In no event shall a Compensation Deferral Agreement or Roth Deferral Agreement (including any revision to or revocation of a prior Compensation Deferral Agreement or Roth Deferral Agreement) apply to Deferrable Compensation that the Active Participant could receive in cash on or before the date on which the Compensation Deferral Agreement or Roth Deferral Agreement is made.

 

  (3) In the event an Active Participant revokes his or her Compensation Deferral Agreement and Roth Deferral Agreement, there shall be no further reductions in his or her Deferrable Compensation, pursuant to Section 4.1, Section 4.2, or Section 4.3, as applicable. The revocation shall apply to Deferrable Compensation Payment Dates as soon as administratively possible after such revocation is made. In no event will the revocation apply to Deferrable Compensation that the Active Participant could have received in cash, but for the Compensation Deferral Agreement or Roth Deferral Agreement, on or before the date on which the revocation is elected. The Active Participant may later enter a new Compensation Deferral Agreement or Roth Deferral Agreement with his or her Employer.

 

  (4) An Active Participant’s initial Compensation Deferral Agreement, Roth Deferral Agreement or deemed Compensation Deferral Agreement shall not become effective until the Committee has verified that the Employee has satisfied the requirements for initial Plan participation pursuant to Section 3.2.

 

29


(f) Related to the deemed Compensation Deferral Agreements pursuant to Section 4.3, such agreements shall be effective as soon as administratively practicable for Deferrable Compensation Payment Dates on or after the Active Participant’s date of employment or reemployment.

 

(g) Neither an Inactive Participant nor a Former Participant may enter into a Compensation Deferral Agreement or Roth Deferral Agreement.

 

(h) Any Compensation Deferral Agreement or Roth Deferral Agreement shall be subject, as applicable, to rules that the Active Participant’s Employer establishes for the order in which various amounts are withheld from the Active Participant’s compensation (whether by means of mandatory withholding, such as required tax withholding, or elective withholding). The amount contributed with respect to a Deferrable Compensation Payment Date, pursuant to an Active Participant’s Compensation Deferral Agreement or Roth Deferral Agreement, may be reduced to the extent necessary because sufficient funds are not available from the Deferrable Compensation that is payable on that Deferrable Compensation Payment Date because the Participant’s Deferrable Compensation has been depleted by any other payroll withholding (e.g., for coverage under the Employer’s health plan) that has a higher priority under the Employer’s payroll withholding ordering rules. If only a portion of the amount that otherwise would be contributed, pursuant to an Active Participant’s Compensation Deferral Agreement or Roth Deferral Agreement, may be deducted from the Deferrable Compensation payable on a Deferrable Compensation Payment Date, then the Committee shall establish rules for determining which contributions (pre-tax 401(k) Contributions, Roth Contributions or Catch-Up Contributions) are reduced accordingly.

4.6 Special Circumstances

 

(a) Subject to any change(s) in the Active Participant’s Compensation Deferral Agreements or Roth Deferral Agreements made under Section 4.5, if an Active Participant goes on a paid leave of absence that is authorized by his or her Employer and continues to be paid from the Employer’s payroll (as opposed to receiving income continuation paid by another person, such as under a disability insurance contract), then his or her Compensation Deferral Agreements or Roth Deferral Agreements shall continue to apply to Deferrable Compensation paid during the leave.

 

(b) Subject to rules established by the Committee,

 

  (1) If an Active Participant goes on an unpaid leave of absence, then the Active Participant’s Compensation Deferral Agreements and Roth Deferral Agreements shall be suspended.

 

  (2) If an Active Participant goes on an unpaid leave of absence and resumes paid employment with an Employer, then the Active Participant’s most recent Compensation Deferral Agreements and Roth Deferral Agreements shall become effective.

 

(c) An Active Participant on either a paid or an unpaid leave of absence retains the ability to revise or revoke a Compensation Deferral Agreement or Roth Deferral Agreement pursuant to Section 4.5 during his or her leave of absence.

 

30


(d) If an Active Participant ceases to be an Eligible Employee but continues to be employed by his or her Employer, then his or her Compensation Deferral Agreement or Roth Deferral Agreement shall only apply to Deferrable Compensation that is paid while he or she is an Active Participant and shall not apply to any Deferrable Compensation paid after he or she ceases to be an Active Participant. If the Inactive Participant again becomes an Active Participant, then he or she may enter into a new Compensation Deferral Agreement or Roth Deferral Agreement with his or her Employer. The new Compensation Deferral Agreement or Roth Deferral Agreement shall not be effective earlier than the date on which the Inactive Participant again becomes an Active Participant. If such Active Participant does not affirmatively enter into a Compensation Deferral Agreement, the Active Participant shall be deemed to have entered into a Compensation Deferral Agreement with his or her Employer in accordance with Section 4.3.

 

(e) If an Active Participant terminates employment with one Employer (the “ Old Employer ”) and is employed as an Eligible Employee of another Employer (the “ New Employer ”), then the Active Participant’s Compensation Deferral Agreement or Roth Deferral Agreement with the Old Employer shall continue to apply to Deferrable Compensation paid by the New Employer.

 

(f) If an Active Participant terminates employment with his or her Employer and becomes an employee of an Affiliate that is not an Employer, then his or her Compensation Deferral Agreement or Roth Deferral Agreement shall only apply to Deferrable Compensation paid while he or she was employed as an Eligible Employee by the Employer. If the Inactive Participant resumes employment as an Eligible Employee of an Employer and again becomes an Active Participant, then he or she may enter into a new Compensation Deferral Agreement or Roth Deferral Agreement with his or her Employer. The Active Participant’s new Compensation Deferral Agreement or Roth Deferral Agreement with his or her new Employer shall not be effective earlier than the date on which the Inactive Employee again becomes an Eligible Employee.

4.7 401(k) Contributions

 

(a) Each Plan Year, an Active Participant’s Employer shall contribute pre-tax 401(k) Contributions to the Trust Fund on behalf of the Active Participant in an amount equal to the amount by which the Active Participant’s Deferrable Compensation from that Employer for that Plan Year is reduced, in accordance with the Active Participant’s Compensation Deferral Agreements. The pre-tax 401(k) Contributions shall be credited to the Active Participant’s 401(k) Contributions Account.

 

(b) The Employers shall make pre-tax 401(k) Contributions in accordance with rules established by the Company and by such deadlines as the Company shall establish, in its discretion. Notwithstanding the foregoing, effective for Plan Years beginning on and after January 1, 2006, a pre-tax 401(k) Contribution that is made with respect to Deferrable Compensation reduced pursuant to a Participant’s Compensation Deferral Agreement shall not be made before the earliest of the following dates: the date on which the Compensation Deferral Agreement authorizing the reduction in the Deferrable Compensation is made; the date on which the Participant could receive the Deferrable Compensation in cash; or the date when the services, for which the Deferrable Compensation is paid, are performed, unless the pre-tax 401(k) Contribution is paid before that date for bona fide administrative considerations and not with a principal purpose of accelerating the Employer’s federal income tax deduction.

 

31


(c) No Employer shall have any obligation to make pre-tax 401(k) Contributions with respect to any reduction in Deferrable Compensation that would have been paid by another Employer.

 

(d) Notwithstanding Section 4.7(a), the Committee may limit the amount of the pre-tax 401(k) Contributions, which shall be made on behalf of a Participant (and the corresponding Deferrable Compensation reduction), to the extent that the Committee determines necessary to comply with the limits of Article 6, as applicable.

4.8 Roth Contributions

 

(a) Each Plan Year, an Active Participant’s Employer shall contribute Roth Contributions to the Trust Fund on behalf of the Active Participant in an amount equal to the amount by which the Active Participant’s Deferrable Compensation from that Employer for that Plan Year is reduced, in accordance with the Active Participant’s Roth Deferral Agreements. The Roth Contributions shall be credited to the Active Participant’s Roth Contributions Account.

 

(b) The Employers shall make Roth Contributions in accordance with rules established by the Company and by such deadlines as the Company shall establish, in its discretion. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Roth Contribution that is made with respect to Deferrable Compensation reduced pursuant to a Participant’s Roth Deferral Agreement shall not be made before the earliest of the following dates: the date on which the Roth Deferral Agreement authorizing the reduction in the Deferrable Compensation is made; the date on which the Participant could receive the Deferrable Compensation in cash; or the date when the services, for which the Deferrable Compensation is paid, are performed, unless the Roth Contribution is paid before that date for bona fide administrative considerations and not with a principal purpose of accelerating the Employer’s federal income tax deduction.

 

(c) No Employer shall have any obligation to make Roth Contributions with respect to any reduction in Deferrable Compensation that would have been paid by another Employer.

 

(d) Notwithstanding Section 4.8(a), the Committee may limit the amount of the Roth Contributions, which shall be made on behalf of a Participant (and the corresponding Deferrable Compensation reduction), to the extent that the Committee determines necessary to comply with the limits of Article 6, as applicable.

4.9 Rollover Contributions

 

(a) Active Participants may contribute, under the conditions specified in this Section 4.9, to this Plan any of the amounts specified in this Section 4.9 as Rollover Contributions.

 

(b) The amount must have been received by or on behalf of an Employee as an eligible rollover distribution, as defined in Code Section 402(c)(4).

 

  (1) In the case of direct rollovers, the distribution must be received directly from

 

  (A) A qualified plan described in Code Section 401(a), excluding after-tax employee contributions;

 

  (B) Effective as soon as administratively possible on or after January 1, 2005,

 

  (i) A qualified plan described in Code Section 403(a), excluding after-tax employee contributions;

 

32


  (ii) An annuity contract described in Code Section 403(b), excluding after- tax employee contributions; or

 

  (iii) An eligible plan under Code Section 457(b) which is maintained by a state, a political subdivision of a state, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or political subdivision of a state.

 

  (2) In the case of a Rollover Contribution by the Employee of a distribution, the contribution must be includable in gross income if not rolled over and the Employee must have received the distribution no more than 60 days (unless the 60-day rollover deadline is waived by the IRS pursuant to Section 402(c)(3) of the Code) earlier from

 

  (A) A qualified plan described in Code Section 401(a) or 403(a), excluding after-tax employee contributions;

 

  (B) An individual retirement account or annuity described in Code Section 408(a) or 408(b) that only includes amounts contributed to such account or annuity that had been rollover contributions from a tax-qualified plan described in Code Sections 401(a) or 403(a), (i.e., a Conduit IRA).

 

  (C) Effective as soon as administratively possible on or after January 1, 2005,

 

  (i) A qualified plan described in Code Section 403(a), excluding after-tax employee contributions;

 

  (ii) An annuity contract described in Code Section 403(b), excluding after-tax employee contributions;

 

  (iii) An eligible plan under Code Section 457(b) which is maintained by a state, a political subdivision of a state, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or political subdivision of a state; or

 

  (iv) An individual retirement account or annuity described in Code Section 408(a) or 408(b), provided that the Rollover Contribution would otherwise be includable in gross income.

 

  (3) Effective November 6, 2006, and on a uniform and nondiscriminatory basis, the Committee or the Company may permit direct rollovers of promissory notes in connection with a loan under a Qualified Plan pursuant to Treasury Regulation 1.401(a)(31)–1, Q&A–16. The Committee may establish reasonable procedures as it deems necessary to facilitate the direct rollover of the promissory notes of such Qualified Plan loans and to ensure that after the rollover, each loan under the Plan complies with Code Section 72(p), ERISA Section 408(b)(1), and the regulations thereunder (e.g., the Committee may reamortize directly rolled over loans to accommodate repayment of the loans in conjunction with the payroll schedules of an Employer to comply with the maximum five-year term of a nonresidential loan, as described in Section 7.4(d)(1), or may require a Participant to execute a modification to an existing rolled-over loan as deemed necessary to comply with Code Section 72(p), ERISA Section 408(b)(1), or the regulations thereunder.

 

33


  (4) Effective for Plan Years beginning on and after the Effective Date, the Plan will accept a rollover contribution to a Roth Contributions Account only if its is a direct rollover from another Roth account under an applicable retirement plan described in Code Section 402A(e)(1) and only to the extent the rollover is permitted under the rules of Code Section 402(c).

 

(c) The Committee may establish uniform rules and procedures for contributions under this Section 4.9. In addition, the Committee may require such information and documents it deems necessary or appropriate to establish that the contribution will satisfy the requirements of this Section 4.9 and that receipt of the contribution will not adversely affect the qualified status of this Plan, such as, copies of Form 1099, a distribution statement, the distribution check, certifications from the Employee, and statements from the plan administrator of the prior plan that such plan had received a favorable determination letter.

 

(d) Except for any direct rollover of a promissory note as described under Section 4.9(b)(3), all amounts contributed pursuant to this Section 4.9(d) shall be credited to the Participant’s Rollover Contributions Account and shall be invested in the Investment Funds in accordance with the Participant’s Investment Election pursuant to Article 9. An Employee may not make a Rollover Contribution to this Plan unless he or she has made an affirmative Investment Election with respect to his or her entire Account.

 

(e) If a Rollover Contribution is made to this Plan and the Committee later determines that the contribution did not satisfy the requirements of this Section 4.9, then the Rollover Contribution, plus any earnings attributable to the Rollover Contribution, shall be distributed to the Participant, within a reasonable time after the Committee’s determination. The Committee may use any reasonable method to determine the amount of earnings attributable to the Rollover Contribution.

4.10 In-Plan Roth Rollover Contributions

 

(a) An individual is eligible to make an In-Plan Roth Rollover with respect to amounts described in Section 4.10(b) if, as of the date of the In-Service Roth Rollover: (i) the individual is an Employee; and (ii) the individual has attained age 59  1 2 . Additionally, Participant’s shall be permitted to make an In-Plan Roth Rollover with respect to amounts of Rollover Contributions, to extent such contributions are permitted to be withdrawn under Section 7.2.

 

(b) All or any portion of a Participant’s vested Account is eligible for an In-Plan Roth Rollover, provided the Participant has met the conditions of Section 4.10(a).

 

(c) The Employer may, in it discretion, establish additional administrative rules and procedures as is necessary for the Committee to carry out the In-Plan Roth Rollover feature and will maintain such records as are necessary for the proper reporting of In- Plan Roth Rollovers . The employer shall apply and such rules and procedures uniformly among similarly situated Participants.

4.11 Catch-Up Contributions

 

(a) Each Active Participant who will have attained age 50 before the close of the Plan Year shall be eligible to make Catch-Up Contributions in accordance with, and subject to, the limitations of Code Section 414(v).

 

34


  (1) Such Catch-Up Contributions shall not be taken into account for purposes of the provisions of the Plan implementing the required limitations of Code Sections 402(g) and 415.

 

  (2) The Plan shall not be treated as failing to satisfy the provisions of the Plan implementing the requirements of Code Section 401(k)(3), 401(k)(11), 401(k)(12), 410(b), or 416, as applicable, by reason of the making of such Catch-Up Contributions.

 

  (3) If the Active Participant is eligible to make Catch-Up Contributions and the amount of pre-tax 401(k) Contributions and Roth Contributions to be made under Sections 4.1, 4.2 and 4.3 exceeds the limit on pre-tax 401(k) Contributions and Roth Contributions for a Plan Year, the excess amount shall be characterized as a Catch-Up Contribution to the maximum amount permitted.

 

(b) An Active Participant’s Employer shall contribute Catch-Up Contributions to the Trust Fund in a manner similar to pre-tax 401(k) Contributions and Roth Contributions, as applicable, as described in Sections 4.7 and 4.8.

 

(c) Matching Contributions shall be made with respect to Catch-Up Contributions.

 

35


Article 5.Employer Contributions

5.1 Employees Eligible for Employer Contributions

 

(a) A Participant shall be allocated a Matching Contribution during a Plan Year only if the Participant is an Active Participant during a portion of that Plan Year.

 

(b) Except as provided in Section 5.3(c), an Active Participant shall be allocated a share of any Profit Sharing Contribution for a Plan Year only if he or she

 

  (1) Is employed by an Employer on the last day of the Plan Year; and

 

  (2) Has been credited with at least 1,000 Hours of Service during the Plan Year.

5.2 Amount of Matching Contribution

 

(a) Subject to the other provisions of this Plan, each Plan Year, each Employer shall contribute Matching Contributions to the Trust Fund on behalf of each Active Participant described in Section 5.1(a) for whom the Employer has made pre-tax 401(k) Contributions or Roth Contributions (and/or Catch-Up Contributions) for that Plan Year.

 

(b) An Employer may contribute Matching Contributions on behalf of a Participant after each Deferrable Compensation Payment Date and at such other times during and after the end of the Plan Year as determined by the Employer for which it contributed pre-tax 401(k) Contributions or Roth Contributions (and/or Catch-Up Contributions) on behalf of that Participant. The Employer shall contribute Matching Contributions for pre-tax 401(k) Contributions, Roth Contribution and/or Catch-Up Contributions no later than the last day of the Plan Year quarter following the Plan Year quarter for which such pre-tax 401(k) Contributions, Roth Contributions and/or Catch-Up Contributions were made.

 

(c) The amount of the Matching Contributions which the Employer shall contribute shall be equal to the lesser of:

 

  (1) The pre-tax 401(k) Contributions, Roth Contribution and/or Catch-Up Contributions paid by the Employer with respect to Deferrable Compensation otherwise payable to the Participant for the Plan Year, or

 

  (2) Eight percent (8%) of Deferrable Compensation.

 

(d) Notwithstanding Section 5.2(b), the Committee may limit the amount of the Matching Contributions that shall be made on behalf of an Active Participant to the extent that the Committee determines necessary to comply with the limits of Article 6.

 

(e) If a Participant transfers employment during a Plan Year from one Employer to another Employer, then each Employer shall make Matching Contributions only with respect to the 401(k) Contributions for which that Employer made for the Plan Year.

5.3 Amount of Profit Sharing Contribution

 

(a)

For each Plan Year, the Company shall determine whether the Employers shall make a Profit Sharing Contribution for a Plan Year (or any portion thereof) and the amount of that Profit Sharing Contribution. The Company shall determine the amount that each Employer shall contribute. In the event that the Company takes no action in determining a Profit Sharing Contribution for a Plan Year, the Profit Sharing Contribution will be deemed to be $0. Any such contributions, together with other contributions made under the Plan for the Plan Year, shall not exceed the amount currently deductible under

 

36


  Code Section 404(a) (applied without regard to Code Section 404(a)(5) relating to nonqualified plans).

 

(b) Any Employer contribution for the Plan Year shall be credited as of the last day of the Plan Year for which it is contributed (even though receipt of the Profit Sharing Contribution by the Trust Fund will likely take place after the close of the Plan Year) among the Profit Sharing Accounts of all Active Participants. Such contributions, however, shall not be eligible to share in investment results until received by the Trust Fund and entered into the recordkeeping system on the Participant’s behalf. The allocation shall be in the ratio that each Active Participant’s Section 415 Compensation received while a Participant from that Employer during the Plan Year bears to the total Section 415 Compensation during such Plan Year received by all Active Participants of the Employer who are eligible under Section 5.1(b) to receive an allocation for that Plan Year. In determining a Participant’s allocation, a Participant’s Section 415 Compensation will not exceed the limitation imposed by Code Section 401(a)(17).

 

(c) Notwithstanding Sections 5.1(b) and 5.3(b), a Profit Sharing Contribution may be made for a Plan Year that is allocable solely to Nonhighly Compensated Employees or a specified group of Nonhighly Compensated Employees. No Highly Compensated Employee shall be eligible for a Profit Sharing Contribution pursuant to this Section 5.3(c). All Profit Sharing Contributions pursuant to this Section 5.3(c) must satisfy the following requirements:

 

  (1) Before a Profit Sharing Contribution, pursuant to this Section 5.3(c), is made to the Trust Fund, the Company shall document, in writing, the specific identity of each Nonhighly Compensated Employee who will receive a Profit Sharing Contribution (e.g., by Social Security number and name) and the specific amount allocated to each Nonhighly Compensated Employee. Such documented list shall be hereby incorporated by reference into this Plan.

 

  (2) The amounts specified in the list referred to in Section 5.3(c)(1) shall be allocated only as to the extent permitted under applicable provisions of Article 6 (e.g., Section 6.3, relating to the Section 415 limit).

 

  (3) The Profit Sharing Contributions pursuant to this Section 5.3(c) shall not be eligible to share in investment results until received by the Trust Fund and entered into the recordkeeping system on the Participant’s behalf.

5.4 Payment of Employer Contributions

 

(a)

Each Employer shall contribute to the Trust Fund the Matching Contributions made with respect to pre-tax 401(k) Contributions, Roth Contributions, and Catch-Up Contributions for a Plan Year quarter by no later than the last day of the Plan Year quarter following the Plan Year quarter in which the pre-tax 401(k) Contributions, Roth Contributions and Catch-Up Contributions were made. Each Employer may contribute to the Trust Fund estimated Matching Contributions made with respect to pre-tax 401(k) Contributions, Roth Contributions and Catch-Up Contributions for a Deferrable Compensation Payment Date. Matching Contributions that are made with respect to pre-tax 401(k) Contributions, Roth Contributions and Catch-Up Contributions shall not be made before the earliest of the following dates: the date on which the Compensation Deferral Agreement authorizing the reduction in the Deferrable Compensation is made for pre- tax 401(k) Contributions and/or Catch-Up Contributions; the date on which the Roth Deferral Agreement authorizing the reduction in Deferrable Compensation is made for

 

37


  Roth Contributions; the date on which the Participant could receive the Deferrable Compensation with respect to his or her pre-tax 401(k) Contributions, Roth Contributions and/or Catch-Up Contributions in cash; or the date on which the services, for which the Deferrable Compensation is paid, are performed, unless the Matching Contribution is paid before that date for bona fide administrative considerations and not with a principal purpose of accelerating the Employer’s federal income tax deduction. In addition, each Employer shall have the discretion to contribute to the Trust Fund at such other times as Matching Contributions are estimated based on pre-tax 401(k) Contributions, Roth Contributions and Catch-Up Contributions for a period during the Plan Year (e.g., after a Deferred Compensation Payment Date, quarterly or semi-annual true-ups).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Active Participant must be employed with an Employer on the last day of the Plan Year to be eligible to receive any Matching Contributions that are intended to be true-up contributions for such Plan Year.

 

(b) Each Employer shall contribute to the Trust Fund its Profit Sharing Contributions for a Plan Year by such deadline as the Committee shall prescribe, but in no event later than the time prescribed by law (taking into account any extensions of the filing deadline) for the Employer to file its federal income tax return for the taxable year ending with or within the Plan Year. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Employer shall contribute Profit Sharing Contributions pursuant to Section 5.3(c) (relating to Profit Sharing Contributions limited to Nonhighly Compensated Employees) until the Company provides the written documentation required pursuant to Section 5.3(c) (relating to the written documentation specifying the identity of each Nonhighly Compensated Employee and amount that shall be allocated to each Nonhighly Compensated Employee).

 

(c) Subject to the other provisions of this Plan, an Employer’s Matching Contributions and Profit Sharing Contributions (if any) shall be allocated to Active Participants’ Matching Contributions Accounts and Profit Sharing Contributions Accounts (as applicable) as soon as is practicable after they are received by the Trust Fund.

 

(d) No Employer shall have any obligation to make Matching Contributions with respect to pre-tax 401(k) Contributions, Roth Contributions or Catch-Up Contributions made by another Employer. No Employer shall have any obligation to make Profit Sharing Contributions with respect to Section 415 Compensation paid by any other Employer. If an Employer is unable to make its full Matching Contribution for a Plan Year in the amount specified in Section 5.2 because it has filed a petition under the Bankruptcy Code of the United States or otherwise on account of insolvency, then no other Employer shall be obligated to make Matching Contributions for the insolvent Employer; and no other Employer shall have any liability with respect to Active Participants employed by the insolvent Employer on account of the insolvent Employer’s inability to make its full Matching Contribution for a Plan Year.

 

38


Article 6.Benefit Limitations

6.1 Section 402(g) Limit on 401(k) Contributions and Roth Contributions

 

(a) For any calendar year, the sum of the following shall not exceed the dollar limit of Code Section 402(g)(1), as adjusted (to the extent applicable) for increases in the cost of living in accordance with Code Section 402(g):

 

  (1) All pre-tax 401(k) Contributions and Roth Contributions (but not Catch-Up Contributions) made on behalf of an Active Participant for that calendar year; and

 

  (2) All pre-tax elective contributions, made by an Employer or any Controlled Group Member to a Controlled Group Qualified Plan, which are “elective deferrals,” as described in Code Section 402(g)(3), but not including any such deferrals that are catch-up contributions made pursuant to Code Section 414(v) (“ Elective Deferrals ”).

 

(b) A pre-tax 401(k) Contribution or Roth Contribution made on behalf of an Active Participant shall be treated as made for a calendar year, for purposes of Section 6.1(a)(1) if it is made on account of the Active Participant’s election to reduce Deferrable Compensation that would otherwise be payable within that calendar year.

 

(c) If before the end of a calendar year the Committee determines (or the Active Participant notifies his or her Employer that he or she has determined) that the pre-tax 401(k) Contributions or Roth Contributions that would be made for that calendar year would exceed the limits of this Section 6.1 or Code Section 402(g), then the Committee shall take one or more of the following steps, to the extent needed to avoid exceeding the limits of this Section 6.1 or Code Section 402(g):

 

  (1) Permit an Active Participant to submit a revised Compensation Deferral Agreement and Roth Deferral Agreement before the first day of that calendar year or at any other time permitted under Section 4.5 (relating to the rules for Compensation Deferral Agreements and Roth Deferral Agreements); or

 

  (2) Reduce the pre-tax 401(k) Contributions and Roth Contributions which otherwise would be made, pursuant to the Active Participant’s Compensation Deferral Agreement, for the rest of the calendar year (and adjust the corresponding reductions in Deferrable Compensation) so that the limits of this Section 6.1 are not exceeded.

 

(d) If pre-tax 401(k) Contributions or Roth Contributions are inadvertently made in excess of the limits of this Section 6.1 or if a Participant determines that contributions have been made on his or her behalf in excess of the limits of Code Section 402(g), then the excess deferrals shall be corrected as follows:

 

  (1) A Participant must notify the Committee, by such other means as the Committee shall prescribe, no later than March 1, immediately following the close of a calendar year, stating that the sum of the following are in excess of the limits of Code Section 402(g): his or her pre-tax 401(k) Contributions or Roth Contributions for that calendar year; any Elective Deferrals made on his or her behalf for the calendar year by an Employer or Controlled Group Member; and any elective deferrals, as described in Code Section 402(g)(3), which were made on his or her behalf for the calendar year by any other employer.

 

39


The notice pursuant to this Section 6.1(d)(1) shall state the portion of such excess amount that has been allocated to this Plan (the “ Excess Deferrals ”). The amount of the Excess Deferrals allocated to this Plan shall not exceed the total amount of the pre-tax 401(k) Contributions and Roth Contributions made on behalf of the Participant for that calendar year. The Committee may require the Participant to certify to the amount of the Excess Deferrals and to provide substantiating evidence satisfactory to the Committee.

 

  (2) If the pre-tax 401(k) Contributions and Roth Contributions made on behalf of an Active Participant for a calendar year (together with Elective Deferrals) inadvertently exceed the limits of this Section 6.1 and the Active Participant does not provide the notice described in Section 6.1(d)(1) by the following March 1, then the Active Participant shall be deemed to have given notice that the excess of the pre-tax 401(k) Contributions and Roth Contributions for the calendar year over the limit provided under this Section 6.1 (“ Excess Deferrals ”) shall be distributed in accordance with this Section 6.1(d).

 

  (3) The Committee shall direct the Trustee to distribute, by April 15 following the close of the calendar year, the Excess Deferrals for that calendar year allocated (or deemed allocated) to the Plan by the Participant. The Trustee shall also distribute any earnings or losses attributable to the Excess Deferrals, as determined in accordance with one of the methods permitted under Treasury Regulation Section 1.402(g)–1(e)(5), through the end of the Plan Year in which such Excess Deferrals were made. To the extent required by law, the adjustment for earnings and losses in the preceding sentence shall also be made for the period starting after the end of the Plan Year for which the Excess Deferral is refunded until the date the refund is actually made. Any Matching Contributions that have been made with respect to Excess Deferrals that are distributed to a Highly Compensated Employee, in accordance with this Section 6.1(d)(3), shall be forfeited, as soon as is practicable after corrective distributions are made pursuant to this Section 6.1(d)(3). Such Matching Contributions shall be forfeited, whether or not the Participant would otherwise have a vested interest in those contributions, pursuant to Section 3.6.

6.2 Highly Compensated Employees

 

(a) An Employee shall be a Highly Compensated Employee, with respect to a Plan Year, if that Employee is a highly compensated employee for that Plan Year under Code Section 414(q). In determining Highly Compensated Employees, the Committee may make any of the elections permitted under Code Section 414(q), IRS Notice 97– 45, and any future IRS guidance.

 

(b) To the extent consistent with Treasury regulations and any elections permitted under Section 6.2(a), the Highly Compensated Employees for a Plan Year shall be determined as follows. An Employee is a Highly Compensated Employee with respect to a Plan Year if

 

  (1) In either the Plan Year or the Look Back Year, the Employee was at any time a five-percent owner (as defined in Code Section 416(i)(1)(B)(i)) of an Employer or a Controlled Group Member.

 

  (2) In the Look Back Year,

 

40


  (A) The Employee had Section 415 Compensation in excess of $80,000 (as adjusted for the appropriate Look Back Year in accordance with Code Section 414(q)(1)); and

 

  (B) If the Committee so elects, the Employee was in the top 20% of all active Employees when ranked on the basis of Section 415 Compensation paid for the Look Back Year (the “ Top 20% Election ”).

 

(c) For purposes of Section 6.2(b)(2), Section 415 Compensation shall not include any distributions received by the Participant pursuant to an unfunded nonqualified plan that are includible in the Employee’s gross income.

 

(d) Unless the Committee elects otherwise for a Plan Year, the Top 20% Election shall not apply. For any Plan Year, the Committee may make the Top 20% Election by filing a written statement to that effect in Plan records. If the Committee makes the Top 20% Election for any Plan Year, then for purposes of determining the number of Employees in the highest paid 20% (but not the actual Employees in the highest paid 20%) for the Look Back Year, the following Employees shall be disregarded:

 

  (1) Employees who have not completed six months of service (or such shorter period of service as is elected by the Committee on a consistent basis with respect to all plans) by the end of the Plan Year or the Look Back Year;

 

  (2) Employees who have not attained age 21 (or such lower age as is elected by the Committee on a consistent basis with respect to all plans) by the end of such year;

 

  (3) Employees who normally work less than 17  1 2 hours per week or who normally work less than six months during any year (or such lower hourly work week or lower normal work duration as is elected by the Committee on a consistent basis with respect to all plans); and

 

  (4) To the extent permitted under Treasury regulations, Employees who are included in a unit of Employees covered by a collective bargaining agreement.

 

(e) Employees who are nonresident aliens and who receive no U.S.-source income from an Employer or an Affiliate shall not be counted as Employees when identifying Highly Compensated Employees.

 

(f) A former Employee shall be treated as a Highly Compensated Employee if he or she was a Highly Compensated Employee in a separation year, as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.414(q)–1T Q&A 5, or after the date on which he or she attained age 55.

6.3 Section 415 Limit

 

(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Plan, except to the extent permitted under Code Section 414(v) and Section 4.11, if applicable, the sum of the pre-tax 401(k) Contributions, Roth Contributions, Matching Contributions, Profit Sharing Contributions, QNEC Contributions and QMAC Contributions (but not Catch-Up Contributions, Rollover Contributions or In-Plan Roth Rollover Contributions) allocated to a Participant’s Account (together with Annual Additions contributed on his or her behalf to a Controlled Group Qualified Plan) for a Plan Year shall not exceed the lesser of the following:

 

41


  (1) $40,000, as indexed in accordance with Code Section 415(d)(1)(C); or

 

  (2) 100 percent of the Participant’s Section 415 Compensation for the Plan Year.

 

(b) The following are “ Annual Additions ” if they were contributed on behalf of the Participant for the Plan Year by an Employer, Controlled Group Member, or any other entity that would be an Affiliate (a “ 50-Percent Affiliate ”), if the requirements of Code Section 415(h) were applied (relating to determining control by means of a 50 percent instead of an 80 percent ownership test):

 

  (1) The following amounts, if allocated to an account for the Participant under any Controlled Group Qualified Plan that is a defined contribution plan, within the meaning of Code Section 415(k)(1):

 

  (A) Contributions by an Employer, Controlled Group Member, or 50-Percent Affiliate, other than catch-up contributions made pursuant to Code Section 414(v); or

 

  (B) Forfeitures.

 

  (2) For purposes of applying the limit of Section 6.3(a)(1) (but not the limit of Section 6.3(a)(2)), contributions by an Employer, Controlled Group Member, or 50-Percent Affiliate to

 

  (A) An individual medical account (within the meaning of Code Section 415(l)(2)) under a pension or annuity plan; or

 

  (B) A separate account described in Code Section 419A(d)(1)(A) to provide post-retirement medical or life insurance benefits but only if the Participant is a key employee (within the meaning of Code Section 419A(d)(3)); and

 

  (3) Any other “annual additions,” within the meaning of Code Section 415(c)(2).

 

(c) When applying the limits of Section 6.3(a), the following rules shall apply:

 

  (1) Pre-tax 401(k) Contributions or Roth Contributions in excess of the limits of Section 6.1 (relating to the annual dollar limit on pre-tax 401(k) contributions and Roth Contributions) shall not be included if they are distributed in a corrective distribution under Section 6.1. However, any pre-tax 401(k) Contributions or Roth Contributions that are not distributed in a corrective distribution under Section 6.1 shall be included, even if they are in excess of the limits of Section 6.1.

 

  (2) Pre-tax 401(k) Contributions or Roth Contributions in excess of the limits of Section 6.5(a) (relating to the ADP limit) shall be included, even if they are distributed in a corrective distribution under Section 6.5(b).

 

  (3) Matching Contributions in excess of the limits of Section 6.5(c) (relating to the ACP limit) that are not allocated to the Accounts of Highly Compensated Employees shall not be included.

 

(d)

At any time before or during a Plan Year, the Committee may determine the maximum permissible contributions under this Section 6.3 for the Plan Year based on a reasonable estimate for the Plan Year of the Participant’s Section 415 Compensation and the contributions that otherwise would be made on his or her behalf. Based on that

 

42


  estimate, the Committee may take one or more of the following measures to the extent necessary to prevent contributions being allocated in excess of the limits of this Section 6.3:

 

  (1) Reduce the pre-tax 401(k) Contributions or Roth Contributions (pre-tax 401(k) Contributions are reduced prior to Roth Contributions) that otherwise would be contributed on behalf of the Participant pursuant to Article 4 (and make corresponding adjustments in the rate of Deferrable Compensation reduction);

 

  (2) Reduce the Matching Contributions that otherwise would be contributed on behalf of the Participant pursuant to Article 5;

 

  (3) Reduce the Profit Sharing Contributions that otherwise would be contributed on behalf of the Participant pursuant to Article 5.

Any suspense account created pursuant to this Section 6.3(e) shall not share in any investment gains and losses.

 

(e) The Plan Year shall be the “limitation year” for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 1.415–2(b) and for applying the limits of this Section 6.3.

6.4 The Pay Limit

 

(a) To the extent required by the Code, the following annual amounts taken into account in determining allocations or performing nondiscrimination testing for any Plan Year beginning after December 31, 2001, shall not exceed $200,000, as adjusted for cost-of-living increases in accordance with Section 401(a)(17)(B) of the Code:

 

  (1) The annual amount of Section 415 Compensation that is taken into account in determining the amount of Profit Sharing Contributions that is allocated to a Participant for a Plan Year.

 

  (2) The annual amount of Testing Compensation that is taken into account under Section 6.5(a) (relating to the ADP limit) or Section 6.5(c) (relating to the ACP limit) for the Plan Year.

 

(b) In determining the amount of pre-tax 401(k) and Roth Contributions that may be made on behalf of an Active Participant for a Plan Year, the total amount of Deferrable Compensation to which the percentage reduction, elected by the Active Participant in his or her Compensation Deferral Agreement or Roth Deferral Agreement, is applied shall not be limited. Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, the total annual amount of pre-tax 401(k) Contributions and Roth Contributions made for a Plan Year on behalf of an Active Participant shall not exceed the product of the maximum deferral percentage allowed under the Plan for the Plan Year multiplied by the maximum amount permitted under Code Section 401(a)(17) for that Plan Year.

In determining the amount of Matching Contributions that may be made on behalf of an Active Participant for a Plan Year, the total amount of Deferrable Compensation to which the Matching Contribution is applied shall not be limited. Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, the total annual amount of Matching Contributions made for a Plan Year on behalf of an Active Participant shall not exceed the product of the matching percentage determined under Section 5.2 multiplied by the maximum amount of Deferrable Compensation for which Matching Contributions are determined multiplied by the maximum amount permitted under Code Section 401(a)(17) for that Plan Year.

 

43


6.5 Nondiscrimination Rules

 

(a) Limitations on 401(k) Contributions and Roth Contributions (the ADP Test)

 

  (1) Each Plan Year, the Committee shall perform the Average Actual Deferral Percentage Test (the “ ADP Test ”) to determine whether the relationship between the Average Actual Deferral Percentage for Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees to the Average Actual Deferral Percentage for Participants who are Non-Highly Compensated Employees meets the following tests:

 

  (A) The Average Actual Deferral Percentage for Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year shall not exceed the Average Actual Deferral Percentage for Participants who are Non-Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year multiplied by 1.25; or

 

  (B) The Average Actual Deferral Percentage for Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year shall not exceed the Average Actual Deferral Percentage for Participants who are Non-Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year multiplied by 2, provided the Average Actual Deferral Percentage for Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees does not exceed the Average Actual Deferral Percentage for Participants who are Non-Highly Compensated Employees by more than 2 percentage points.

This Section 6.5(a) shall be applied by using the Current Year Method. If the Committee so elects, the method used in this Section 6.5(a) may be changed, in accordance with guidance issued by the Internal Revenue Service Committee by amending the Plan to reflect such election; provided, however, the testing methods used for the Average Actual Deferral Percentage test and the Average Actual Contribution Percentage test are not consistent, then the following special rules apply: (i) pre-tax 401(k) or Roth Contributions cannot taken into account under the Average Contribution Percentage Test; and (ii) qualified matching contributions (if any) cannot be taken into account under the Average Actual Deferral Percentage test.

 

  (2) In the event that this Plan satisfies the requirements of Code Sections 401(k), 401(a)(4) or 410(b) only if aggregated with one or more other plans, or if one or more other plans satisfy the requirements of such Code Sections only if aggregated with this Plan, then this Section 6.5(a) shall be applied by determining the Average Actual Deferral Percentage of Eligible Employees as if all such plans were a single plan. Plans may be aggregated in order to satisfy Code Section 401(k) only if they have the same Plan Year. Furthermore, plans with testing methods that are inconsistent with the testing methods used by this Plan may not be aggregated with this Plan for purposes of this Section 6.5(a)(2).

 

  (3)

Catch-Up Contributions that are treated as catch-up contributions for a Plan Year under Code Section 414(v) shall not be taken into account when calculating a Participant’s Actual Deferral Percentage Section A.1(c)(1) for that Plan Year or any other Plan Year. However, the portion of a Catch-Up Contribution for a Plan Year that is not treated as a catch-up contribution under Code Section 414(v) (e.g., because the Participant’s pre-tax 401(k) Contributions and Roth

 

44


  Contributions do not exceed the limit under Section 6.1) shall be taken into account, as if it were a pre-tax 401(k) Contribution, when determining the Participant’s Actual Deferral Percentage under Section A.1(c)(1) for the relevant Plan Year.

 

  (4) When calculating each Participant’s Actual Deferral Percentage under Section 6.5(a), any pre-tax 401(k) Contributions and Roth Contributions made pursuant to Section 15.8 (relating to deferrals made pursuant to Code Section 414(u) by certain former military personnel) shall not be taken into account.

 

(b) Corrective Measures if ADP Test is Failed

 

  (1) After the end of each Plan Year, the Committee shall perform the ADP Test described in Section 6.5(a). If the Committee determines, based on the ADP Test, that the ADP Percentage of the Highly Compensated Employees exceeds the maximum permitted under Section 6.5(a), then the Committee shall take one or more of the steps in Sections 6.5(b)(2) or (3) until the requirements of Section 6.5(a) are satisfied. The Committee shall complete the corrective measures so that the ADP Test for a Plan Year satisfies the requirements of Section 6.5(a)(1) no later than the last day of the Plan Year after the Plan Year being tested.

 

  (2) The Committee may distribute the excess pre-tax 401(k) Contributions or Roth Contributions of Highly Compensated Employees in accordance with Code Section 401(k)(8) and this Section 6.5(b)(2). If a Highly Compensated Employee has both pre-tax 401(k) Contributions and Roth Contributions, any distribution of excess contributions will first be made from the 401(k) Contributions Account.

 

  (A) The Committee shall determine the amount that shall be distributed to each Highly Compensated Employee, as follows:

 

  (i) The Committee shall calculate the dollar amount of the excess pre-tax 401(k) Contributions or Roth Contributions for each Highly Compensated Employee as follows. The Committee shall determine, based on the results of the ADP Test, the maximum Highly Compensated Employee ADP Percentage that satisfies the requirements of Section 6.5(b)(2). The excess dollar amount for a Highly Compensated Employee shall be the amount by which the pre- tax 401(k) Contributions or Roth Contributions taken into account in the ADP Test with respect to the Highly Compensated Employee, along with elective contributions made to other plans that are included in the ADP Test, would have to be reduced in order for the Actual Deferral Percentage of that Highly Compensated Employee for the Plan Year to be equal to the maximum permissible Highly Compensated Employee Actual Deferral Percentage.

 

  (ii)

The total amount of pre-tax 401(k) Contributions or Roth Contributions that shall be distributed to Highly Compensated Employees, in accordance with this Section 6.5(b)(2), shall be equal to the sum of the dollar amounts computed separately for each Highly Compensated Employee, in accordance with Section 6.5(b)(2)(i) (the “ Total Excess Contributions ”). The total amount of the corrective

 

45


  distributions made in accordance with this Section 6.5(b)(2) shall be equal to the Total Excess Contributions.

 

  (iii) Shares of the Total Excess Contributions shall be apportioned among Highly Compensated Employees and distributed as follows. The pre- tax 401(k) Contributions or Roth Contributions allocated to the Highly Compensated Employee with the highest dollar amount of contributions (including contributions taken into account in the ADP Test for the Plan Year that were taken into account when determining the Actual Deferral Percentages for the Plan Year under Section 6.5(a) ( “ADP Test Contributions” ) shall be reduced by the amount required to cause that Highly Compensated Employee’s remaining ADP Test Contributions for the Plan Year to be equal to the dollar amount of the ADP Test Contributions of the Highly Compensated Employee with the next highest dollar amount of ADP Test Contributions for the Plan Year. This amount of pre-tax 401(k) Contributions or Roth Contributions is then distributed to the Highly Compensated Employee, unless a smaller reduction, when added to the total dollar amount already distributed to Highly Compensated Employees pursuant to the procedure described in this Section 6.5(b)(2)(A)(iii), equals the Total Excess Contributions. If a Highly Compensated Employee’s ADP Test Contributions include contributions made to another plan that are taken into account in the ADP Test, then the amount distributed to the Highly Compensated Employee pursuant to this Section 6.5(b)(2)(A)(iii), shall not exceed the pre-tax 401(k) Contributions or Roth Contributions made on behalf of the Highly Compensated Employee for the Plan Year. Any portion of the Total Excess Contributions which is apportioned to a Highly Compensated Employee pursuant to this Section 6.5(b)(2)(A)(iii), but which cannot be distributed to the Highly Compensated Employee because of the preceding sentence, shall be apportioned to the Highly Compensated Employee with the next lowest total dollar amount of ADP Test Contributions and that Highly Compensated Employee’s pre-tax 401(k) Contributions or Roth Contributions shall be reduced by an amount which includes the amount not distributed to the other Highly Compensated Employee.

 

  (iv) If the total amount distributed in the preceding application of Section 6.5(b)(2)(A)(iii) is less than the Total Excess Contributions, the procedure in Section 6.5(b)(2)(A)(iii) shall be repeated until the total dollar amount distributed is equal to the Total Excess Contributions.

 

  (B)

The Committee shall direct that the excess pre-tax 401(k) Contributions or Roth Contributions, along with the allocable gain or loss attributable thereto, shall be distributed to the affected Highly Compensated Employees within 12 months after the end of the Plan Year for which they were allocated. Any gain or loss credited under the Plan for the period between the end of the Plan Year and the date on which excess pre-tax 401(k) Contributions or Roth Contributions are distributed shall also be distributed. The allocable gain or loss attributable to the excess pre-tax 401(k)

 

46


  Contributions or Roth Contributions may be determined in accordance with any of the methods permitted under Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(k)– 2(b)(2)(iv) and may be determined up to seven days before the date of the corrective distribution. Corrective distributions under this Section 6.5(b)(2)(B) shall be coordinated with distributions under Section Section 6.1(c), in accordance with Treasury Regulation Sections 1.401(k)–1(f)(5)(i)(B) and 1.402(g)–1(e)(6).

 

  (C) The requirements of Section 6.5(a) shall be deemed to have been satisfied if the total dollar amount distributed to Highly Compensated Employees, pursuant to this Section 6.5(b)(2), equals the Total Excess Contributions, even if

 

  (i) The ADP Test would not satisfy the requirements of Section 6.5(a), if the test were rerun including in the test only pre-tax 401(k) Contributions or Roth Contributions that were not distributed in accordance with this Section 6.5(b)(2); or

 

  (ii) The amount distributed to each Highly Compensated Employee, as determined in accordance with Section 6.5(b)(2)(A)(iii) and (iv), is different from the amount computed in Section 6.5(b)(2)(A)(i), for purposes of calculating the Total Excess Contributions amount.

 

  (D) Pre-tax 401(k) Contributions or Roth Contributions with respect to which Matching Contributions were not made shall first be distributed pursuant to this Section 6.5(b)(2) before pre-tax 401(k) Contributions or Roth Contributions with respect to which Matching Contributions were made. Any Matching Contributions that have been made with respect to pre-tax 401(k) Contributions or Roth Contributions that are distributed to a Highly Compensated Employee, in accordance with this Section 6.5(b)(2), shall be forfeited, as soon as is practicable after corrective distributions are made pursuant to this Section 6.5(b)(2). Such Matching Contributions shall be forfeited, whether or not the Participant would otherwise have a vested interest in those contributions, pursuant to Section 3.6.

 

  (3) The Company may elect that the Employers shall make QNEC Contributions for a Plan Year as follows:

 

  (A) QNEC Contributions for a Plan Year shall be made under this Section 6.5(b)(3) only on behalf of Participants who are Non-Highly Compensated Employees for that Plan Year. QNEC Contributions shall be made for a Plan Year under this Section 6.5(b)(3) only to the extent that they may be taken into account, under Section 6.5(b)(3)(D), when performing the ADP Test for that Plan Year.

 

  (B)

The Employers’ QNEC Contributions for a Plan Year under this Section 6.5(b)(3) shall be allocated, as of the last day of that Plan Year to the QNEC Contributions Accounts of Participants who are designated by the Company to receive a share of the QNEC Contributions. The Company shall determine the Participants who shall receive an allocation of QNEC Contributions made pursuant to this Section 6.5(b)(3) and the amount that shall be allocated to each Participant, which may be a different dollar

 

47


  amount or percentage of Deferrable Compensation than is allocated to another Participant. The Company shall determine the Participants to whom QNEC Contributions shall be allocated and the amount allocated to each such Participant in a manner that enables the ADP Test for the Plan Year to be satisfied with the smallest total amount of QNEC Contributions for the Plan Year under this Section 6.5(b)(3).

 

  (C) Any share of the QNEC Contribution that is allocated to a Participant’s QNEC Contributions Account under this Section 6.5(b) shall be

 

  (i) 100 percent immediately vested, and

 

  (ii) Treated, for purposes of withdrawals and distributions from the Plan, as if it were a pre-tax 401(k) Contribution, except that it may not be withdrawn under Section 7.3 (relating to hardship withdrawals).

 

  (D) Each Employer may make a QNEC Contribution in an amount determined by the Employer as necessary to correct an operational failure. Corrections of operational failures will be determined in accordance with the IRS’ Employee Plans Compliance Resolution System (“ EPCRS ”) or any IRS similar program.

 

  (E) The Employers may make QNEC Contributions in an amount less than the amount required to satisfy the requirements of Section 6.5(a). These QNEC Contributions shall be allocated in the manner described in Section 6.5(b)(3) to the Non-Highly Compensated Employees described in Section 6.5(b)(3). After taking these QNEC Contributions into account, excess pre-tax 401(k) Contributions or Roth Contributions shall be distributed in a corrective distribution, in accordance with Section 6.5(b)(2), in an amount sufficient to make the ADP Test satisfy the requirements of Section 6.5(a).

 

  (F) At the election of the Committee, a QNEC Contribution may be made for reasons other than failure to pass the ADP Test.

 

(c) Limitations on Matching Contributions (the ACP Test)

 

  (1) Each Plan Year, the Committee shall perform the Average Actual Contribution Percentage Test (the “ ACP Test ”) to determine whether the relationship between the Average Actual Contribution Percentage for Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees to the Average Actual Contribution Percentage for Participants who are Non-Highly Compensated Employees meets the following tests:

 

  (A) The Average Actual Contribution Percentage for Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year shall not exceed the Average Actual Contribution Percentage for Participants who are Non- Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year multiplied by 1.25; or

 

  (B)

The Average Actual Contribution Percentage for Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year shall not exceed the Average Actual Contribution Percentage for Participants who are Non- Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year multiplied by 2, provided

 

48


  the Average Actual Contribution Percentage for Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees does not exceed the Average Actual Contribution Percentage for Participants who are Non-Highly Compensated Employees by more than 2 percentage points.

This Section 6.5(c) shall be applied by using the Current Year Method. If the Committee so elects, the method used in this Section 6.5(c) may be changed, in accordance with guidance issued by the Internal Revenue Service Committee by amending the Plan to reflect such election; provided, however, if the testing methods used for the Average Actual Deferral Percentage test and the Average Actual Contribution Percentage test are not consistent, then the following special rules apply: (i) pre-tax 401(k) or Roth Contributions cannot taken into account under the Average Contribution Percentage Test; and (ii) qualified matching contributions (if any) cannot be taken into account under the Average Actual Deferral Percentage test.

 

  (2) In the event that this Plan satisfies the requirements of Code Sections 401(m), 401(a)(4) or 410(b) only if aggregated with one or more plans, or if one or more other plans satisfy the requirements of such Sections of the Code only if aggregated with this Plan, then this Section 6.5(c) shall be applied by determining the Average Contribution Percentage of Eligible Employees as if all such plans were a single plan. Plans may be aggregated in order to satisfy Code Section 401(m) only if they have the same plan year. Furthermore, plans with testing methods that are inconsistent with the testing methods used by this Plan may not be aggregated with this Plan for purposes of this Section 6.5(c).

 

(d) Corrective Measure if ACP Test is Failed

 

  (1) After the end of each Plan Year, the Committee shall perform the ACP Test described in Section 6.5(c). If the Committee determines, based on the ACP Test, that the Actual Contribution Percentage of the Highly Compensated Employees exceeds the maximum permitted under Section 6.5(c), then the Committee shall take one or more of the steps in Sections 6.5(d)(2) – (4) until the requirements of Section 6.5(c) are satisfied. The Committee shall complete the corrective measures so that the ACP Test for a Plan Year satisfies the requirements of Section 6.5(c) no later than the last day of the Plan Year after the Plan Year being tested.

 

  (2) The Committee shall determine the excess Matching Contributions Highly Compensated Employees (“ Excess Contributions ”) in accordance with Code Section 401(m)(6) and this Section 6.5(d)(2) and either distribute the Excess Contributions to Highly Compensated Employees, to the extent that the Matching Contributions are vested, in accordance with Section 3.6 or forfeit the excess Matching Contributions, to the extent that the Matching Contributions are not vested, in accordance with Section 3.6.

 

  (A) The Committee shall determine the amount that shall be distributed to, or forfeited by, each Highly Compensated Employee as follows:

 

  (i)

The Committee shall calculate the dollar amount of the Excess Contributions for each Highly Compensated Employee as follows. The Committee shall determine, based on the results of the ACP Test, the

 

49


  maximum Highly Compensated Employee Actual Contribution Percentage that satisfies the requirements of Section 6.5(c). The excess dollar amount for a Highly Compensated Employee shall be the amount by which the Matching Contributions taken into account in the ACP Test with respect to the Highly Compensated Employee, along with after-tax and matching contributions made to other plans that are included in the ACP Test, would have to be reduced in order for the actual contribution percentage of that Highly Compensated Employee for the Plan Year to be equal to the maximum permissible Highly Compensated Employee Actual Contribution Percentage.

 

  (ii) The total amount of Excess Contributions that shall be distributed to, or forfeited by, Highly Compensated Employees, in accordance with this Section 6.5(d)(2), shall be equal to the sum of the dollar amounts computed separately for each Highly Compensated Employee, in accordance with Section 6.5(d)(2)(A)(i) (the “ Total Excess Contributions ”). The total amount of the corrective distributions or forfeitures made in accordance with this Section 6.5(d)(2) shall be equal to the Total Excess Contributions.

 

  (iii) Shares of the Total Excess Contributions shall be apportioned among Highly Compensated Employees and distributed as follows: The Matching Contributions allocated to the Highly Compensated Employee with the highest dollar amount of contributions (including contributions taken into account in the ACP Test for the Plan Year) that were taken into account when determining the contribution percentages for the Plan Year under Section 6.5(c)(A)(i) ( “ACP Test Contributions” ) shall be reduced by the amount required to cause that Highly Compensated Employee’s remaining ACP Test Contributions for the Plan Year to be equal to the dollar amount of the ACP Test Contributions of the Highly Compensated Employee with the next highest dollar amount of ACP Test Contributions for the Plan Year. This amount of Matching Contributions is then distributed to the Highly Compensated Employee, unless a smaller reduction, when added to the total dollar amount already distributed to Highly Compensated Employees pursuant to the procedure described in this Section 6.5(d)(2)(A)(iii), equals the Total Excess Contributions. If a Highly Compensated Employee’s ACP Test Contributions include contributions made to another plan that are taken into account in the ADP Test, then the amount distributed to the Highly Compensated Employee pursuant to this Section 6.5(d)(2)(A)(iii), shall not exceed the Matching Contributions made on behalf of the Highly Compensated Employee for the Plan Year. Any portion of the Total Excess Contributions which is apportioned to a Highly Compensated Employee pursuant to this Section 6.5(d)(2)(A)(iii), but which cannot be distributed to the Highly Compensated Employee because of the preceding sentence, shall be apportioned to the Highly Compensated Employee with the next lowest total dollar amount of ACP Test Contributions and that Highly Compensated Employee’s Matching Contributions shall be reduced by an amount which includes the amount not distributed to the other Highly Compensated Employee.

 

50


  (iv) If the total amount distributed or forfeited in the preceding application of Section 6.5(d)(2)(A)(iii) is less than the Total Excess Contributions, the procedure in Section 6.5(d)(2)(A)(iii) shall be repeated until the total dollar amount distributed or forfeited is equal to the Total Excess Contributions.

 

  (B) The Committee shall direct that the excess Matching Contributions, along with the allocable gain or loss attributable thereto, shall be distributed to the affected Highly Compensated Employees within 12 months after the end of the Plan Year for which they were allocated. Any gain or loss credited under the Plan for the period between the end of the Plan Year and the date on which excess Matching Contributions are distributed shall be distributed.

 

  (C) The Committee shall direct that the excess Matching Contributions that, as of the last day of the Plan Year, are not vested, as determined in accordance with Section 3.6, (and the income attributable thereto, as determined in accordance with one of the methods permitted under Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(m)–1(e)(3)(ii)) shall be forfeited by the affected Highly Compensated Employees as soon as is practicable after the ACP Test is performed, but in no event later than the end of the Plan Year immediately following the Plan Year for which they were allocated.

 

  (D) The requirements of Section 6.5(c) shall be deemed to have been satisfied if the total dollar amount distributed to, or forfeited by, Highly Compensated Employees, pursuant to this Section 6.5(d)(2), equals the Total Excess Contributions, even if

 

  (i) The ACP Test would not satisfy the requirements of Section 6.5(c)(2), if the test were rerun including in the test only Matching Contributions that were not distributed or forfeited in accordance with this Section 6.5(d)(2); or

 

  (ii) The amount distributed to or forfeited by each Highly Compensated Employee, as determined in accordance with Sections 6.5(d)(2)(A)(iii) and (iv), is different from the amount computed in Section 6.5(d)(2)(A)(i), for purposes of calculating the Total Excess Contributions amount.

 

  (3) The Company may elect that the Employers shall make QNEC Contributions or QMAC Contributions for a Plan Year as follows:

 

  (A) QNEC Contributions or QMAC Contributions for a Plan Year shall be made under this Section 6.5(d)(3) only on behalf of Participants who are Non- Highly Compensated Employees for that Plan Year. QNEC Contributions shall be made for a Plan Year under this Section 6.5(d)(3) only to the extent that they may be taken into account when performing the ADP Test for that Plan Year.

 

  (B)

The Employers’ QNEC Contributions for a Plan Year under this Section 6.5(d)(3) shall be allocated, as of the last day of that Plan Year to the QNEC Contributions Accounts of Participants who are designated by the

 

51


  Company to receive a share of the QNEC Contributions. The Company shall determine the Participants who shall receive an allocation of QNEC Contributions made pursuant to this Section 6.5(d)(3)and the amount that shall be allocated to each Participant, which may be a different dollar amount or percentage of Deferrable Compensation than is allocated to another Participant. The Company shall determine the Participants to whom QNEC Contributions shall be allocated and the amount allocated to each such Participant in a manner that enables the ACP Test for the Plan Year to be satisfied with the smallest total amount of QNEC Contributions for the Plan Year under this Section 6.5(d)(3).

 

  (C) Any share of the QNEC Contributions and QMAC Contributions that is allocated to a Participant’s QNEC Contributions Account or QMAC Contributions Account (as applicable) under this Section 6.5(d) shall be

 

  (i) 100 percent immediately vested; and

 

  (ii) Treated, for purposes of withdrawals and distributions from the Plan, as if it were a pre-tax 401(k) Contribution, except that it may not be withdrawn under Section 7.3 (relating to hardship withdrawals).

 

  (4) The Committee may combine the steps in Section 6.5(d)(2) as follows:

 

  (A) The Employers may make QNEC Contributions and QMAC Contributions in an amount less than the amount required to satisfy the requirements of Section 6.5(c). These QNEC Contributions and QMAC Contributions shall be allocated in the manner described in Section 6.5(d)(3) to the Non-Highly Compensated Employees described in Section 6.5(d)(3). After taking these QNEC Contributions and QMAC Contributions into account, excess Matching Contributions shall be distributed in a corrective distribution, in accordance with Section 6.5(d)(2), in an amount sufficient to make the ACP Test satisfy the requirements of Section 6.5(c).

 

  (B) The Employers may make QNEC Contributions, in the manner described in Section 6.5(d)(3), or QMAC Contributions, in the manner described in Section 6.5(d)(3), in an amount required to make the ACP Test satisfy the requirements of Section 6.5(c), taking into account the corrective distributions and forfeitures that have already been made.

 

  (C) Alternatively, the Committee may make corrective distributions and forfeitures, in accordance with the leveling method described in Section 6.5(d)(2)(B), but in an amount less than is required to make the ACP Test satisfy the requirements of Section 6.5(c). The Employers may make QNEC Contributions, in the manner described in Section 6.5(d)(3), or QMAC Contributions, in the manner described in Section 6.5(d)(3), in an amount required to make the ACP Test satisfy the requirements of Section 6.5(c), taking into account the corrective distributions and forfeitures that have already been made.

 

  (D) The corrective measures of making corrective distributions and forfeitures, QNEC Contributions, and QMAC Contributions may be taken sequentially or simultaneously.

 

52


  (e) Compliance with Regulations

 

  (1) This Section 6.5 is intended to comply with Code Sections 401(k)(3) and 401(m)(2) and the regulations issued thereunder. To the extent this Section 6.5 is inconsistent with the Code and regulations, the Code and regulations shall govern.

 

53


Article 7.In-Service Withdrawals and Loans

7.1 Age 59  1 2 Withdrawals

 

(a) An Active Participant or an Inactive Participant (but not a Former Participant) who has attained age 59  1 2 may withdraw all or a portion of the value of his or her vested Account balance. However, no amount may be withdrawn under this Section 7.1 by a Beneficiary or by a Participant after the Committee has determined that he or she is Disabled.

 

(b) The Participant shall elect to withdraw all or a portion of the value of his or her vested Account balance in such manner, in such amounts, and at such times as the Committee shall prescribe. Amounts withdrawn under this Section 7.1 shall be deducted from the Participant’s subaccounts in the order specified in rules adopted by the Committee. Amounts shall be withdrawn from the Investment Funds in which the applicable subaccount is invested in the order specified in rules adopted by the Committee. The withdrawal shall be paid to the Participant as soon as practical after the Committee receives the Participant’s withdrawal application.

7.2 In-Service Rollover Withdrawals

 

(a) An Active Participant or an Inactive Participant (but not a Former Participant) may withdraw all or a portion of the value of his or her Rollover Contributions Account. No amount may be withdrawn under this Section 7.2 by a Beneficiary or by a Participant after the Committee has determined that he or she is Disabled.

 

(b) The Participant may elect to withdraw all or a portion of the value of his or her Rollover Contributions Account in such manner, in such amounts, and at such times as the Committee shall prescribe. Amounts withdrawn under this Section 7.2 shall be deducted from the Participant’s Rollover Contributions Account in the order specified in rules adopted by the Committee. Amounts shall be withdrawn from the Investment Funds in which the Rollover Contributions Account is invested in the order specified in rules adopted by the Committee. The withdrawal shall be paid to the Participant as soon as practical after the Committee receives the Participant’s withdrawal application.

7.3 Hardship Withdrawals

A Participant who is not a Former Participant (or who has become Disabled) may withdraw all or any portion of his or her Account (excluding earnings accumulated on those contributions after December 31, 1988), in such manner and at such times as the Committee shall prescribe subject to the terms of this Section 7.3. A Participant must submit a request to the Committee evidencing an immediate and heavy need for the withdrawal.

 

(a) No Participant may elect a withdrawal under this Section 7.3 to the extent that the amount that the Participant could otherwise withdraw under this Section 7.3 could be withdrawn under Section 7.1 (relating to age 59  1 2 withdrawals) or Section 7.2 (relating to withdrawals of Rollover Contributions).

 

(b) A Participant may make a withdrawal under this Section 7.3 only if the withdrawal is necessary

 

  (1) To pay expenses for (or necessary to obtain) medical care that would be deductible under Code Section 213(d), determined without regard to whether the medical expenses exceed 7.5% of adjusted gross income;

 

54


  (2) To pay costs directly related to the purchase of a principal residence for the Participant (excluding mortgage payments);

 

  (3) To pay tuition and related educational fees for the next 12 months of post-secondary education for the Participant, his or her Spouse, his or her child(ren), or any of his or her dependents (as defined in Code Section 152 and for taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2005, without regard to Code Sections 152(b)(1), (b)(2), and (d)(1)(B));

 

  (4) To prevent the eviction of the Participant from the Participant’s principal residence or foreclosure on the mortgage on that residence;

 

  (5) To pay costs incurred on or after January 1, 2006, related to burial or funeral expenses of the Participant’s deceased Spouse; child; dependent, as defined by Code Section 152 without regard to Code Section 152(d)(1)(B); or parent; or

 

  (6) To pay costs incurred on or after January 1, 2006, directly related to the repair of a Participant’s principal residence that would qualify for the causality deduction under Code Section 165, determined without regard to whether the loss exceeded 10% of adjusted gross income.

 

(c) A Participant may elect a withdrawal under this Section 7.3 only if the Participant has already obtained, from this Plan and all Other Plans, all of the following: all currently available withdrawals and distributions, including distributions of ESOP dividends under Code Section 404(k), other than hardship withdrawals or distributions; and all loans, no portion of which would be included in the Participant’s gross income for the year in which the loan is made. For purposes of this Section 7.3, the term “Other Plan” shall mean any other Controlled Group Qualified Plan and any other nonqualified deferred compensation plan maintained by a Controlled Group Member.

 

(d) The maximum amount that a Participant may withdraw under this Section 7.3 is the lesser of the following amounts:

 

  (1) The amount necessary to meet one or more of the financial needs specified in Section 7.3(b), to the extent that those needs could not be satisfied by the resources specified in Section 7.3(c), plus any federal, state, or local income taxes or penalties that are reasonably anticipated to result from the withdrawal; or

 

  (2) The value of the Participant’s vested Account balance that is eligible for a hardship withdrawal as specified in this Section 7.3.

 

(e) The Committee may, but shall not be required to, provide that the Participant must make a written representation that the Participant has no other resources that are reasonably available to him or her to satisfy the financial need described in Section 7.3(b).

 

(f)

The Committee may direct the payment of a portion of the amount requested in a cash payment to the Participant as soon as practical after the Committee approves the Participant’s request for a withdrawal. After the Committee receives a valuation report for the Valuation Date immediately proceeding the date on which the Participant requested the hardship withdrawal, the Committee shall direct that a single cash payment be made of the remaining amount that may be withdrawn. The withdrawal shall be taken from the Participant’s subaccounts in the order specified in rules adopted

 

55


  by the Committee. Amounts shall be withdrawn from the Investment Funds in which the applicable subaccount is invested in the order specified in rules adopted by the Committee.

 

(g) If a Participant elects to directly roll over (pursuant to Section 8.10(a)) any part of the amount that has been tentatively approved for withdrawal pursuant to this Section 7.3, then the approval for the withdrawal under this Section 7.3 shall be revoked, unless the Participant certifies in writing that he or she will immediately use the directly rolled over funds to meet his or her hardship.

 

(h) A Participant who receives a withdrawal under this Section 7.3 shall not be permitted to make pre-tax 401(k) Contributions, Roth Contributions, or Catch-Up Contributions to this Plan for six months after the date that the Participant receives a hardship withdrawal under this Section 7.3 (the “6-Month Contribution Suspension Period” ). If the Participant does not submit a new Compensation Deferral Agreement or Roth Deferral Agreement prior to the end of the 6-Month Contribution Suspension Period, the Compensation Deferral Agreement or Roth Deferral Agreement (including a deemed Compensation Deferral Agreement described in Article 4) that was in effect when such Suspension Period began will automatically be reinstated at the end of such Suspension Period. In addition, as soon as administratively possible after final regulations are issued under Code Section 409A, during the 6-Month Contribution Suspension Period, the Participant may not make elective contributions, within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(k)–6, or after-tax employee contributions to any Other Plan or to any stock option, stock purchase, or similar plan maintained by a Controlled Group Member. However, during the 6-Month Contribution Suspension Period, the Participant may make mandatory employee contributions to a defined benefit plan maintained by a Controlled Group Member and may make mandatory or voluntary contributions to a health or welfare benefit plan, whether through a cafeteria plan or otherwise.

7.4 Loans to Participants

 

(a) The following Participants may obtain a loan, under the terms of this Section 7.4, from their vested Account balances.

 

  (1) An Active Participant or an Inactive Participant. Such a person shall be referred to as a “Borrower” for purposes of this Section 7.4. A Borrower shall not include a Former Participant or a Beneficiary and such individuals shall not be permitted to obtain a loan under this Section 7.4 . A Borrower shall apply for a loan in such manner as the Committee shall prescribe.

 

(b) The minimum amount that a Borrower may borrow is $1,000 or such smaller amount as the Committee may determine from time to time. The maximum amount that a Borrower may borrow, when added to the outstanding balance of prior loans to the Participant from the Plan (and any Controlled Group Qualified Plan), is the lesser of

 

  (1) 50 percent of the value of the Borrower’s vested Account balance, as of the most recent Valuation Date for which the Committee has received a valuation report (as adjusted for any amounts subsequently withdrawn or distributed from or contributed to such Account); or

 

56


  (2) $50,000, reduced by the highest outstanding balance of all loans from the Plan (and any Controlled Group Qualified Plan), during the one-year period ending on the day before the date the loan is made.

If a deemed distribution was reported, pursuant to Code Section 72(p), for a loan made by a Controlled Group Qualified Plan, the unpaid amount of that loan, including interest accrued after the deemed distribution date, shall be considered to be outstanding, for purposes of this Section 7.4(b)(2), to determine the maximum amount of any subsequent loan to the Borrower.

 

(c) At any time, a Borrower may have only one loan outstanding from this Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, effective November 6, 2006, a Borrower who was previously employed by Andrx and who, pursuant to Section 4.9(b)(3), directly rolls into this Plan two promissory notes in connection with two plan loans under the Andrx Corporation 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan (the “ Andrx 401(k) Plan ”) may have up to two loans outstanding from this Plan until such time as one of the loans that was rolled over from the Andrx 401(k) Plan is either repaid in full or deemed to be distributed pursuant to the requirements of Code section 72(p). After such rolled-over Andrx 401(k) Plan loan is satisfied, the Borrower described in the previous sentence of this Section 7.4(c) will be treated the same as any other Borrower in the Plan and may have only one loan outstanding from this Plan.

 

(d) The Borrower shall select the term of the loan, subject to the maximum term limits in this Section 7.4(d).

 

  (1) Unless the limit in Section 7.4(d)(2) applies, the maximum term of the loan shall be five years.

 

  (2) If the loan proceeds will be used within a reasonable time to acquire a dwelling unit that will be the principal residence of the Borrower, then the maximum term of the loan shall be 15 years.

 

(e) A definite repayment schedule shall be established for each loan, which shall require level and periodic payments of both principal and interest. The repayment schedule shall not require that the periodic loan repayment exceed the Borrower’s regular payroll check, net of other deductions. The Committee shall determine, in its discretion, the period for loan repayments, provided, however, that repayments shall be made at least quarterly. A Borrower may fully prepay a loan at any time (but not after the deadline in Section 7.4(m)(1)) without penalty; however, partial prepayments are not permitted.

 

(f) Each loan shall bear a rate of interest that is reasonable at the time the loan is made, as determined by the Committee. The Committee shall establish a procedure for determining the rate of interest of each loan. If a loan is renegotiated, renewed, or revised in any way, then the Committee shall determine a new rate of interest that is reasonable at that time. To the extent required by the Service members Civil Relief Act (“ SCRA, ” formerly known as the Soldiers’ and Sailors’ Civil Relief Act of 1940) and in accordance with procedures established by the Committee, if the loan from this plan was received before a period of military service, (as defined in SCRA); then during any period of military service, the rate of interest charged shall not exceed the rate prescribed in SCRA.

 

57


(g) Except as provided below, no loan shall be made to a Borrower unless the Borrower agrees that all loan repayments shall be deducted from any compensation paid to the Borrower by his or her Employer (or any Controlled Group Member).

 

  (1) No loan shall be made to a Borrower described in Section 7.4(a) (that is an Active Participant or an Inactive Participant) unless at that time the Borrower is receiving compensation from an Employer (or other Controlled Group Member) in an amount sufficient (after taking into account other payroll withholding for taxes, retirement plan contributions, contributions for welfare benefits, and other similar deductions) to permit the periodic loan repayments to be made by being deducted from such compensation.

 

  (2) If, at the time after a loan is made or at any later time, the Borrower’s Employer determines that compensation will not be paid regularly to the Borrower in an amount sufficient to permit loan repayments to be deducted from this compensation, then the Committee may require that the Borrower make all loan repayments by sending a check to the location specified by the Committee or by such other means as the Committee may identify. If, after establishing such a method of loan repayment, the Borrower’s Employer (or any Controlled Group Member) determines that compensation will be paid regularly to the Borrower in an amount sufficient to permit loan repayments to be deducted from this compensation, then the Committee may require that all future loan repayments be deducted from such compensation.

 

  (3) If a Borrower goes on a paid leave of absence (not including any leave for which the Borrower is paid by the Company’s disability carrier), and before the leave, loan repayments were deducted from compensation paid by the Borrower’s Employer (or any Controlled Group Member), then, unless the Committee requires another form of loan repayment, any loan payments due during the leave of absence shall continue to be deducted from any compensation paid to the Borrower by his or her Employer (or any Controlled Group Member).

 

  (4) Except as otherwise provided in this Section 7.4, if a Borrower goes on an unpaid leave of absence, then the Borrower shall make any loan payments due during his or her leave of absence. The Borrower shall make the loan payments to such location and in such manner as the Committee shall require.

 

  (5) If a Borrower goes on either an unpaid, bona fide leave of absence approved by his or her Employer or a paid, bona fide leave of absence approved by his or her Employer, in which the Borrower’s compensation (after income and employment tax withholding) is less than the amount sufficient to permit loan repayments to be deducted from this compensation, then the Committee may suspend loan repayments if all of the following conditions are met:

 

  (A) The suspension period, as determined by the Committee, does not exceed one year; however, the suspension period may be longer for certain military service pursuant to Code Section 414(u)(4);

 

  (B) The principal and accrued interest on the loan is repaid within the maximum term permitted under Section 7.4(d) (five years for a general purpose loan and fifteen years for a home loan) or, in the case of a leave for military

 

58


  service to which Code Section 414(u) applies, the maximum term permitted under Code Section 414(u)(4); and

 

  (C) The amount of the loan repayments after the suspension period may be renegotiated after the suspension period, based on a rate of interest that is reasonable at the time of the renegotiation, as described in Section 7.4(f). However, the amount of the loan repayments after the renegotiation cannot be less than the amount of the loan repayments pursuant to the original loan agreement.

 

  (6) If the Committee has determined that loan repayments shall be made by deductions from compensation paid by the Borrower’s Employer (or any Controlled Group Member), and the Borrower takes any action attempting to prevent such deductions of his or her loan repayments from any compensation paid by his or her Employer (or any Controlled Group Member), then the entire outstanding balance of the loan (including any accrued interest) shall become immediately due and payable.

 

(h) Each loan shall be secured by the Borrower providing a security interest in the Borrower’s entire vested Account balance.

 

(i) The Borrower shall request a loan in such manner as the Committee shall prescribe. The consent of the Borrower’s Spouse shall not be required for the Borrower to request a loan.

The Committee shall send to each Borrower who requests a loan a loan agreement specifying the terms of the loan. By endorsing the check and disbursing the loan proceeds, the Borrower shall agree to the terms specified in the loan agreement. (If the Borrower refuses to agree to the terms of the loan agreement by endorsing the check, then the loan request shall be cancelled and the loan proceeds shall be reinvested in the Borrower’s Account in accordance with the Borrower’s Investment Election.) By requesting a loan, a Borrower shall be deemed to consent to the distribution, pursuant to this Section 7.4, of the outstanding balance of his or her loan in a single payment and at the time specified in this Section 7.4, even if the remaining balance of the Borrower’s Accounts otherwise is not yet distributable without the Borrower’s consent on account of Section 8.8 (relating to consent to distributions if the Borrower’s Account balance exceeds $5,000).

 

(j) If a loan is approved by the Committee, the proceeds shall be withdrawn from the Borrower’s subaccounts in the order specified in rules adopted by the Committee. Amounts shall be withdrawn from the Investment Funds in which the applicable subaccount is invested in the order specified in rules adopted by the Committee. The Committee shall establish a Loan Account for the Borrower, and the amount owed by the Borrower, pursuant to the loan agreement entered into by the Borrower, shall be credited to the Borrower’s Loan Account. The principal and interest portion of each loan repayment shall be credited to all subaccounts from which the loan proceeds were withdrawn, allocating such principal and interest in proportion to the amount withdrawn for the loan proceeds from each subaccount.

 

(k) The Committee may charge to the Borrower’s Account any reasonable expenses incurred in connection with the loan to the Borrower (e.g., a one-time loan fee upon the establishment of the loan and an annual loan fee).

 

59


(l) If a Borrower has not had a Severance From Employment and fails to make any loan repayments at the time and in the full amount required under the promissory note, then the Committee may allow the Borrower to make the delinquent loan repayments through the end of the calendar quarter immediately after the calendar quarter in which the Borrower fails to make the timely loan repayment (the “ Cure Period ” for that loan repayment).

 

  (1) If the full amount of the delinquent loan repayment is made by the end of its Cure Period, then no additional interest shall accrue on account of the delay in making the loan repayment and the loan shall not be considered to be in default.

 

  (2) The Committee shall declare that the Borrower is in default as of the last day of the Cure Period (i.e., at the end of the calendar quarter following the calendar quarter in which the Borrower fails to make the required repayment) if the Borrower has not made the full required loan repayment by the end of the Cure Period for that loan repayment.

 

  (3) When the Committee declares that the loan is in default, then the entire outstanding principal and any accrued interest under the loan shall become immediately due and payable. When the Committee declares that the Borrower is in default on a loan, then the Committee shall report a “deemed distribution,” with respect to the Borrower, in the manner that the Committee determines to be appropriate pursuant to Code Section 72(p).

 

  (A) If the Committee declares a loan to be in default and reports a deemed distribution, then the Borrower’s obligation to repay the outstanding balance of the loan, including interest that accrues after the date of the default and deemed distribution, shall not be extinguished. After the deemed distribution, the Borrower may repay (until the deadline specified in Section 7.4(m)(1)) the entire outstanding balance of the loan (including interest that accrues after the date of the default and deemed distribution) in a single lump sum amount. Any loan repayments after a default and deemed distribution shall be treated as after-tax contributions for purposes of determining the taxation of distributions to the Borrower (or his or her Beneficiary) but shall not be treated as after-tax contributions for purposes of Section 6.5(c) (the ACP test) and Section 6.3 (the Code Section 415 limitations).

 

  (B) If a loan from this Plan to a Borrower is in default, then no further loans shall be made from the Plan to the Borrower unless and until the Borrower fully repays the outstanding balance (including interest that accrues after the default and deemed distribution) of the loan which then is in default.

 

(m) The rules in this Section 7.4(m) apply to a Borrower who took a loan before he or she Severed From Employment and subsequently Severed From Employment with an outstanding balance on the loan (including a balance outstanding after a previous default on and deemed distribution of the loan).

 

  (1) The Borrower may repay the outstanding balance on the loan until the earliest of the following dates:

 

  (A) The date on which the Borrower requests that a distribution be made.

 

60


  (B) The date on which a distribution is made to the Borrower, pursuant to Section 8.8 (relating to small amounts) or Section 8.9 (relating to required minimum distributions).

 

  (C) The last day of the calendar quarter immediately following the calendar quarter in which the Borrower fails to make any loan repayments at the time and in the full amount required under the promissory note. If the delinquent loan repayments are made by the end of such Cure Period, then no additional interest shall accrue on account of the delay in making the loan repayment and the loan shall not be considered to be in default.

 

  (2) If the Borrower does not fully repay the outstanding balance of the loan by the deadline in this Section 7.4(m), then the outstanding balance of the loan, including accrued interest, shall be distributed to the Borrower as soon as is practicable after the deadline in this Section 7.4(m). A distribution under this Section 7.4(m)(2) shall be referred to as a “ Loan Offset Distribution. ” The Loan Offset Distribution shall be made at this time even if the Borrower’s vested Account balance exceeds $5,000, and the Borrower has not consented, at the time of the Loan Offset Distribution, to a distribution at that time and in that form. The Loan Offset Distribution shall be made by deducting the remaining outstanding principal and accrued interest from the Borrower’s Loan Account and canceling the promissory note. No cash payment shall be made to the Borrower. The Loan Offset Distribution shall discharge any liability to the Borrower (or any Beneficiary of the Borrower) under this Plan with respect to the outstanding loan balance to the same extent as a payment in cash. No income shall be reported, for federal income tax purposes, with respect to the portion of the Loan Offset Distribution that consists of interest accrued on a loan after a deemed distribution and before repayment of the outstanding balance was made after the deemed distribution.

 

(n) The rules in this Section 7.4(n) apply to a Borrower who takes a loan after a Severance From Employment (because he or she is a Former Participant described in Section 7.4(a)(2)). If such a Borrower fails to make any loan repayments at the time and in the full amount required under the promissory note, then the Committee may allow the Borrower to pay the delinquent loan repayments until the end of the Cure Period for that loan repayment.

 

  (1) If the full amount of the delinquent loan repayment is made by the end of its Cure Period, then no additional interest shall accrue on account of the delay in making the loan repayment and the loan shall not be considered to be in default.

 

  (2)

The Committee shall declare that the Borrower is in default as of the last day of the Cure Period if the Borrower has not made the full required loan repayment by the end of the Cure Period for that loan repayment. When the Committee declares that the loan is in default, then the entire outstanding principal and any accrued interest under the loan shall become immediately due and payable. The entire outstanding balance on the loan shall be distributed to the Borrower as soon as is practicable after the end of the Cure Period. A distribution under this Section 7.4(n)(2) shall be referred to as a “Loan Offset Distribution.” The Loan Offset Distribution shall be made at this time even if the Borrower’s vested Account balance exceeds $5,000, and the Borrower has not consented, at the time of the Loan Offset Distribution, to a distribution at that time and in that form. The Loan

 

61


  Offset Distribution shall be made by deducting the remaining outstanding principal and accrued interest from the Borrower’s Loan Account and canceling the promissory note. No cash payment shall be made to the Borrower. The Loan Offset Distribution shall discharge any liability to the Borrower (or any Beneficiary of the Borrower) under this Plan with respect to the outstanding loan balance to the same extent as a payment in cash.

 

(o) The terms of the TheraTech 401(k) Savings Plan as in effect on March 31, 1999, regarding home loans, shall continue to govern any such loans which were outstanding on March 31, 1999, and are transferred to the Plan, until such time as such loan is repaid or otherwise satisfied.

 

(p) The Committee shall establish such rules and procedures as it deems necessary and appropriate with respect to loans pursuant to this Section 7.4.

 

62


Article 8.Distribution of Benefits

8.1 Distributions Generally

Distribution of a Participant’s vested Account may begin in accordance with a Participant’s election pursuant to Section 8.2(a) (relating to severance from employment), Section 8.3(a) (relating to disability), or Section 8.4 (relating to a Participant’s death), as applicable, but not later than as provided in Sections 8.8 and 8.9 (relating to small amounts and required minimum distributions).

8.2 Distribution Upon Severance From Employment

 

(a) A Former Participant who has a Severance From Employment for a reason other than death or Disability may elect to have the value of his or her vested Account balance distributed to him or her. A Former Participant who has a Severance From Employment shall notify the Committee, in such manner as the Committee shall require, of the date on which the Former Participant wishes to receive a distribution. All elections as to the date of payment of the vested balance of the Former Participant’s Account shall be subject to any earlier payment date required under the rules in Section 8.8 (relating to distributions of small amounts) and Section 8.9 (relating to required minimum distributions). Except as otherwise provided in Sections 8.8 and 8.9, the Former Participant may elect that the distribution of the vested balance of his or her Account be paid to him or her as provided in Section 8.2(b). If the Former Participant elects (pursuant to this Section 8.2) the Valuation Date on which his or her distribution is to be made, distribution will begin as soon as is practicable after that Valuation Date.

 

(b) The Former Participant may elect that the distribution be paid as soon as is practicable after the first Valuation Date on or after the date of his or her Severance From Employment.

8.3 Benefits Upon Disability

 

(a) A Participant who is Disabled may elect that the value of the vested balance of his or her Account be distributed to him or her. A Participant who is Disabled shall notify the Committee, in such manner as the Committee shall require, informing the Committee of the date on which the Participant wishes to receive a distribution. All elections as to the date on which payment of the vested balance of the Disabled Participant’s Account shall be made shall be subject to any earlier payment date required under the rules in Section 8.8 (relating to distributions of small amounts) and Section 8.9 (relating to required minimum distributions). Except as otherwise provided in Sections 8.8 and 8.9, the Disabled Participant may elect that the distribution of the vested balance of his or her Account be paid to him as provided in Section 8.3(b). If the Participant elects (pursuant to this Section 8.3) the Valuation Date on which his or her distribution is to be made, distribution will begin as soon as is practicable after that Valuation Date.

 

(b) A Participant who is Disabled may elect that the distribution

 

  (1) Begin as soon as is practicable after the Valuation Date on or next following the date on which the Committee makes its determination that he or she is Disabled; or

 

  (2) Be deferred beyond the date specified in Section 8.3(b)(1), but no later than the date specified in Section 8.9 (relating to required minimum distributions).

 

63


(c) If the Participant ceases to be Disabled and returns to active employment with an Employer or a Controlled Group Member before the value of his or her vested Account balance has been distributed, then no distribution shall be made to the Participant on account of the Participant’s former Disability.

 

(d) A Participant shall not be considered Disabled unless he or she furnishes proof thereof in such form and manner as the Committee shall require.

8.4 Death Benefits

 

(a) If a Participant dies before his or her First Required Distribution Year and before distribution of the Participant’s Account balance to the Participant has commenced, then the value of the Participant’s vested Account balance shall be distributed to the Participant’s Beneficiary. Except as otherwise provided in Section 8.8 (relating to the distribution of small amounts), the distribution to the Beneficiary shall commence as follows:

 

  (1) The Participant’s Beneficiary shall notify the Committee, in such manner as the Committee shall require, informing the Committee of the date on which the Beneficiary wishes to receive a distribution. All elections as to the date on which payment of the balance of the Participant’s Account shall be subject to any earlier payment date required under the rules in Section 8.8 (relating to distributions of small amounts) and Section 8.9 (relating to required minimum distributions).

 

  (2) The Beneficiary may elect that the distribution commence as soon as is practicable after

 

  (A) The date the on which the Committee is notified of the Participant’s death; or

 

  (B) A date later than the date specified in Section 8.4(a)(2)(A), so long as the distribution is completed not later than the last day of the Plan Year which contains the fifth anniversary of the Participant’s death.

 

  (3) If a Participant designates two or more persons to be co-Beneficiaries (that is, each will receive a specified portion of the value of the vested balance of the Participant’s Account), then the distributions to all of the co-Beneficiaries shall be made on the same date. The co-Beneficiaries shall jointly elect the date on which the distributions to them shall be made. If the co-Beneficiaries are unable to agree as to the date on which distribution to them will be made, then distribution to the co-Beneficiaries will be made on the date specified in Section 8.4(a)(2)(A).

 

(b) If the Participant dies after electing a distribution, but before the first date on which the distribution of the Participant’s Account balance is scheduled to commence, then the value of the Participant’s vested Account balance shall be distributed as provided in Section 8.4(a), and not in the manner elected by the Participant.

 

(c) The Beneficiary may elect that the value of the vested balance of the Participant’s Account shall be distributed to the Participant’s Beneficiary in

 

  (1) A single lump-sum payment; or

 

  (2) A direct rollover, in accordance with Section 8.10(a).

 

64


8.5 Beneficiary

 

(a) Each Participant (or Alternate Payee with an Account balance) shall designate one or more persons (who may be named contingently or successively) as his or her Beneficiary pursuant to this Section 8.5. The Beneficiary designation (and any spousal consent to that designation) shall be made on such forms and in such manner as the Committee shall prescribe and shall be filed with the Participant’s Employer (or such other person as the Committee shall prescribe) in accordance with rules prescribed by the Committee. The designation (and any spousal consent to that designation) shall not be effective until it is filed with the person designated by the Committee and unless it is filed (or mailed to the person designated by the Committee and the letter has a postmark dated) before the Participant’s (or Alternate Payee’s) death. A subsequently filed Beneficiary designation shall revoke all previously filed designations by the same Participant (or Alternate Payee). If no Beneficiary is properly designated at the time of the Participant’s death or if no person so designated shall survive the Participant, the Beneficiary shall be the Participant’s Spouse or, if the deceased Participant has no surviving Spouse, the Participant’s estate. If no Beneficiary is properly designated at the time of the death of the Alternate Payee who has an Account balance or if no person so designated shall survive the Alternate Payee, then the Beneficiary shall be the Alternate Payee’s estate, unless another Beneficiary is specified in the Qualified Domestic Relations Order.

 

(b) Except as provided in Section 8.5(c), if a married Participant designates a person other than his or her Spouse as Beneficiary, the designation shall not be effective unless and until the Participant’s Spouse consents in writing to the designation of each such Beneficiary and acknowledges the effect thereof. The Spouse’s consent must be witnessed by a notary public or, to the extent permitted under rules established by the Committee, a Plan representative. The Committee may provide rules permitting the Spouse’s legal guardian or other representative to provide consent for the Spouse if the Spouse is not legally competent (even if the Participant is the Spouse’s legal guardian). If the Participant later wishes to change a Beneficiary designation to which his or her Spouse previously consented, the revised designation shall not be effective unless and until the Spouse gives written consent to the revised designation as provided above. Any consent shall be effective only with respect to the Spouse who gave it. Except as provided in Section 8.5(c), no portion of the Participant’s benefit shall be paid to a Beneficiary other than the Participant’s Spouse, unless the Spouse to whom the Participant was married at the time of the Participant’s death gave written consent to the designation of that Beneficiary. An Alternate Payee with an Account balance who is married may designate any person as his or her Beneficiary without any consent by the Alternate Payee’s Spouse.

 

(c) A married Participant’s designation of a person other than his or her Spouse as the Participant’s Beneficiary shall be effective, and the Participant’s benefit shall be paid to that Beneficiary, notwithstanding the fact that the Participant’s Spouse did not provide consent, in accordance with Section 8.5(b), to the designation of that person. The Committee may permit such designation to apply only when, at the time the Participant designates his or her Beneficiary,

 

  (1) The Participant is legally separated from his or her Spouse;

 

  (2) The Participant’s Spouse is legally incompetent and the Spouse’s legal guardian provides consent (even if the legal guardian is the Participant);

 

65


  (3) The Participant’s Spouse cannot be located by the Participant using reasonable efforts; or

 

  (4) The Participant has obtained a court order that his or her Spouse has abandoned him or her, under applicable local law.

 

(d) To the extent permitted by the Committee, a trust may be designated as a Beneficiary if the conditions in this Section 8.5(d) are satisfied.

 

  (1) The Participant (or Alternate Payee) must certify that a valid trust exists, identify the trustee of the trust, and provide information that the Committee deems appropriate to permit payment to be made to the trustee.

 

  (A) Except as otherwise provided in this Section 8.5(d)(1), the Committee may rely on the information last provided by the Participant (or Alternate Payee) with regard to the continuing validity of the trust, the identity of the trust’s trustee, and may make payment to that person identified as the trustee pursuant to the Participant’s (or Alternate Payee’s) beneficiary designation.

 

  (B) The Participant (or Alternate Payee) shall inform the Committee if the trustee or other pertinent information about the trustee changes.

 

  (C) If, after the death of the Participant (or Alternate Payee), the person last identified by the Participant (or Alternate Payee) certifies to the Committee that another person has become the trustee of the trust, then the Committee may rely on that certification and make payment to the person so identified as the successor trustee of the trust. The Committee shall have no duty to review amended trust documents to determine the identity of the successor trustee of the trust.

 

  (D) Upon request by the Committee, the Participant or the trustee of the trust must provide a copy of the trust instruments to the Committee.

 

  (E) If, based on information received by the Committee (e.g., conflicting communications from relatives of the deceased Participant), the Committee has reasonable doubts about the continued validity of a trust or the identity of its trustee, then the Committee may withhold payment to the person last identified as the trustee by the Participant (or Alternate Payee) until that person obtains an order from a court of competent jurisdiction specifying that he or she is entitled to payment of the Participant’s (or Alternate Payee’s) Plan benefit pursuant to the Participant’s (or Alternate Payee’s) beneficiary designation under this Plan.

 

  (2) Payment to the trustee identified in accordance with this Section 8.5(d) shall constitute payment to the Participant’s (or Alternate Payee’s) Beneficiary and shall fully satisfy all payment obligations of the Plan to the Participant (or Alternate Payee).

 

  (3) The Committee shall have no responsibility for ensuring that the trustee identified by the Participant (or Beneficiary) disposes of the amounts distributed from this Plan in accordance with the terms of the trust and no beneficiary of the trust shall have any right under this Plan to contest the manner in which funds distributed from this Plan to the trustee are utilized.

 

66


8.6 Forms of Distribution

 

(a) Other than distributions of small amounts (pursuant to Section 8.8), all distributions pursuant to this Article 8 shall be paid, at the applicable time, in cash or shares of Watson Common Stock. Distributions of small amounts (pursuant to Section 8.8) shall automatically be paid in a cash payment. A Participant, Beneficiary, or Alternate Payee may elect a direct rollover of that payment, to the extent permitted under Section 8.10(a) (relating to direct rollovers).

 

(b) The Committee shall notify the Participant, Beneficiary, or Alternate Payee, at least 30, but no more than 90, days before the date on which payment of such person’s benefit would begin, of such person’s right to elect payment under the Plan.

8.7 Payment Rules

 

(a) When receiving a payment under this Section 8.7, a Participant (or Beneficiary) may elect to receive the portion of his or her vested Account that is invested in the Watson Stock Fund in whole shares of Watson Common Stock. Any balance representing fractional shares will be distributed in cash. Except as provided in this Section 8.7 and Section 8.10(a) (relating to direct rollovers), all other distributions shall be paid in cash.

 

(b) The Employers may withhold or require the withholding from any payment that is made under this Plan of any federal, state, or local taxes required by law to be withheld, with respect to such payment. If an Employer (or other person required by the law to withhold a portion of a payment) is unable to withhold the full amount required to be withheld, with respect to any benefit provided under this Plan (e.g., if there is a deemed distribution of an amount on account of a loan from the Plan being in default) and the Participant (or Beneficiary or Alternate Payee, as applicable) does not make a cash payment to the Employer of the amount required to be withheld, then the Employer may withhold from any other amounts payable to the Participant (or Beneficiary or Alternate Payee, as applicable) by the Employer the additional amount that is required to be withheld with respect to any benefit under this Plan.

 

(c) The value of any distribution from an Account shall be determined as of the Valuation Date on which funds are withdrawn from an Account for payment to the Participant (or Beneficiary or Alternate Payee, as applicable), or, if information is not yet available for that Valuation Date, the value shall be determined as of the latest Valuation Date preceding the Valuation Date on which funds are withdrawn from the Account for which data on the value of the distribution is available. The date on which funds are withdrawn for payment shall be determined based on administrative rules and practices approved by the Committee.

 

(d) A Participant’s Employer shall notify the Committee when a Participant has a Severance From Employment or becomes Disabled.

 

  (1) A Participant shall notify the Committee of the approximate date on which he or she wishes to receive a distribution (or withdrawal), which will be made in accordance with whichever of the following provisions of the Plan is applicable:

 

  (A) Section 7.1 (relating to in-service withdrawals after attaining age 59  1 2 );

 

  (B) Section 7.3 (relating to hardship withdrawals);

 

  (C) Section 8.2 (relating to distributions following a Severance From Employment);

 

67


  (D) Section 8.3 (relating to distributions following the Participant’s Disability);

 

  (E) Section 8.8 (relating to distributions of small amounts following Severance From Employment, Disability, or death); or

 

  (F) Section 8.9 (relating to distributions following a Severance From Employment after attainment of age 70  1 2 ).

 

  (2) The Participant shall provide the notice described in Section 8.7(d)(1) by informing, using such means as are prescribed by the Committee (which may include providing the notice orally), the person designated by the Committee to receive such notice of the approximate date on which the distribution (or withdrawal) shall be made.

 

  (3) Except as provided in Section 8.8 (relating to required distributions of small amounts), unless the Participant provides notice to the Committee, in accordance with Section 8.7(d)(1), of the date on which he or she wishes to receive his or her distribution, the value of the vested balance of the Participant’s Account shall not be distributed to him or her until the date required under Section 8.9 (relating to required minimum distributions). Unless Section 8.8 applies (relating to certain immediate distributions of small amounts), before making any distribution requested pursuant to Section 8.7(d)(1) in advance of the date required under Section 8.9, the Committee shall notify the Participant of his or her right to defer the commencement of his or her distribution to the date when distribution must commence pursuant to Section 8.9.

 

(e) A Participant’s Employer shall notify the Committee when a Participant has died.

 

  (1) The Beneficiary shall notify the Committee of the approximate date on which he or she wishes to receive a distribution, in accordance with Section 8.4. The Beneficiary may provide such notice by informing, using such means as are prescribed by the Committee (which may include providing the notice orally), the person designated by the Committee to receive such notice of the approximate date on which the distribution shall be made.

 

  (2) Except as provided in Section 8.8 (relating to required distributions of small amounts), unless the Beneficiary provides notice to the Committee, in accordance with Section 8.7(e)(1), of the date on which he or she wishes to receive his or her distribution, the value of the vested balance of the Participant’s Account shall not be distributed to the Participant’s Beneficiary until the earliest of

 

  (A) The date required under Section 8.4(a) if the Participant dies before his or her First Required Distribution Year and Section 8.8 does not apply;

 

  (B) The date required under Section 8.8 (relating to required distributions of small amounts); or

 

  (C) The date required under Section 8.9(h), if the Participant dies on or after the commencement of his or her First Required Distribution Year.

 

(f) When the Participant or Beneficiary provides notice to the Committee, in accordance with Section 8.7(d)(1) or Section 8.7(e)(1) (as applicable), that he wishes to receive a distribution (or withdrawal), or when the Committee determines that a distribution shall

 

68


  be made to the Participant, in accordance with Section 8.7(d)(3) or 8.7(e)(2), then the Committee shall provide to the Participant or Beneficiary whichever of the notices is required at that time under Section 8.7(d)(3) (relating to the right of a Participant to defer commencement of his or her distribution), Section 8.7(e)(2) (relating to the right of the Beneficiary to defer commencement of his or her distribution) or Section 8.10(f) (relating to the right to elect a direct rollover) (collectively, the “ Distribution Notices ”). Before making a distribution to an Alternate Payee in accordance with a Qualified Domestic Relations Order, the Committee shall provide the notice required under Section 8.10(f) (relating to the right to elect a direct rollover) to the Alternate Payee, if the Alternate Payee is entitled to elect a direct rollover in accordance with Section 8.9(a).

 

  (1) The Committee shall provide the applicable Distribution Notices in writing to the Participant, Beneficiary, or Alternate Payee, as applicable (the “ Distributee ”). The Committee may provide the Distribution Notices by including them with the most recent quarterly statement showing the Participant’s Account balance.

 

  (2) Except as provided in the next sentence, no distribution or withdrawal for which one of the Distribution Notices is required shall be paid sooner than 30 days after the date on which all of the applicable Distribution Notices are provided. However, a distribution or withdrawal for which one of the Distribution Notices is required may be paid sooner than 30 days after the date on which all of the applicable Distribution Notices are provided, if the Distributee affirmatively consents to a distribution date sooner than 30 days after the date on which all such Distribution Notices are provided. The Distribution Notices shall inform the Distributee that he or she is not required to consent to a distribution date earlier than 30 days after all applicable Distribution Notices have been provided, and that he or she may have a period of at least 30 days after all applicable Distribution Notices have been provided to make a decision about his or her distribution. If a Distributee waives this 30-day period, then his or her distribution may be made no earlier than seven days after the date on which all applicable Distribution Notices have been provided. The Distributee shall provide such consent to such an earlier distribution date by orally informing the person designated by the Committee (or, in the case of a Beneficiary, by designating on the form submitted to the person designated by the Committee) of the Distributee’s consent to the earlier distribution date, in which case, such person shall electronically record such consent. The person designated by the Committee shall provide the Distributee with written confirmation of such consent to the earlier distribution date as soon as reasonably practicable.

 

(g) Except as otherwise provided in Section 8.9 (relating to required minimum distributions), if any amount (an “ End of Year Contribution ”) is allocated to a Participant’s Account (for example, Matching Contributions made pursuant to Section 5.2) after the applicable Distribution Notices have been sent to the Participant or his or her Beneficiary with respect to amounts previously allocated to the Participant’s Account, then distribution of the End of Year Contribution shall be made as follows:

 

  (1) If the End of Year Contribution is credited to the Participant’s Account before a distribution of the Participant’s Account and no later than 90 days after the applicable Distribution Notices previously were provided, then distribution of the

 

69


  Participant’s Account, including the End of Year Contribution, shall be made in accordance with applicable provisions of this Article 8 without regard to the fact that the End of Year Contribution was credited after the applicable Distribution Notices were provided. Whether the distribution is subject to Section 8.8 (relating to cash-outs of small amounts) shall be based on the value of the balance of the Account, including any End of Year Contribution, as of the date of distribution. If crediting the End of Year Contribution changes whether the Account is subject to Section 8.8 (relating to cash-outs of small amounts), then a revised Distribution Notice shall be provided reflecting the new value of the Account; and the Participant (or Beneficiary) shall have the distribution rules provided under applicable Sections of the Plan based on the new value of the Account.

 

  (2) If the End of Year Contribution is credited to the Participant’s Account after a distribution of the Participant’s Account, then distribution of the End of Year Contribution shall be made in accordance with applicable provisions of this Plan, based solely on the value of the Account balance attributable to the End of Year Contribution, without taking into account amounts previously distributed from the Account. Distribution Notices, to the extent applicable, separate from those provided with respect to amounts previously distributed from the Account shall be provided, in accordance with Section 8.6(b), with respect to the Account balance attributable to the End of Year Contribution.

 

(h) Unless the participant elects otherwise, distribution to a Participant shall start no later than the date specified in Code Section 401(a)(14) and Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(a)–14. Except as provided in Section 8.8 (relating to cash-outs of small amounts) and Section 8.9 (relating to required minimum distributions), a Former Participant must apply, in accordance with the terms of this Article 8, for benefits to the Committee before his or her Account is distributed to him or her. No amount shall be distributed to a Participant, Beneficiary, or Alternate Payee, including amounts distributable in accordance with Section 8.8 (relating to cash-outs of small amounts) and Section 8.9 (relating to required minimum distributions), until the Committee has determined, in its sole discretion, the following: the identity of the person to whom payment is due under the terms of the Plan; the fact that the person to whom the distribution will be paid is alive; the address to which the payment shall be sent; and other pertinent information required to ensure that payment is made in accordance with the terms of the Plan.

8.8 Small Amounts

 

(a) For purposes of this Section 8.8, the distribution provisions of small amounts pursuant to Section 8.8(b) apply unless the provisions of Section 8.8(c) apply (relating to automatic rollovers to individual retirement plans).

 

(b) Notwithstanding Sections 8.2, 8.3, and 8.4, if a Participant has a Severance From Employment, becomes Disabled, or dies before the Participant’s First Required Distribution Year, and the sum of the value of the vested balance of the Participant’s Account, subject to the provisions of Section 8.8(b)(1), as of the Valuation Date determined by the Committee after the Participant’s Severance From Employment, Disability, or death, as applicable, is not more than $5,000 (the “ $5,000 Threshold Amount ”), then the value of the vested balance of his or her Account shall be distributed to the Participant (or his or her Beneficiary) as soon as is administratively practicable after the Participant’s Severance From Employment, Disability, or death (as applicable).

 

70


  (1) Solely for purposes of determining the $5,000 Threshold Amount in this Section 8.8, the value of the Participant’s vested Account shall be determined, including the balance of the Rollover Contributions Account and In-Plan Roth Rollover Account.

 

  (2) If the value of the vested balance of the Participant’s Account does not exceed the $5,000 Threshold Amount, then a distribution shall be made in accordance with this Section 8.8 notwithstanding the fact that at the time of any earlier withdrawal, pursuant to Article 7, or any earlier distribution, pursuant to this Article 8, the value of the vested balance of the Participant’s Account exceeded the $5,000 Threshold Amount.

 

(c) For distributions to Participants (but not to Beneficiaries or Alternate Payees), the Plan shall automatically roll over the Participant’s Account to an individual retirement plan within the meaning of Code Section 7701(a)(37) or Roth individual retirement plan within the meaning of Code Section 408A if all of the conditions of this Section 8.8(c) have been met.

 

  (1) The vested balance of the Participant’s Account as of the Valuation Date as determined by the Committee after the Participant’s Severance From Employment, Disability, or death, as applicable, is

 

  (A) Not more than the $5,000 Threshold Amount, as determined pursuant to Section 8.8(a); but

 

  (B) Greater than $1,000.

 

  (2) The Participant has not affirmatively elected to receive a cash distribution or to roll over the distribution pursuant to Section 8.10 (relating to direct rollovers).

 

  (3) An individual retirement plan provider selected by the Committee pursuant to Sections 8.8(c)–(d) will establish an individual retirement plan on behalf of the Participant.

 

(d) For purposes of the automatic rollovers to an individual retirement plan pursuant to Section 8.8(c), the Committee shall enter into a written agreement with an individual retirement plan provider to roll over Participants’ Accounts to investments designed to protect principal and provide a reasonable rate of return, consistent with liquidity. The actions by the Committee under Sections 8.8(c)–(c) are intended to comply with Code Section 401(a)(31)(B) and shall fulfill the fiduciary safe harbor requirements provided under Department of Labor Regulation Section 2550.404a–2.

 

(e) If the Former Participant returns to employment with an Employer or a Controlled Group Member before payment is made to the Participant or the individual retirement plan provider pursuant to this Section 8.8, then no payment shall be made, pursuant to this Section 8.8, on account of the prior Severance From Employment or Disability.

8.9 Required Minimum Distributions

 

(a) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Plan, distributions shall be made to a Participant, Alternate Payee, or Beneficiary in at least the amounts specified in this Section 8.9, Code Section 401(a)(9), applicable Treasury Regulations, and other guidance.

 

71


  (1) Rules applicable to required minimum distributions for Participants who are not Five-Percent Owners are found in Section 8.9(b).

 

  (2) Rules applicable to required minimum distributions for Five-Percent Owners are found in Sections 8.9(c)–(f).

 

  (3) Rules applicable to all Participants are found in Sections 8.9(g)–(k).

 

(b) For required minimum distributions made on or after April 1, 2006, if a Participant is not a Five-Percent Owner, then the entire vested balance of the Participant’s Account shall be distributed to the Participant no later than the Participant’s Required Beginning Date.

 

(c) The “ Base Amount ” for a Required Distribution Year is the Account value used to determine the amount that will be distributed to a Five-Percent Owner for that Required Distribution Year. The Base Amount for a Required Distribution Year is determined by reference to the value of the Five-Percent Owner’s Account in the Plan Year immediately preceding the Required Distribution Year (the “ Valuation Year ”). The Base Amount for a Required Distribution Year shall be equal to the amount in Section 8.9(c)(1) minus the amount in Section 8.9(c)(2).

 

  (1) The amount in this Section 8.9(c)(1) is equal to the sum of the following amounts:

 

  (A) The value of the balance of the Five-Percent Owner’s Account (including the nonvested portion of the Account), as of the last Valuation Date of the Valuation Year, but not including any contributions (other than Rollover Contributions) allocated as of a date within the Valuation Year, but contributed to the Trust Fund after the last day of the Valuation Year;

 

  (B) The value, as of the date received by this Plan, of any Rollover Contributions distributed by another plan in the Valuation Year, that are credited to a Five-Percent Owner’s Account after the last Valuation Date of the Valuation Year; and

 

  (C) The value, as of the date received by this Plan, of any amount transferred out of another Plan (whether by way of a plan to plan transfer, spin-off, merger, or consolidation) during the Valuation Year that is credited to the Five-Percent Owner’s Account under this Plan after the last Valuation Date of the Plan Year.

 

  (2) The amount in this Section 8.9(c)(2) is equal to the sum of the following amounts:

 

  (A) Amounts withdrawn or distributed from the Five-Percent Owner’s Account during the Valuation Year, but after the last Valuation Date of the Valuation Year; and

 

  (B) Amounts transferred from the Five-Percent Owner’s Account to another plan (whether by way of a plan to plan transfer, spin-off, merger, or consolidation) during the Valuation Year, but after the last Valuation Date of the Valuation Year.

 

(d) If a Five-Percent Owner is alive on his or her Required Beginning Date and has not yet retired, as determined in accordance with Code Section 401(a)(9)(C)(i)(II), then the

 

72


  following amounts shall be distributed for each Required Distribution Year through the Required Distribution Year in which the Five-Percent Owner retires:

 

  (1) A distribution for the First Required Distribution Year, in the amount provided in Section 8.9(d)(3), shall be made to the Five-Percent Owner, no later than the Five-Percent Owner’s Required Beginning Date.

 

  (2) If a Five-Percent Owner is alive on or after the first day of any Required Distribution Year beginning after the First Required Distribution Year, then a distribution shall be made for that Required Distribution Year, in the amount provided in Section 8.9(d)(3), by the last day of that Required Distribution Year. If the Five-Percent Owner is alive at the time that the distribution for the Required Distribution Year is made, then the distribution shall be made to the Five-Percent Owner. If the Five-Percent Owner is not alive at the time that the distribution for a Required Distribution Year would be made, then the distribution for that Required Distribution Year shall be made to the Five-Percent Owner’s Beneficiary.

 

  (3) The amount that shall be distributed to a Five-Percent Owner for a Required Distribution Year shall be equal to the Base Amount for that Required Distribution Year divided by the distribution period for that Required Distribution Year determined using the uniform lifetime table in Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(a)(9)–9 Q&A 2 (or such other table as is prescribed for use in its place). The Five-Percent Owner’s distribution period for a Required Distribution Year shall be determined based on the Five-Percent Owner’s age, as of his or her birthday during the Required Distribution Year, and shall be recalculated for each later Required Distribution Year. If the Five-Percent Owner dies during the Required Distribution Year, then the Five-Percent Owner’s distribution period for that Required Distribution Year shall be determined using the age that the Five- Percent Owner would have attained had the Five-Percent Owner lived through the last day of that Required Distribution Year.

 

(e) At any time on or after the Required Beginning Date, a Five-Percent Owner may elect a withdrawal from his or her Account, under the terms of Sections 7.1 through 7.3, and may elect to have the value of the remaining vested balance of the Five-Percent Owner’s Account distributed in a single lump sum payment.

 

(f) An amount paid from the Plan to a Five-Percent Owner (or Beneficiary) shall be treated as distributed for a Required Distribution Year in satisfaction of the requirements of this Section 8.9 and Code Section 401(a)(9), as follows:

 

  (1) All amounts withdrawn or distributed on or after the first day of the First Required Distribution Year and before the Required Beginning Date shall be counted towards the amount required to be distributed for the First Required Distribution Year.

 

  (2) All amounts withdrawn or distributed on or after the Required Beginning Date and not later than the last day of the Second Required Distribution Year shall be counted towards the amount required to be distributed for the Second Required Distribution Year.

 

73


  (3) For any Required Distribution Year after the Second Required Distribution Year, all amounts withdrawn or distributed during that Required Distribution Year shall be counted towards the amount required to be distributed for that Required Distribution Year.

 

  (4) Notwithstanding Section 8.9(f)(1)–(3), the following corrective distributions shall not be counted towards the amount that is distributed to a Participant or Beneficiary in satisfaction of the requirements of this Section 8.9 and Code Section 401(a)(9):

 

  (A) Distributions of pre-tax 401(k) Contributions or Roth Contributions, made in accordance with Section 6.1 and Code Section 402(g)(2), to correct violations of the annual dollar limit on pre-tax 401(k) Contributions and Roth Contributions.

 

  (B) Distributions of pre-tax 401(k) Contributions or Roth Contributions, made in accordance with Section 6.5(b) and Code Section 401(k)(8), to correct violations of the ADP Test.

 

  (C) Distributions of Matching Contributions, made in accordance with Section 6.5(d) and Code Section 401(m)(6), to correct violations of the ACP Test.

 

  (D) Distributions of pre-tax 401(k) Contributions or Roth Contributions made in accordance with Section 6.3 and Treasury Regulation Section 1.415- 6(b)(6)(iv), to correct violations of the Code Section 415 limits.

 

  (E) Deemed distributions made in accordance with Section 7.4 and Code Section 72(p). However, loan offset distributions described in Section 7.4 that are made to a Participant who has Severed From Employment shall be counted towards the amount required to be distributed for the applicable Required Distribution Year.

 

  (F) Other amounts described in Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(a)(9)–5 Q&A 9(b).

 

(g) If a Participant dies before his or her Required Beginning Date, then distributions to the Participant’s Beneficiary shall be made in accordance with Section 8.4.

 

(h) If a Participant dies on or after his or her Required Beginning Date, then the value of the entire vested balance of the Participant’s Account shall be distributed to the Participant’s Beneficiary as soon as is practicable.

 

(i) The minimum amount required to be distributed under this Section 8.9 is computed by reference to the Base Amount described in Section 8.9(c), which includes the nonvested portion of a Participant’s Account. However, no amount is required to be distributed from this Plan, pursuant to this Section 8.9, from the nonvested balance of the Participant’s Account under this Plan.

 

  (1) If the total amount that otherwise would be required to be distributed to a Participant for a Required Distribution Year, taking into account the nonvested portion of the Participant’s Account (the “ Nominal Required Distribution ”), is more than the value of the vested balance of the Participant’s Account at the time that the distribution must be made with respect to that Required Distribution Year,

 

74


  then only the value of the vested balance of the Participant’s Account, at the time that a distribution is required for the Required Distribution Year, shall be distributed to the Participant for that Required Distribution Year. For purposes of the preceding sentence, the vested balance of the Participant’s Account shall not include any amounts contributed after the deadline for the distribution and allocated as of a date on or before the date of the distribution.

 

  (2) The difference between the Nominal Required Distribution for a Required Distribution Year and the amount that is actually distributed to the Participant for the Required Distribution Year, in accordance with Section 8.9(i)(1), shall be referred to as the “ Minimum Distribution Shortage ” for that Required Distribution Year. The Minimum Distribution Shortage for a Required Distribution Year shall be carried forward (without interest) and added to the Nominal Required Distribution computed for the next Required Distribution Year and successive Required Distribution Years until distributed or forfeited. Thus, subject to further applications of this Section 8.9(i) in later Required Distribution Years, the minimum amount that shall be distributed for a later Required Distribution Year shall be the sum of

 

  (A) The Nominal Required Distribution for that later Required Distribution Year; and

 

  (B) The sum of the Minimum Distribution Shortages for earlier Required Distribution Years to the extent not distributed in an earlier Required Distribution Year or forfeited.

 

(j) The following rules shall apply with respect to amounts payable to an Alternate Payee pursuant to a Qualified Domestic Relations Order.

 

  (1) If the Committee is reviewing a domestic relations order to determine whether a portion of a Participant’s Account is payable to an Alternate Payee pursuant to a Qualified Domestic Relations Order, then no portion of the amount that the putative Alternate Payee claims is payable to him or her is required to be distributed pursuant to this Section 8.9. If a portion of the amount otherwise required, under this Section 8.9, to be distributed to the Participant (or a Beneficiary) with respect to a Required Distribution Year is not paid on account of the preceding sentence, then that amount shall be treated in the same manner as is provided in Section 8.9(i) for a Minimum Distribution Shortage described in Section 8.9(i)(2).

 

  (2) If a Qualified Domestic Relations Order does not provide that a portion of the Participant’s Account be segregated for the Alternate Payee and instead that distributions be made to the Alternate Payee from the Participant’s Account, then the amount required to be distributed in accordance with this Section 8.9 shall be determined without regard to the Alternate Payee’s interest in the Account. Any portion of a distribution that is paid to the Alternate Payee, instead of the Participant, shall count towards the amount required to be distributed to the Participant.

 

  (3) The following rules shall apply if a Qualified Domestic Relations Order provides that all or a portion of the Participant’s Account be segregated for the benefit of the Alternate Payee.

 

75


  (A) Distributions shall be made to a Participant, in accordance with this Section 8.9, without taking into account any amount allocated to the account of the Alternate Payee and shall be based solely on the value of the Participant’s Account and the Participant’s age.

 

  (B) If a Participant is alive on his or her Required Beginning Date, then distribution of the entire balance of the Alternate Payee’s Account shall be made to the Alternate Payee (or the Alternate Payee’s Beneficiary) no later than the Participant’s Required Beginning Date.

 

  (C) If a Participant dies before the Participant’s Required Beginning Date, then by the last day of the Plan Year that includes the fifth anniversary of the date of death of the Participant, the value of the entire vested balance of the account established for the Alternate Payee shall be distributed to the Alternate Payee (or the Alternate Payee’s Beneficiary).

 

  (D) To the extent permitted under the terms of a Qualified Domestic Relations Order, at any time the Alternate Payee (or the Alternate Payee’s Beneficiary) may elect to have the value of the remaining vested balance of the Alternate Payee’s account distributed in a single lump sum payment.

 

  (E) The amount distributed from the Participant’s Account shall not count towards the amount required to be distributed from the Alternate Payee’s account and vice versa.

 

(k) The following rules shall apply for purposes of determining the amount of any payment to a Participant (or Beneficiary) that is treated, under Section 8.10 (relating to the amount eligible for a direct rollover) and Code Section 402(c)(4)(B), as a distribution required under Code Section 401(a)(9). The same rules shall apply for such determinations for payments to Alternate Payees and their Beneficiaries.

 

  (1) If the amount withdrawn by, or distributed to, a Participant (or Beneficiary) for a Required Distribution Year exceeds the amount required to be distributed to that Five-Percent Owner under this Section 8.9, then any amounts paid that exceed the amount required under this Section 8.9 for a Required Distribution Year shall not be treated as required to be distributed pursuant to this Section 8.9 and Code Section 401(a)(9). The first amounts withdrawn by, or distributed to, the Participant for a Required Distribution Year, up to the amount required to be distributed for that Required Distribution Year under this Section 8.9, shall be treated as the amount required to be distributed for that Required Distribution Year under this Section 8.9 and Code Section 401(a)(9).

 

  (2) If for any Required Distribution Year the amount distributed to a Participant’s Beneficiary exceeds the amount required to be distributed to that Beneficiary under this Section 8.9, then any amounts paid that exceed the amount required to be distributed to the Beneficiary under this Section 8.9 for that Required Distribution Year shall not be treated as required to be distributed pursuant to this Section 8.9 and Code Section 401(a)(9). The first amounts distributed to a Beneficiary for these Required Distribution Years, up to the amount required to be distributed for the Required Distribution Year under this Section 8.9, shall be treated as the amount required to be distributed for that Required Distribution Year under this Section 8.9 and Code Section 401(a)(9).

 

76


(l) Notwithstanding Sections 8.9(a)—(k) of the Plan, a Participant (or Beneficiary) who would have been required to receive required minimum distributions for 2009 but for the enactment of Code Section 401(a)(9)(H) of the Code (“2009 Required Minimum Distributions”), and who would have satisfied that requirement by receiving distributions that are (1) equal to the 2009 Required Minimum Distributions or (2) one or more payments in a series of substantially equal distributions (that include the 2009 Required Minimum Distributions) made at least annually and expected to last for the life (or life expectancy) of the Participant, the joint lives (or joint life expectancy) of the Participant and the Participant’s designated Beneficiary, or for a period at least 10 years (“Extended 2009 Required Minimum Distributions”), will not receive those distributions for 2009 unless the Participant or Beneficiary chooses to receive such distributions. Participants and Beneficiaries described in the preceding sentence will be given the opportunity to elect to receive the distributions described in the preceding sentence. In addition, notwithstanding Section 8.10 of the Plan, and solely for purposes of applying the direct rollover provisions of the Plan, a direct rollover will be offered only for distributions that would be eligible rollover distributions without regard to Code Section 401(a)(9)(H).

8.10 Direct Rollovers

 

(a) A Distributee may elect to make a direct rollover, in accordance with the provisions of this Section 8.10 and Code Sections 401(a)(31) and 402(c), of an Eligible Rollover Distribution to an Eligible Retirement Plan.

 

(b) Any amount paid from this Plan to a Distributee (whether as a withdrawal, distribution, or payment pursuant to a Qualified Domestic Relations Order) shall be an “ Eligible Rollover Distribution ” unless one of the following applies:

 

  (1) It is the amount distributed to the Participant (or an Alternate Payee), in his or her First Required Distribution Year or a later Plan Year or to a Beneficiary, that is required to be distributed to the Participant, Alternate Payee, or Beneficiary pursuant to Section 8.9 and Code Section 401(a)(9). The portion that is required to be distributed pursuant to these provisions is specified in Section 8.9.

 

  (2) It would (if it were not directly rolled over pursuant to this Section 8.10) not be includible in income, for federal income tax purposes, when distributed to the Participant or Beneficiary, provided, however, that a portion of a distribution shall not fail to be an Eligible Rollover Distribution merely because the portion consists of after-tax contributions or other amounts that are not includible in gross income for federal income tax purposes except that such after-tax contribution portion may be transferred only to the following:

 

  (A) An individual retirement account or annuity described in Code Section 408(a) or (b) (other than an endowment contract); or

 

  (B) A qualified defined contribution plan described in Code Section 401(a) or 403(a) that agrees to separately account for amounts so transferred, including separately accounting for the portion of such distribution which is includable in gross income and the portion of such distribution which is not so includable.

 

  (3) It is paid as a hardship withdrawal, made pursuant to Section 7.3, regardless of the account from which the hardship withdrawal is paid.

 

77


  (4) It is part of any loan that is treated as a deemed distribution pursuant to Code Section 72(p).

 

  (5) It does not meet the requirements of Code Section 402(c)(4).

 

(c) Each of the following persons is a “ Distributee ” who may elect a direct rollover of an Eligible Rollover Distribution payable to the Distributee:

 

  (1) The Participant;

 

  (2) The Participant’s Beneficiary, if the Beneficiary was married to the Participant on the date of his or her death; or

 

  (3) An Alternate Payee, if that person is the current or former Spouse of the Participant.

 

  (4) Effective for Plan Years beginning on and after January 1, 2008, any Beneficiary or Alternate Payee, even if that person is not the current or former Spouse of the Participant.

 

(d) An “ Eligible Retirement Plan ” is an individual retirement account described in Code Section 408(a), an individual retirement annuity described in Code Section 408(b), an annuity plan described in Code Section 403(a), or a qualified trust described in Code Section 401(a) that accepts the Distributee’s Eligible Rollover Distribution. Effective for distributions made after December 31, 2001, an “Eligible Retirement Plan” shall also include an annuity contract described in Code Section 403(b) of the Code and an eligible plan under Code Section 457(b) which is maintained by a state, a political subdivision of a state, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or political subdivision of a state and which agrees to separately account for amounts transferred into such plan from this Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Distributee is a Beneficiary who was not married to the Participant on the date of the Participant’s death or an Alternate Payee who is not a current or former Spouse of the Participant, an Eligible Retirement Plan is an individual retirement Account described in Code Section 408(a) or an individual retirement annuity described in Code Section 408(b). Effective January 1, 2008, Eligible Retirement Plan shall include a Roth IRA for a Distributee who is otherwise eligible to contribute to a Roth IRA.

 

(e) A direct rollover of a distribution from a Roth Contributions Account under the Plan will only be made to another Roth account under an applicable retirement plan described in Code Section 402A(e)(1) of the Code or to a Roth IRA described in Code Section 408A, and only to the extent the rollover is permitted under the rules of Code Section 402(c).

 

(f) No amount shall be directly rolled over pursuant to this Section 8.10 unless and until it would otherwise be paid in cash to the Distributee, and all consents and elections required to make the payment have been obtained.

 

(g) The Committee shall provide notice to each Distributee who will receive an Eligible Rollover Distribution of the Distributee’s right to elect to receive the Eligible Rollover Distribution by having it directly rolled over.

 

  (1)

The Committee shall notify the Distributee at least 30 but no more than 90 days before the date on which payment of the Distributee’s benefit would begin, if the Participant were to provide the consent required under Section 8.7(d) (relating to

 

78


  commencing a distribution before the Participant has attained age 70  1 2 ), of the Distributee’s right

 

  (A) To directly roll over the Eligible Rollover Distribution to an Eligible Retirement Plan; and

 

  (B) To receive notice of the right to make a direct rollover at least 30 days before the date on which the Eligible Rollover Distribution would otherwise be paid to the Distributee.

 

  (2) The Distributee may elect, if administratively feasible, that the Eligible Rollover Distribution may be directly rolled over sooner than 30 days from the date on which the Participant received notice, pursuant to Section 8.10(f)(1), of his or her right to elect a direct rollover.

 

(h) The Distributee shall notify the Committee in such manner as the Committee shall prescribe and by such deadline as the Committee shall prescribe, whether or not he or she wishes to have any part of the Eligible Rollover Distribution directly rolled over. If the Distributee fails to elect a direct rollover by the deadline established by the Committee, then the entire amount of the Eligible Rollover Distribution shall be paid in cash.

 

(i) A Distributee may elect to directly roll over the entire amount of the Eligible Rollover Distribution.

 

(j) Alternatively, the Distributee may elect to directly roll over a portion, rather than the entire Eligible Rollover Distribution. The Distributee shall specify (in accordance with rules established by the Committee) the portion of the Eligible Rollover Distribution that shall be directly rolled over.

 

(k) If only a portion of the amount that otherwise would be paid to the Distributee is an Eligible Rollover Distribution, then the Distributee may only elect to make a direct rollover of the portion of the payment that is an Eligible Rollover Distribution, and the remainder of the amount shall be paid in cash to the Distributee.

 

(l) A Distributee may only request that a direct rollover from this Plan be made to a single Eligible Retirement Plan.

 

(m) No amount will be directly rolled over pursuant to this Section 8.10 unless the Distributee provides the Committee, by such deadline as the Committee shall prescribe, such information as it shall require

 

  (1) To determine that the amount directly rolled over will be received by an Eligible Retirement Plan that will accept the direct rollover; and

 

  (2) To make the direct rollover and make such reports and keep such records as are required under applicable law.

The Committee may rely on all such information provided by the Distributee and shall not be required to verify any such information.

 

79


(n) The Committee shall select the manner in which to make the direct rollover. The Committee may instruct that the direct rollover be made by delivering to the Distributee a check made payable to the Eligible Retirement Plan.

 

(o) Any amount directly rolled over in accordance with this Section 8.10 shall be a withdrawal, distribution, or payment pursuant to a Qualified Domestic Relations Order (as applicable) from this Plan, and shall discharge any liability to the Distributee under this Plan to the same extent as a payment in cash.

8.11 Source of Benefit Payments

All benefits payable under this Plan shall be paid solely from the Trust Fund. The Employers shall have no liability or responsibility for benefits other than to make contributions to the Trust Fund, as provided in Article 4 and Article 5 and to carry out other administrative responsibilities described in this Plan.

 

80


Article 9.Plan Investments and Investment Elections

9.1 Investment Funds

 

(a) The Committee shall arrange for the establishment of three or more Investment Funds within the Trust Fund. The Committee may change the Investment Funds from time to time in its discretion, with the exception of the Watson Common Stock Fund. Such Investment Funds may be regulated investment companies, other types of pooled funds, or individual investment accounts. The Committee shall be the fiduciary responsible for selecting the Investment Funds for the Plan.

 

(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 9.1, the Watson Stock Fund shall be an investment fund for the investment of assets of the Plan within the Trust Fund. The Watson Stock Fund may only be removed from the Trust Fund as an Investment Fund under the following circumstances:

 

  (1) The Company, by action of an officer, in its settlor capacity removes the Watson Stock Fund as an Investment Fund under the Plan.

 

  (2) A third party fiduciary, if one is appointed pursuant to Section 9.10(e), removes the Watson Stock Fund as an Investment Fund under the Plan.

 

(c) Except as otherwise provided in this Article 9, all contributions allocated to an Account shall be invested in one or more of the Investment Funds, in accordance with the Investment Elections of the Participant or Alternate Payee or, after the death of the Participant, the Participant’s Beneficiary, as applicable.

9.2 Investment Elections

All Investment Elections by a Participant, Beneficiary, or Alternate Payee (including changes in prior Investment Elections, as permitted under Section 9.4) shall be made in such manner and by such dates as the Committee shall require. The Committee may adopt rules and specify procedures for making Investment Elections, including rules and procedures intended to ensure that all Investment Elections are made in accordance with the requirements of ERISA Section 404(c). Investment Elections (including changes in Investment Elections pursuant to Section 9.4) shall become effective in accordance with rules established by the Committee.

9.3 Initial Investment Election

 

(a) A Participant shall submit an Investment Election directing the investment of 100 percent of all amounts that shall be allocated to his or her Account at the earliest of the times when the Participant

 

  (1) Submits his or her first Compensation Deferral Agreement, pursuant to Section 4.1;

 

  (2) Submits his or her first Roth Deferral Agreement, pursuant to Section 4.2;

 

  (3) Elects to make a Rollover Contribution, pursuant to Section 4.9; or

 

  (4) Elects to make an In-Plan Roth Rollover, pursuant to Section 4.10.

 

(b)

Except as otherwise provided by the Plan, until the Participant submits such an Investment Election, the Participant’s Compensation Deferral Agreement or Roth Deferral Agreement shall not become effective, and the Participant’s request to make a

 

81


  Rollover Contribution shall not be accepted. This provision shall not apply to deemed Compensation Deferral Agreements entered into pursuant to Section 4.3.

 

(c) If an amount is allocated to a Participant’s Account and the Participant has not submitted an Investment Election by the deadline specified by the Committee, then the Participant shall be deemed to have made an Investment Election directing that 100 percent of all amounts that shall be allocated to the Participant’s Account shall be invested in the Specified Investment Fund. The Participant’s Account shall be invested entirely in the Specified Investment Fund until the Participant (or his or her Beneficiary or an Alternate Payee) changes the Participant’s deemed Investment Election pursuant to Section 9.4.

 

(d) If a Participant who has entered into a deemed Compensation Deferral Agreement pursuant to Section 4.3 does not make an Investment Election by the deadline specified by the Committee, then the Participant shall be deemed to have made an Investment Election directing that 100 percent of all amounts that shall be allocated to the Participant’s Account shall be invested in the Specified Investment Fund. The Participant’s Account shall be invested entirely in the Specified Investment Fund until the Participant (or his or her Beneficiary or an Alternate Payee) changes the Participant’s deemed Investment Election pursuant to Section 9.4. For Plan Years beginning on and after January 1, 2008, the Specified Investment Fund shall constitute a qualified default investment alternative as described in Department of Labor Regulation Section 2550.404c-5 and the Committee shall take such action as necessary to ensure that the Specified Investment Fund satisfies the requirements set forth in Department of Labor Regulation Section 2550.404c-5, including notifying Active Participants about the qualified default investment alternative.

9.4 Changes in Investment Elections

 

(a) A Participant’s Investment Election shall remain effective until changed by a later Investment Election by the Participant (or the Beneficiary or Alternate Payee).

 

(b) When the Participant (or the Beneficiary or Alternate Payee) elects a change in a prior Investment Election, the Participant (or the Beneficiary or Alternate Payee) may make a separate Investment Election with respect to all amounts credited to each of his or her subaccounts as of the date on which the Investment Election will become effective (“ Existing Contributions ”) and all amounts (if any) that will be credited to all of his or her subaccounts as of a date after the date on which the Investment Election will become effective (“ Future Contributions ”). If a Participant (or the Beneficiary or Alternate Payee) elects a change in the investment of Existing but not Future Contributions (or Future but not Existing Contributions), then his or her prior election with respect to Future (or Existing) Contributions shall remain effective. The changed Investment Election (together with the unchanged portion of a prior election) must direct the investment of 100 percent of the amounts that have been and will be allocated to an Account.

 

(c) A Participant (or the Beneficiary or Alternate Payee) may elect a change in the investment of Existing Contributions at any time.

 

  (1)

Generally, such a change shall be implemented as follows. If the change is received before a deadline on that day that is established pursuant to rules approved by the Committee, then the change shall be implemented on the same day on which the change is received. If the change is received after the deadline,

 

82


  then it shall be implemented on the day after the day on which the change is received.

 

  (2) However, notwithstanding Section 9.4(c)(1), a change will not be implemented on days that the New York Stock Exchange is not open for trading. In addition, if it is not practicable to implement the change on the date specified in Section 9.4(c)(1), then the change shall be implemented as soon as is practicable after the investment change is received.

 

(d) A Participant (or the Beneficiary or Alternate Payee) may elect a change in the investment of Future Contributions at any time. The change shall be implemented with respect to any contributions received by the Plan on or after the date on which the election change is received.

9.5 Special Rules

 

(a) If a Former Participant does not elect an immediate distribution of the value of his or her vested Account balance, then the Former Participant’s Account shall continue to be invested in accordance with the Former Participant’s Investment Elections.

 

(b) If a Participant, Beneficiary, or Alternate Payee dies, his or her Account shall continue to be invested, in accordance with the Investment Election in effect immediately before his or her death, until the Beneficiary directs otherwise. After the death of the Participant, the Beneficiary, or Alternate Payee (as applicable), the Beneficiary may make an Investment Election directing the investment of the Participant’s Account.

 

(c) If any portion of an Account is segregated, under procedures established pursuant to Section 15.3(b), while the Committee determines whether it is a Qualified Domestic Relations Order, the segregated portion of the Account shall continue to be invested in accordance with the Participant’s Investment Elections, including any Investment Elections made after the portion of the Account is segregated.

 

(d) As soon as is practicable after the Committee determines that any portion of an Account will be held for the benefit of an Alternate Payee, pursuant to a domestic relations order that the Committee has determined to be a Qualified Domestic Relations Order, then the portion of the Account held for the benefit of the Alternate Payee shall be invested in accordance with Investment Elections made by the Alternate Payee. The remaining portion of the Participant’s Account shall continue to be invested in accordance with the Participant’s (or Beneficiary’s, as applicable) Investment Elections.

 

(e) If a Participant does not submit an Investment Election form before the date as of which Profit Sharing Contributions, QNEC Contributions, QMAC Contributions, or pre-tax 401(k) Contributions related to the deemed Compensation Deferral Agreements pursuant to Section 4.3 are allocated to his or her Account, then the Participant shall be deemed to have elected that his or her entire Account be invested in the Specified Investment Fund. The Participant may change his or her deemed Investment Election in accordance with Section 9.4.

 

(f)

The Committee may impose reasonable restrictions on the Investment Elections of Participants (or Beneficiaries or Alternate Payees), such as restrictions on the frequency with which that person is able to transfer funds from one Investment Fund to another, if the Committee determines that the restrictions are necessary to comply with applicable law (e.g., securities laws), necessary to comply with rules imposed by an

 

83


  Investment Fund (e.g., restrictions by an Investment Fund intended to prevent market timing), necessary to prevent an Investment Fund from refusing to accept funds from this Plan, appropriate to prevent decreases in the value of the Investment Fund for other Participants (or Beneficiaries or Alternate Payees), or for other similar reasons. Notwithstanding the above, any restrictions on the Specified Investment Fund shall be in compliance with the rules for qualified default investment alternatives set forth in Department of Labor Regulation Section 2550.404c-5.

9.6 Transfer of Assets

 

(a) The Company shall direct the Trustee to transfer monies or other property between Investment Funds as soon as is practicable after each date on which Participants, Beneficiaries, and Alternate Payees may make Investment Elections (and such other dates as required under Section 9.5), and to the extent required to carry out the aggregate transfer transactions as of such date after the necessary entries have been made in the Accounts and offsetting transfer elections have been reconciled, in accordance with uniform rules therefore established by the Committee. The Committee shall be the fiduciary that is responsible for complying with all Investment Elections by Participants, Beneficiaries, and Alternate Payees.

 

(b) In its discretion, the Committee may decline to comply with an Investment Election if the Committee believes that complying with the Investment Election would

 

  (1) Result in a prohibited transaction, within the meaning of ERISA Section 406 or Code Section 4975;

 

  (2) Generate income taxable to the Plan;

 

  (3) Not be in accordance with the terms of the Plan or any Trust Agreement;

 

  (4) Jeopardize the tax-qualified status of the Plan under the Code; or

 

  (5) Result in compliance with an instruction described in Department of Labor Regulation Section 2550.404c–1(d)(2)(ii).

9.7 Valuation Adjustments

As of each Valuation Date, the Committee shall adjust upward or downward the net balances in the Accounts of Participants (or their Beneficiaries or Alternate Payees) in the respective Investment Funds in proportion to the Account balances of each such Participant (or Beneficiary or Alternate Payee) in each Investment Fund. The net balances in an Investment Fund of all such Participants (and their Beneficiaries and Alternate Payees) as of a Valuation Date shall equal the net value of that Investment Fund as of that Valuation Date. The Committee shall adopt rules for determining the net value of an Investment Fund by adjusting the fair market value of assets (as reported by the Trustee) by subtracting any expenses, withdrawals, distributions, and transfers chargeable to that Investment Fund that have been incurred but not yet paid and adding any contributions and loan repayments that will be received by that Investment Fund. All determinations made by the Trustee with respect to fair market values and determinations of the Committee concerning net value shall be made in accordance with generally accepted principles of trust accounting, and such determinations, when made by the Trustee and the Committee, shall be conclusive and binding upon all persons having an interest under the Plan.

 

84


9.8 Information to Participants

The Committee shall furnish timely information to Participants, Beneficiaries, and Alternate Payees making Investment Elections concerning the procedures for Investment Elections and the nature of the Investment Funds offered under the Plan. The Committee shall provide and make available such information as it determines is required by ERISA Section 404(c) and the regulations issued thereunder and shall be the fiduciary responsible for making such disclosures. Neither the Company, the Employers, the Committee, nor any other person shall have any responsibility to provide investment advice to any Participant, Beneficiary, or Alternate Payee.

9.9 Investment Risk

The Plan is intended to constitute a plan described in ERISA Section 404(c) and Department of Labor Regulation Section 2550.404c–1 and will be administered in accordance with the requirements for such a plan. Participants, Beneficiaries, and Alternate Payees shall assume all risks in connection with any decrease in the value of any assets or funds that may be invested or reinvested in the Investment Funds. Neither the Company, any Employer, any employee or director of any Employer or the Company, the Committee, any member of the Committee, or any fiduciary with respect to the Plan shall be liable to any Participant, Beneficiary, or Alternate Payee with respect to the Participant’s, Beneficiary’s, or Alternate Payee’s Investment Elections, including (without limitation) any losses that are the direct and necessary result of Investment Elections made by the Participant, Beneficiary, or Alternate Payee and including any investment of his or her Account that is made if the Participant, Beneficiary, or Alternate Payee fails to make an affirmative Investment Election.

9.10 The Watson Stock Fund

 

(a) The Plan may acquire and hold Watson Common Stock. Participants, other than officers of the Company subject to Section 16(b) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, may elect to invest amounts held in their Account in the Watson Common Stock Fund established by the Company, subject to the restrictions and administrative procedures imposed by the Committee, pursuant to its discretionary authority to administer and interpret the Plan.

 

(b) All acquisitions and divestitures of Watson Common Stock by the Watson Common Stock Fund will be effected at the prevailing market price.

 

(c) Participants, Beneficiaries, and Alternate Payees may direct voting of the shares of Watson Common Stock held in their respective Watson Common Stock Fund subaccount. The Trustee will vote such shares in accordance with the directions of Participants, Beneficiaries, and Alternate Payees as communicated in writing to the Trustee.

Participants, Beneficiaries, and Alternate Payees will be notified by the Trustee of each occasion for the exercise of voting rights, within a reasonable amount of time before those voting rights are to be exercised. Notification will include all proxy statements and other information distributed by the Company to shareholders, generally, regarding voting rights.

To the extent that a Participant, Beneficiaries, and Alternate Payees do not direct the Trustee, in whole or in part, as to the exercise of voting rights with respect to any Watson Common Stock held by the Participant in his or her Account, those shares will not be voted by the Trustee.

 

85


(d) Subject to Section 9.10(d)(3) below, if the Trustee receives a tender offer to buy Watson Common Stock held by the Trustee, a Participant, Beneficiary, or Alternate Payee may direct tender of the shares of Watson Common Stock held in his or her Account. The Trustee will tender such shares in accordance with the directions of the Participant, Beneficiaries, and Alternate Payees, as communicated in writing to the Trustee.

 

  (1) All Participants, Beneficiaries, and Alternate Payees entitled to tender Watson Common Stock held in their Accounts will be so notified by the Trustee within a reasonable time before the right to tender is to be exercised. Notification will include information received by the Trustee as shareholder, or distributed by the Company to shareholders, generally, regarding their right to tender.

 

  (2) To the extent that a Participant, Beneficiary, or Alternate Payee fails to direct the Trustee, in whole or in part, to tender Watson Common Stock held in his or her Account, those shares will not be tendered.

 

  (3) The Trustee will not permit Participants, Beneficiaries, or Alternate Payees to direct the tender of Watson Common Stock, to the extent that the receipt or holding of the property offered in exchange for the shares would violate any applicable law, including ERISA. The Committee will make investment decisions regarding non-cash property received by the Watson Common Stock Fund as a result of a tender.

 

(e) As soon as reasonably practicable after January 1, 2006, as authorized by Section 11.6, the Committee shall appoint a third party administrator to serve as a named plan fiduciary with regard to the Watson Common Stock Fund. The third party administrator shall have the sole responsibility for administration of the Watson Common Stock Fund and serve as the administrator of that portion of the Plan within the meaning of Code Section 414(g) and ERISA Section 3(16)(A). The third party administrator is subject to all the rules and responsibilities contained in Section 11.10 with respect to the Watson Common Stock Fund. The Company by action of an officer may remove the third party administrator, or the third party administrator may deliver its resignation to the Company, consistent with the terms of any applicable agreement between the Company and such third party administrator.

The third party administrator shall be vested with the authority and responsibility to direct the Trustee with respect to the Watson Common Stock Fund, so that the third party administrator, and not the Committee, has the sole responsibility for the management of the Watson Common Stock Fund, and, except to the extent otherwise required by applicable law, such authority and responsibility shall relieve the Committee of all duties and responsibilities with respect to the Watson Common Stock Fund. The third party administrator shall have the exclusive authority and responsibility to exercise the following powers:

 

  (1) To impose any limitation or restriction on the investment of the Plan accounts in the Watson Common Stock Fund;

 

  (2) To eliminate the Watson Common Stock Fund as an investment option under the Plan and to sell or otherwise dispose of all or any portion of the Watson Common Stock held in the Watson Common Stock Fund;

 

86


  (3) To designate an alternative investment fund under the Plan for the investment of any proceeds from any sale or other disposition of Watson Common Stock; and

 

  (4) To instruct the Trustee of the Plan with respect to the foregoing matters.

 

(f) Watson Common Stock received by the Trust as a result of a stock split or stock dividend on Watson Common Stock held in Accounts (if any) will be allocated as of the Valuation Date coinciding with or following the date of such split or dividend, to each person who has such an Account. The amount allocated will bear substantially the same proportion to the total number of shares received as the number of shares in an Account bears to the total number of shares allocated to such Accounts of all Participants, Beneficiaries, and Alternate Payees immediately before the allocation. The shares will be allocated to the nearest thousandth of a share.

 

(g) Cash or other property received by the Trust as a result of a dividend payment on Watson Common Stock held in Accounts (if any) will be allocated as of the Valuation Date coinciding with or following the date of such dividend to each person who has such an Account. The amount allocated will bear substantially the same proportion to the total value of the cash or other property received as the number of shares in an Account bears to the total number of shares allocated to such Accounts of all Participants, Beneficiaries, and Alternate Payees immediately before the allocation.

 

87


Article 10.Financing

10.1 Trust Fund

All contributions to this Plan shall be applied to the purchase of interests in the Trust Fund. Payments from the Trust Fund shall be made only as directed by the Committee. The Committee shall maintain records disclosing the status of each Participant, Beneficiary, or Alternate Payee who has an interest in each fund under the Plan as of such dates as the Committee shall prescribe (and at least once each Plan Year) and shall advise each such person of the value of such interest.

10.2 Trust Agreement

The Company shall enter into a Trust Agreement appointing the Trustee and establishing the Trust Fund. The Trust Agreement is designated as, and shall constitute, a part of this Plan; and all rights that may accrue to any person under this Plan shall be subject to all the terms and provisions of such Trust Agreement. The Company may modify the Trust Agreement from time to time to accomplish the purpose of the Plan, may replace the Trustee (subject to the terms and conditions of the Trust Agreement), and may appoint a successor Trustee.

Subject to the provisions of Article 9 (relating to Investment Elections), by entering into the Trust Agreement, the Company or Committee, as applicable, shall vest in the Trustee, or in one or more investment managers appointed under the terms of the Trust Agreement from time to time by action of the Committee, responsibility for the management and control of the Trust Fund. In the event that the Committee appoints any such investment manager, the Trustee shall not be liable for the acts or omissions of the investment manager or have any responsibility to invest or otherwise manage any portion of the Trust Fund subject to the management and control of the investment manager. From time to time, the Committee shall establish a funding policy that is consistent with the objectives of the Plan and shall communicate it to the Trustee and each investment manager so that they may coordinate investment policies with such funding policy.

10.3 Nonreversion

 

(a) Except as provided in Sections 10.3(b)–(d), it shall be impossible at any time for the contributions of an Employer or any part of the Trust Fund to revert to the Employers (or any Controlled Group Member) or to be used or diverted to any purpose other than the exclusive benefit of Participants or their Beneficiaries.

 

(b) To the extent permitted by the Code, the Company may direct that any contribution to this Plan by an Employer, which is made by a mistake of fact, may be returned to the Employer within one year after the date of payment to the Trust Fund. The amount, which may be returned, is the excess of the amount contributed over the amount that would have been contributed had no mistake of fact occurred, reduced by losses (but not increased by earnings) attributable to this amount while held in the Trust Fund.

 

(c) To the extent permitted by the Code, if any part of an Employer’s contribution under the Plan is disallowed as a deduction for federal income tax purposes, then, to the extent that such contribution is disallowed, the contribution and any increment thereon shall be returned to the Employer within one year after the disallowance.

 

(d) To the extent permitted by the Code, if the Plan is determined not to be qualified under Code Section 401, the Trustee will, upon written request by an Employer, return to the Employer the amount of the Employer’s contribution for any Plan Year for which the Plan and Trust fail to qualify, reduced by the amount of investment losses thereon,

 

88


  within one calendar year following the date on which the Committee receives notice that the Plan and Trust fail to qualify.

 

89


Article 11.Administration

11.1 Committee

 

(a) Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, the Committee shall be the administrator of the Plan, within the meaning of Code Section 414(g) and ERISA Section 3(16)(A). The Committee shall generally administer the Plan.

 

(b) Effective as of April 1, 2005, the Committee shall be composed of the Company’s Chief Financial Officer, Vice President Corporate Controller, and Senior Vice President of Human Resources.

 

(c) The Company (by action of an officer) or the Chairperson of the Committee (or if there is no Chairperson, then by unanimous consent of members of the Committee) may appoint Committee members from time to time. Members of the Committee may, but need not, be Employees.

 

(d) A member of the Committee may resign by delivering his or her written resignation to the Committee. The resignation shall be effective as of the date on which it is received by the Committee or such other later date as is specified in the resignation notice. A Committee member may be removed at any time and for any reason by the Company by action of any of its officers, the Chairman of the Committee, or by unanimous consent of the remaining members of the Committee. Any Employee appointed to the Committee shall automatically cease to be a member of the Committee, effective on the date that he or she ceases to be an Employee, unless the Chairman of the Committee, an officer of the Company, or all of the Committee members unanimously specify otherwise in writing.

11.2 Operation of the Committee

 

(a) A majority of the members of the Committee, at the time in office, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. All resolutions adopted and other actions taken by the Committee at any meeting shall be by the vote of a majority of those present at any such meeting. Upon the concurrence of all of the members in office at the time, action by the Committee may be taken otherwise than at a meeting.

 

(b) As of the Effective Date, the Senior Vice President of Human Resources shall be the Chairperson of the Committee. The members of the Committee may elect one of their members as Chair as the successor to the Senior Vice President of Human Resources and may elect a Secretary who may, but need not, be a member of the Committee.

 

(c) The members of the Committee may authorize one or more of their members or any agent to execute or deliver any instrument or instruments on their behalf. The members of the Committee may allocate any of the Committee’s powers and duties among individual members of the Committee.

 

(d) The Committee may appoint one or more subcommittees and delegate any of its discretionary authority and such of its powers and duties, as it deems desirable to any such subcommittee. The members of any such subcommittee shall consist of such persons as the Committee may appoint.

 

(e)

All resolutions, proceedings, acts, and determinations of the Committee, with respect to the administration of the Plan, shall be recorded; and all such records, together with

 

90


  such documents and instruments as may be necessary for the administration of the Plan, shall be preserved by the Committee.

 

(f) Subject to the limitations contained in the Plan, the Committee shall be empowered from time to time in its discretion to establish rules for the exercise of the duties imposed upon the Committee under the Plan.

11.3 Agents

 

(a) The Board, the Company, or the Committee may delegate such of its powers and duties as it deems desirable to any person, in which case every reference herein made to the Board, the Company, or the Committee (as applicable) shall be deemed to mean or include the delegated persons as to matters within their jurisdiction.

 

(b) The Board, the Company, or the Committee may also appoint one or more persons or agents to aid it in carrying out its duties and may delegate such of its powers and duties as it deems desirable to such persons or agents.

 

(c) The Board, the Company, or the Committee may employ such counsel, auditors, and other specialists and such clerical and other services as it may require in carrying out the provisions of the Plan, with the expenses therefore paid, as provided in Section 11.4.

11.4 Compensation and Expenses

 

(a) A member of the Committee shall serve without compensation for services as a member. Any member of the Committee may receive reimbursement of expenses properly and actually incurred in connection with his or her services as a member of the Committee, as provided in this Article 11.

 

(b) All expenses of administering the Plan shall be paid out of the Trust Fund, unless paid by the Employers.

 

  (1) Expenses paid out of the Trust Fund may be allocated to Participants. In its discretion, the Committee shall determine the method of allocating such expenses to Participants.

 

  (2) In its discretion, the Company may require each Employer to pay a share of the Plan’s administrative expenses. To the extent that such administrative expenses are paid by the Employers, the Company shall determine each Employer’s share of the Plan’s administrative expenses. An Employer shall pay its share of the Plan’s administrative expenses by the deadline established by the Company in its discretion.

 

(c) The Company, an Employer, any Employee, Former Employee, former Employer or agent thereof, may initially pay any expense that is chargeable against the assets of the Plan and later obtain reimbursement from the Plan. The rule in this Section 11.4(c) shall include cases in which, at the time of the initial payment of the expense, it is not clear that the party that is making payment may lawfully seek reimbursement from the Plan; but the party’s legal right to reimbursement is later clarified. It is also specifically anticipated that situations may arise, such as litigation, in which a party might choose to bear costs initially, but later obtain reimbursement many years after the costs were incurred. Such delayed reimbursements shall be permissible.

 

91


11.5 Committee’s Powers and Duties

Except as otherwise provided in this Plan, the Company shall have responsibility for any settlor duties, powers, or functions (e.g., the right to amend and terminate the Plan); and except as otherwise provided in the Plan, the Committee shall have responsibility for the general administration of the Plan and for carrying out its provisions. The Committee shall have such powers and duties as may be necessary to discharge its functions hereunder, including the following:

 

(a) To establish rules, policies, and procedures for administration of the Plan;

 

(b) To construe and interpret the Plan, to decide all questions of eligibility, and to determine the amount, manner, and time of payment of any benefits hereunder;

 

(c) To make a determination as to the right of any person to an allocation and the amount thereof;

 

(d) To obtain from the Employers such information as shall be necessary for the proper administration of the Plan and, when appropriate, to furnish such information to the Trustee or other persons entitled thereto;

 

(e) To prepare and distribute information explaining the Plan;

 

(f) To keep all records necessary for the operation and administration of the Plan, to the extent not kept by the Trustee;

 

(g) To establish and maintain such accounts in the name of each Participant, Beneficiary, or Alternate Payee, as applicable, as are necessary;

 

(h) To instruct the Trustee with respect to the payment of benefits hereunder;

 

(i) To provide for any required bonding of fiduciaries and other persons who may, from time to time, handle Plan assets;

 

(j) To prepare and file any reports, descriptions, or forms required by the Code or ERISA;

 

(k) To engage an independent public accountant to conduct such examinations and to render such opinions as may be required by applicable law;

 

(l) To designate or employ agents and counsel (who may also be persons employed by an Employer) and direct them to exercise the powers of the Committee;

 

(m) To allocate contributions and Trust Fund gains or losses to the Accounts;

 

(n) To correct any mistakes and cure any defects in the administration of the Plan, including taking any and all steps permitted under the Employee Plans Compliance Resolution System, the Voluntary Fiduciary Correction Program, or any other such program of correction; and

 

(o)

Temporarily to delay, suspend, or prohibit in-service withdrawals and loans (pursuant to Article 7); distribution of benefits (pursuant to Article 8); Investment Elections (pursuant to Article 9); changes in Investment Elections (pursuant to Section 9.4); transfer of assets (pursuant to Section 9.6); or any other transaction under the Plan for any purpose that the Committee, in its sole discretion, deems lawful (e.g., a fiduciary concern; an administrative purpose; a stock exchange suspends trading; recordkeeping

 

92


  delays; a computer failure; a natural disaster; a period of time necessary to effect a change in the Plan, sometimes referred to as a “blackout” or “quiet period,” etc.).

11.6 Investment Responsibilities

This Section 11.6 is subject to Article 9 (relating to Plan Investments and the Investment Elections made by Participants, Beneficiaries, and Alternate Payees).

 

(a) The Committee shall have the authority and responsibility to direct the Trustee, with respect to the investment and management of the Trust Fund. Except as otherwise provided by applicable law, the Committee may delegate such authority and responsibility to direct the Trustee to any person who acknowledges in writing that it is a fiduciary, with respect to the Plan. If the Committee delegates to an investment manager the authority and responsibility to so direct the Trustee, such investment manager, and not the Committee (or the Trustee), shall have the sole responsibility for the investment and management of so much of the Trust Fund as has been entrusted to his or her management and control; and, except to the extent otherwise required by applicable law, such delegation shall relieve the Committee of all duties and responsibilities, with respect to the authority and responsibility so delegated.

 

(b) The Committee may relinquish to the Trustee the Committee’s power to direct the Trustee, with respect to the investment and management of the Trust Fund. In the event that the Committee so relinquishes that power to the Trustee, and the Trustee accepts such responsibilities in writing, the Trustee shall have sole and exclusive power and responsibility, with respect to the investment and management of the Trust Fund. The Committee may regain the power so relinquished by providing notice to the Trustee.

 

(c) To the maximum extent permitted under applicable law, neither the Company, any Employer, the Committee, the Trustee, any investment manager, nor any other fiduciary of the Plan shall be liable for any loss or any breach of any legal duty that results from a Participant’s (or Beneficiary’s or Alternate Payee’s) exercise of control over the assets in his or her Account, as permitted under Article 9 and the other provisions of this Plan.

11.7 Committee’s Decisions Conclusive

The Committee shall have the exclusive right and discretionary authority to interpret the terms and provisions of the Plan and to resolve all questions arising thereunder, including the right to resolve and remedy ambiguities, inconsistencies, or omissions in the Plan, provided, however, that the construction necessary for the Plan to conform to the Code shall in all cases control. Benefits under this Plan will be paid only if the Committee decides in its discretion that the applicant is entitled to them. The Committee shall endeavor to act in such a way as not to discriminate in favor of any class of Employees, Participants, or other persons. Any and all disputes with respect to the Plan that may arise involving Participants or their Beneficiaries (or Alternate Payees) shall be referred to the Committee; and its decisions shall be final, conclusive, and binding. All findings of fact, interpretations, determinations, and decisions of the Committee in respect of any matter or question arising under the Plan shall be final, conclusive, and binding upon all persons, including, without limitation, Employees, Participants, Beneficiaries, Alternate Payees, and any and all other persons having, or claiming to have, any interest in or under the Plan and shall be given the maximum possible deference allowed by law.

 

93


11.8 Indemnity

 

(a) The Employers shall indemnify and hold harmless each of the following persons ( “Indemnified Persons” ) under the terms and conditions of Section 11.8(b):

 

  (1) The Committee.

 

  (2) Each Employee, Former Employee, current and former members of the Committee, or current or former members of the Board of Directors of an Employer or former Employer who has, or had, responsibility (whether by delegation from another person, an allocation of responsibilities under the terms of this Plan document, or otherwise) for a fiduciary duty, a nonfiduciary settlor function (such as deciding whether to approve a plan amendment), or a nonfiduciary administrative task relating to the Plan.

 

(b) The Employers shall indemnify and hold harmless each Indemnified Person against any and all claims, losses, damages, and expenses, including reasonable attorneys fees and court costs, incurred by that person on account of his or her good faith actions or failures to act with respect to his or her responsibilities relating to the Plan. The Employers’ indemnification shall include payment of any amounts due under a settlement of any lawsuit or investigation, but only if the Company agrees to the settlement.

 

  (1) An Indemnified Person shall be indemnified under this Section 11.8 only if he or she notifies an Appropriate Person at the Company or another Employer of any claim asserted against, or any investigation of, the Indemnified Person that relates to the Indemnified Person’s responsibilities with respect to the Plan.

 

  (A) A person is an “Appropriate Person” to receive notice of the claim or investigation if a reasonable person would believe that the person notified would initiate action to protect the interests of the Employers in response to the Indemnified Person’s notice.

 

  (B) The notice may be provided orally or in writing. The notice must be provided to the Appropriate Person promptly after the Indemnified Person becomes aware of the claim or investigation. No indemnification shall be provided under this Section 11.8 to the extent that any Employer is materially prejudiced by the unreasonable delay of the Indemnified Person in notifying an Appropriate Person of the claim or investigation.

 

  (2) An Indemnified Person shall be indemnified under this Section 11.8 with respect to attorneys’ fees, court costs, or other litigation expenses or any settlement of such litigation only if the Indemnified Person agrees to permit the Company or another Employer to select counsel and to conduct the defense of the lawsuit and agrees not to take any action in the lawsuit that the Company or other Employer believes would be prejudicial to the interests of the Company or other Employer.

 

  (3) No Indemnified Person, including an Indemnified Person who is a Former Participant, shall be indemnified under this Section 11.8 unless he or she makes himself or herself reasonably available to assist the Employers with respect to the matters in issue and agrees to provide whatever documents, testimony, information, materials, or other forms of assistance that the Employers shall reasonably request.

 

94


  (4) No Indemnified Person shall be indemnified under this Section 11.8 with respect to any action or failure to act that is judicially determined to constitute or be attributable to the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Indemnified Person.

 

  (5) Payments of any indemnity under this Section 11.8 shall be made only from the assets of the Employers and shall not be made directly or indirectly from assets of the Plan. The provisions of this Section 11.8 shall not preclude or limit such further indemnities or reimbursement under this Plan as allowable under applicable law, as may be available under insurance purchased by the Employers, or as may be provided by an Employer under any by-law, agreement or otherwise, provided that no expense shall be indemnified under this Section 11.8 that is otherwise indemnified by an Employer, by an insurance contract purchased by an Employer, or by this Plan.

 

(c) The Employers shall continue to have a duty to indemnify and hold harmless an Indemnified Person for actions taken while in a status described in this Section 11.8, even after the individual no longer serves in that status. For example, a former Employee shall be indemnified for actions taken as an Employee.

11.9 Insurance

The Committee may authorize the purchase of insurance to cover any liabilities or losses occurring by reason of the act or omission of any fiduciary and, to the extent permitted under applicable law, the cost of such insurance may be paid out of the Trust Fund. However, any such insurance purchased with assets of the Plan must permit recourse by the insurer against the fiduciary in the case of a breach of any fiduciary obligation of such fiduciary under applicable law. To the extent permitted by law, the Committee may purchase insurance covering any fiduciary for any personal liability of such fiduciary with respect to any fiduciary responsibilities under this Plan. Any fiduciary may purchase insurance for his or her own account covering any personal liability under this Plan.

11.10 Fiduciaries

 

(a) The fiduciaries named in this Plan shall have only those specific powers, duties, responsibilities, and obligations as are specifically given to them under this Plan or the Trust Agreement. The Employers shall have the sole responsibility for making the contributions specified in Article 4 and Article 5. The Company shall have the sole authority to appoint and remove the Trustee and to amend or to terminate, in whole or in part, this Plan or the Trust Agreement.

 

(b) Except as otherwise provided under the Plan,

 

  (1) The Committee shall be the named fiduciary under the Plan and, except as otherwise explicitly provided in the Plan or the Trust Agreement, shall have the responsibility for the administration of this Plan. The Committee’s responsibility authorized in this Section 11.10 is described in this Plan and the Trust Agreement.

 

  (2) The Committee shall be the administrator of the Plan, within the meaning of Code Section 414(g) and ERISA Section 3(16)(A).

 

  (3) The Committee, the Trustee, and any investment managers shall have the sole responsibility for the administration of the Trust Fund and the management of the assets held under the Trust Fund, to the extent provided in the Trust Agreement.

 

95


(c) Each Participant, Beneficiary, or Alternate Payee shall have the sole responsibility for making Investment Elections with respect to his or her Account. The Committee shall have the responsibility for providing any information, concerning Investment Elections, that is required under ERISA Section 404(c) to be provided to a Participant, Beneficiary, or Alternate Payee, providing any information requested by a Participant, Beneficiary, or Alternate Payee with respect to an Investment Election, in accordance with ERISA Section 404(c), and complying with Investment Elections, to the extent required under the Plan and ERISA Section 404(c).

 

(d) A fiduciary may rely upon any direction, information, or action of another fiduciary as being proper under this Plan or the Trust Agreement and is not required under this Plan or the Trust Agreement to inquire into the propriety of any such direction, information, or action. It is intended under this Plan and the Trust Agreement that each fiduciary shall be responsible for the proper exercise of his, her, or its own powers, duties, responsibilities, and obligations under this Plan and the Trust Agreement and shall not be responsible for any act or failure to act of another fiduciary.

 

(e) No fiduciary guarantees the Trust Fund in any manner against investment loss or depreciation in asset value. No fiduciary shall be liable for any loss to the Plan or Trust Fund resulting from the act or omission of any other fiduciary, except to the extent provided under applicable law.

 

(f) Any person or group of persons may serve in more than one fiduciary capacity, with respect to the Plan or Trust Fund. Nothing in this Section 11.10 shall be interpreted as preventing a fiduciary from properly delegating or allocating its responsibilities to other appropriate persons, in accordance with this Plan and the Trust Agreement.

11.11 Notices

Each Participant (and Alternate Payee) shall be responsible for furnishing to his or her Employer his or her current address and the name and current address of his or her Spouse or Beneficiary, if any. The Participant (or Alternate Payee) shall also be responsible for notifying his or her Employer of any change in the above information. If a Participant does not provide the above information to his or her Employer, then the Committee may rely on the address of record of the Participant or Beneficiary on file with the Employer’s personnel office. If an Alternate Payee fails to notify the Committee of any change in his or her address, then the Committee may rely on the address specified in the Qualified Domestic Relations Order.

All notices or other communications from the Committee, Trustee, or Employer to an Employee, Participant, Spouse, Beneficiary, or Alternate Payee shall be deemed given and binding upon that person for all purposes of the Plan when delivered to, or when mailed first-class mail, postage prepaid, and addressed to that person at his or her address last appearing on the Committee’s records; and the Committee, Trustee, or Employers shall not be obliged to search for or ascertain his or her whereabouts.

All notices or other communications from an Employee, Participant, Spouse, Beneficiary, or Alternate Payee required or permitted under this Plan shall be provided to the person specified by the Committee, using such procedures as are prescribed by the Committee. The Committee may require that the oral notice or communication be provided by telephoning a specific telephone number and, after calling that telephone number, by following a specified procedure. Any oral notice or oral communication from an Employee, Participant, Spouse, Beneficiary, or Alternate Payee that is made in accordance with procedures prescribed by the Committee shall be deemed to have been duly given when all information requested by the person specified by

 

96


the Committee is provided to the person specified by the Committee, in accordance with the specified procedures.

11.12 Data

All persons entitled to benefits from the Plan must furnish to the Committee such documents, evidence, or information, including information concerning marital status, as the Committee considers necessary or desirable for the purpose of administering the Plan; and it shall be a condition of the Plan that each such person must furnish such information and sign such documents as the Committee may require before any benefits become payable from the Plan. The Committee shall be entitled to instruct the Trustee to pay out benefits to a non-Spouse Beneficiary in reliance upon the signed statement of a Participant that he or she is unmarried, without any further liability to a Spouse if such statement is false.

11.13 Missing Persons

 

(a) The Committee shall take the steps described in this Section 11.13 and any additional procedures it may adopt if it is unable to make payment of a distribution, with respect to a Participant, Beneficiary, or Alternate Payee, because the identity or whereabouts of the Participant, Beneficiary, or Alternate Payee who would receive the payment cannot be ascertained by a deadline, established by the Committee, after payment is due to the Participant, Beneficiary, or Alternative Payee under the terms of the Plan.

 

(b) The Committee shall make reasonable attempts to locate the missing Participant, Beneficiary, or Alternate Payee (e.g., by using a government missing persons service). If those attempts are unsuccessful, then the Committee shall direct that the person’s share of the Participant’s (or Beneficiary’s or Alternate Payee’s) interest in the Plan, and all further benefits with respect to such person under this Plan, shall be discontinued, and all liability for the payment thereof shall terminate. The missing Participant’s, Beneficiary’s, or Alternate Payee’s share of the Participant’s Account balance shall be used to defray the expenses of administering the Plan.

 

(c) In the event of the subsequent discovery of the identity and whereabouts of the Participant, Beneficiary, or Alternate Payee before the termination of the Plan, the benefits that were due and payable and that such person missed shall be paid in a single sum; and any future benefits due such person shall be reinstated in full. The amount payable to such person in the single sum shall be equal to the vested benefit not paid during the period when the person could not be located, without interest on such amount for the period between the date it was transferred from the Participant’s Account and the date it is paid when the person’s whereabouts became known. If the Participant, Beneficiary, or Alternate Payee reappears, then the Participant’s Employer shall cause to be contributed to the Plan an amount that shall equal the reinstated amount described above. The amount contributed shall be paid from the Plan to the Participant, Beneficiary, or Alternate Payee claiming such benefit.

11.14 Claims Procedure

All decisions made under the procedure set out in this Section 11.14 shall be final, and there shall be no further right of appeal. No lawsuit may be initiated by any person before fully pursuing the procedures set out in this Section 11.14, including the appeal permitted pursuant to Section 11.14(c).

 

(a)

The right of a Participant, Beneficiary, Alternate Payee, or any other person entitled to claim a benefit under the Plan (collectively “ Claimants ”) to a benefit shall be

 

97


  determined by the Committee, provided, however, that the Committee may delegate its responsibility to any person.

 

  (1) The Claimant (or an authorized representative of a Claimant) may file a claim for benefits by written notice to the Committee. The Committee shall establish procedures for determining whether a person is authorized to represent a Claimant.

 

  (2) Any claim for benefits under the Plan, pursuant to this Section 11.14, shall be filed with the Committee no later than two years after the date that a transaction occurred, or should have occurred, to a Claimant’s Account (e.g., two years after benefits were credited, or should have been credited, to a Claimant’s Account, or two years after any withdrawal or distribution occurred or should have occurred). The Committee in its sole discretion shall determine whether this limitation period has been exceeded.

 

  (3) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Plan, the following shall not be a claim for purposes of this Section 11.14:

 

  (A) A request for determination of eligibility, enrollment, or participation under the Plan without an accompanying claim for benefits under the Plan. The determination of eligibility, enrollment, or participation under the Plan may be necessary to resolve a claim, in which case such determination shall be made in accordance with the claims procedures set forth in this Section 11.14.

 

  (B) Any casual inquiry relating to the Plan, including an inquiry about benefits or the circumstances under which benefits might be paid under the Plan.

 

  (C) A claim that is defective or otherwise fails to follow the procedures of the Plan (e.g., a claim that is addressed to a party, other than the Committee, or an oral claim).

 

  (D) An application or request for benefits under the Plan.

 

(b) If a claim for benefits is wholly or partially denied, the Committee shall, within a reasonable period of time, but no later than 90 days after receipt of the claim, notify the Claimant of the denial of benefits. If special circumstances justify extending the period up to an additional 90 days, the Claimant shall be given written notice of this extension within the initial 90-day period, and such notice shall set forth the special circumstances and the date on which a decision is expected. A notice of denial

 

  (1) Shall be written in a manner calculated to be understood by the Claimant; and

 

  (2) Shall contain

 

  (A) The specific reasons for denial of the claim;

 

  (B) Specific reference to the Plan provisions on which the denial is based;

 

  (C) A description of any additional material or information necessary for the Claimant to perfect the claim, along with an explanation as to why such material or information is necessary; and

 

98


  (D) An explanation of the Plan’s claim review procedures and the time limits applicable to such procedures, including a statement of the Claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a) following an adverse determination on review.

 

(c) Within 60 days of the receipt by the Claimant of the written denial of his or her claim or, if the claim has not been granted, within a reasonable period of time (which shall not be less than the 90 or 180 days described in Section 11.14(b)), the Claimant (or an authorized representative of a Claimant) may file a written request with the Committee that it conduct a full review of the denial of the claim. In connection with the Claimant’s appeal, upon request, the Claimant may review and obtain copies of all documents, records and other information relevant to the Claimant’s claim for benefits (but not including any document, record or information that is subject to any attorney-client or work-product privilege) and may submit issues and comments in writing. The Claimant may submit written comments, documents, records, and other information relating to the claim for benefits. All comments, documents, records, and other information submitted by the Claimant shall be taken into account in the appeal without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination.

 

(d) The Committee shall deliver to the Claimant a written decision on the claim promptly, but no later than 60 days after the receipt of the Claimant’s request for such review, unless special circumstances exist that justify extending this period up to an additional 60 days. If the period is extended, the Claimant shall be given written notice of this extension during the initial 60-day period and such notice shall set forth the special circumstances and the date a decision is expected. The decision on review of the denial of the claim

 

  (1) Shall be written in a manner calculated to be understood by the Claimant;

 

  (2) Shall include specific reasons for the decision;

 

  (3) Shall contain specific references to the Plan provisions on which the decision is based;

 

  (4) Shall contain a statement that the Claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and other information relevant to the Claimant’s claim for benefits. Whether a document, record, or other information is relevant to a claim for benefits shall be determined by reference to Department of Labor Regulation Section 2560.503-1; and

 

  (5) Shall contain a statement of the Claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a) following an adverse determination on review.

 

(e) No lawsuit may be initiated by any person before fully pursuing the procedures set out in this Section 11.14, including the appeal permitted pursuant to Section 11.14(c). In addition, no legal action may be commenced later than 365 days subsequent to the date of the written response of the Committee to a Claimant’s request for review pursuant to Section 11.14(d).

 

99


11.15 Fidelity Bonds

No bond or other security is required of the Committee except as required by law. The Committee shall ensure that every fiduciary of the Plan and every person who handles funds or other property of the Plan, if required by law, shall be bonded in amounts at least meeting the minimum requirements of applicable law.

11.16 Effect of a Mistake

In the event of a mistake or misstatement as to the eligibility, participation, or service of any Participant or the amount of payments made or to be made to a Participant, Beneficiary, or Alternate Payee, the Committee shall, if possible, cause to be withheld or accelerated or otherwise make adjustment of the amounts of payments as will, in its sole judgment, result in the Participant, Beneficiary, or Alternate Payee receiving the proper amount of payments under the Plan.

11.17 Claims and Issues

From time to time, claims or issues may arise that involve the Plan, including, among others, claims and issues raised by Participants, those addressed under any of the Internal Revenue Service’s Employee Plans Compliance Resolution System programs or similar programs, or those permitted under the terms of a Qualified Domestic Relations Order. The resolution, settlement, or adjudication of these claims or issues may result in an action that is not expressly permitted under some other Section of the Plan document. Such a procedure, agreement, or order will be respected to the extent that, as determined in the sole discretion of the Committee, it does not result in disqualification of the Plan or violate (or cause the Plan to violate) any applicable statute, government regulation, or ruling.

 

100


Article 12.Amendment and Termination

12.1 Amendment

 

(a) The Company expects the Plan to be permanent and to continue indefinitely. However, the Company reserves the right to amend (including by retroactive amendment) or modify the Plan at any time. The Company may make any modifications or amendments to the Plan that are necessary or appropriate to meet the requirements of Code Section 401(a) or any other applicable provisions of the Code or any other present or future laws relating to plans of this type. The Company also may make such other amendments or modifications as it deems desirable.

 

(b) The Company shall amend the Plan by action of any of its officers or by the Board. An officer of the Company shall execute the amendment, evidencing the Company’s adoption of such amendment.

 

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 12.1, no amendment to the Plan or the Trust Agreement shall be adopted if

 

  (1) It would operate directly or indirectly to give an Employer an interest in any fund or property held by the Trust Fund or any asset of the Plan or it would permit any such fund, property, or asset to be used for or diverted to purposes other than the exclusive benefit of persons who are Participants or Beneficiaries; or

 

  (2) Unless required or permitted by law, it would operate either directly or indirectly to reduce the value of a nonforfeitable interest in the amounts accumulated in any Account as of the time of the amendment.

12.2 Discontinuance of Contributions and Termination

The Company reserves the right to direct the Employers to discontinue all contributions under this Plan at any time. The Company reserves the right to terminate the Plan at any time and for any reason and to distribute all assets held under the Plan. The Company shall terminate the Plan by action of two officers of the Company or by resolution of the Board. Upon termination of the Plan in whole or in part or upon complete discontinuance of contributions to the Plan by the Employers, the Committee shall determine the value, as of the date of such termination or complete discontinuance, of the proportionate interest in the Trust Fund of each Participant who has an interest in the Trust Fund and who is affected by such termination. The Accounts of such affected Participants shall be fully vested and nonforfeitable, and, thereafter, distribution shall be made to such Participants as directed by the Committee. Upon partial termination of the Plan, the Committee shall determine the timing of a distribution of the balance of the affected Participants’ Accounts. No distribution of pre-tax 401(k) Contributions, Roth Contributions, Catch-Up Contributions, QNEC Contributions, or QMAC Contributions shall be made upon the complete or partial termination of the Plan except to the extent permitted under the Code Section 401(k)(10) or under another provision of this Plan (e.g., upon Severance From Employment).

12.3 Plan Merger or Transfer

This Plan shall not merge or consolidate with, or transfer assets and liabilities to, or accept a transfer from, any other employee benefit plan unless each Participant, Beneficiary, or Alternate Payee in this Plan will (if the Plan then terminated) receive a benefit immediately after the merger, consolidation, or transfer that is no less than the benefit the Participant, Beneficiary, or Alternate Payee would have been entitled to receive immediately before the merger, consolidation, or transfer of assets (if this Plan had then terminated).

 

101


Article 13.Adoption by Affiliates

13.1 Adoption of Plan

With the approval of the Company, an Affiliate may adopt the Plan and Trust Agreement for the benefit of any specified group of its Employees. The Affiliate shall become a party to the Plan and Trust Agreement effective as of the date it specifies. The Affiliate shall file with the Company a certified copy of a resolution of its Board of Directors adopting the Plan or such other instruments as the Company may require.

13.2 Cooperation by Employers

The Committee may require each Employer to submit reports to the Committee periodically in such format as the Committee shall prescribe. The Committee may require an Employer to provide such information in these reports as the Committee deems useful and appropriate to assist it in administering the Plan. The Committee may require an Employer to provide additional information and take other actions, from time to time, that the Committee deems useful and appropriate to assist it in administering the Plan.

13.3 Action Binding on Participating Employers

Except as expressly provided otherwise in the Plan and the Trust Agreement, the Company, and the Committee shall be empowered to act for any Employer in all matters respecting the Plan, the Trustee, and the designation of Employers. Any action taken by the Company or the Committee with respect thereto shall automatically include and be binding upon any Employer that is a party to the Plan.

13.4 Nondiscrimination Requirements

The Committee may require an Employer to demonstrate, from time to time, that the requirements of Code Sections 410(b) and 401(a)(4) and related nondiscrimination provisions (as applicable) continue to be met with respect to such Employer. If the Committee determines, in its discretion, that there is a substantial risk that the requirements of these Code nondiscrimination provisions are not being met with respect to an Employer, then the Committee may, in its discretion,

 

(a) Require that the Employer expand this Plan’s coverage of the Employer’s Employees as the Committee determines to be necessary to comply with Code Section 410(b);

 

(b) Make such other changes as are required to comply with the requirements of Code Section 401(a)(4) and related Code nondiscrimination provisions; or

 

(c) Terminate the participation of the Employer in this Plan.

13.5 Termination of Participation of Affiliate

 

(a) The Company reserves the right, in its sole discretion and at any time, to terminate the participation in this Plan of any Employer. Such termination shall be effective immediately, upon the notice of such termination from the Company to the Trustee and the Employer being terminated, whichever occurs first. Upon such termination, this Plan shall not terminate.

 

(b)

An Employer may terminate its participation in the Plan by providing written notice to the Committee and the Board. The termination shall be effective on the date on which

 

102


  the written notice is received by the Committee and the Board, whichever occurs first, or such later date as is agreed to by the withdrawing Employer and the Committee and Board.

13.6 Consequences of the Termination of an Employer

If an Employer ceases to participate in this Plan, for whatever reason, and the Plan does not terminate, then the Committee shall elect, in its discretion, which of the following shall apply:

 

(a) The Committee may elect that the portion of the Plan attributable to the former Employer shall become a separate plan effective as of the date on which the Employer’s participation in this Plan terminates. The Committee shall inform the Trustee of the portion of the Trust Fund that is attributable to the participation of the terminated Employer. As soon thereafter as is administratively feasible, the Trustee shall set apart that portion of the Trust Fund as a separate trust fund that shall be part of the separate plan of the terminated Employer. Thereafter, the administration, control, and operation of the separate plan, with respect to the terminated Employer, shall be on a separate basis, in accordance with the terms of this Plan except that

 

  (1) The terminated Employer, not the Company and the Committee, shall be the sponsor and administrator of the separate plan and shall have all duties, responsibilities, and powers that the Company and Committee have under this Plan; and

 

  (2) The terminated Employer, not the Company, shall have the power to amend the separate plan, in accordance with the provisions of Article 12.

 

(b) Alternatively, the Committee may elect to maintain the Accounts of Participants employed by the terminated Employer as follows:

 

  (1) Except as provided in Section 13.6(b)(5), all Participants employed by the former Employer on the date on which the former Employer ceases participation in the Plan (the “ Withdrawal Date ”) shall become Inactive Participants or Former Participants, as applicable, effective as of the Withdrawal Date.

 

  (2) The Active Participant’s Compensation Deferral Agreement and Roth Deferral Agreement shall only apply to Deferrable Compensation for the portion of the Plan Year ending on the Withdrawal Date, and the Former Employer shall only make pre-tax 401(k) Contributions and Roth Contributions with respect to reductions in such Deferrable Compensation.

 

  (3) The Former Employer shall make all pre-tax 401(k) Contributions and Roth Contributions required under Article 4.

 

  (4) For purposes of being eligible to receive a distribution of his or her Account, an Inactive Participant described in Section 13.6(b)(1) shall not be treated as having a Severance From Employment unless and until the Company determines that he or she is eligible to receive a distribution under the provisions of Code Section 401(k)(2)(B)(i)(I).

 

103


  (5) If a Participant who was employed by a Former Employer becomes an Employee of another Employer or Controlled Group Member immediately after the Withdrawal Date, then he or she shall be treated under the Plan as having transferred employment from the Former Employer to another Employer or Controlled Group Member (as applicable).

 

(c) With the consent of the Employer that is no longer participating in the Plan, the Company may take such other actions with respect to the Accounts of Participants employed by that Employer as are permitted under the Code.

 

104


Article 14.Top-Heavy Provisions

14.1 Application

For Plan Years beginning on and after January 1, 2002, the provisions of this Article 14 shall apply for a Plan Year if this Plan is top-heavy as of the Determination Date (as defined in Section 14.2(e)) for that Plan Year. This Plan shall be top-heavy for a Plan Year if the Top-Heavy Ratio (as defined in Section 14.2), calculated as of the Determination Date for that Plan Year, exceeds 60 percent. The Committee shall determine whether the Plan is top-heavy.

14.2 Top-Heavy Ratio

The “ Top-Heavy Ratio ” for a Plan Year shall be calculated as follows:

 

(a) The numerator of the Top-Heavy Ratio shall be the sum of the amounts described in Section 14.2(b) for all plans described in Section 14.2(d) for each Key Employee (as defined in Section 14.3) who is employed by an Employer or Controlled Group Member. The denominator of the Top-Heavy Ratio shall be the sum of the amounts described in Section 14.2(b) for all plans described in Section 14.2(d) for all Employees who are employed by an Employer or Controlled Group Member.

 

(b) When calculating the Top-Heavy Ratio, the following amounts shall be included:

 

  (1) The Employee’s total balance as of the Determination Date under all Accounts (other than the Rollover Contributions Account);

 

  (2) If benefits under another defined contribution plan are included, pursuant to Section 14.2(d), the Employee’s total account balance under that plan as of the Determination Date;

 

  (3) If benefits under a defined benefit plan are included, pursuant to Section 14.2(d), the present value as of the Determination Date of the Employee’s accrued benefit. The present value of accrued benefits shall be determined using reasonable actuarial assumptions specified by the Committee; and

 

  (4) The present values of accrued benefits and the amounts of account balances of an Employee as of the Determination Date under the Plan and any plan aggregated with the Plan under Section 14.2(d) and Code Section 416(g)(2) shall be increased by the distributions made with respect to the Employee under any such plan during the one-year period ending on the Determination Date. The preceding sentence shall also apply to distributions under a terminated plan which, had it not been terminated, would have been aggregated with the Plan under Code Section 416(g)(2)(A)(i). In the case of a distribution made for a reason other than Severance From Employment, death, or Disability, this provision shall be applied by substituting “five-year period” for “one-year period.”

 

(c) For purposes of computing the Top-Heavy Ratio,

 

  (1) Account balances and accrued benefits shall be taken into account only to the extent attributable to contributions by an Employer or Controlled Group Member and contributions (other than voluntary deductible employee contributions) by the Employee while employed by an Employer or Controlled Group Member.

 

  (2) Account balances and accrued benefits attributable to rollover contributions initiated or made after December 31, 1983 shall not be taken into account.

 

105


  (3) The present values of accrued benefits and account balances of any individual who has not performed services for any member of the Controlled Group that includes the individual’s Employer during the one-year period ending on the determination date shall not be taken into account.

 

  (4) Account balances or accrued benefits of an Employee shall not be taken into account if he or she is not a Key Employee in the Plan Year being tested but was a Key Employee in a prior Plan Year.

 

(d) In addition to benefits under this Plan, benefits under the following Controlled Group Qualified Plans shall be included for purposes of calculating the Top-Heavy Ratio for a Plan Year.

 

  (1) To the extent required by Code Section 416(g)(3), benefits under a Controlled Group Qualified Plan shall be included if, during the period specified by Section 14.2(b)(4), either

 

  (A) A Key Employee participated in that Controlled Group Qualified Plan (as an Employee of an Employer or Controlled Group Member); or

 

  (B) The Controlled Group Qualified Plan, when aggregated with this Plan (or a Controlled Group Qualified Plan described in Section 14.2(d)(1)(A)), enabled this Plan (or a Controlled Group Qualified Plan described in Section 14.2(d)(1)(A)) to meet the requirements of Code Section 401(a)(4) or Code Section 410(b).

 

  (2) The Committee may elect to include benefits under any Controlled Group Qualified Plan if the plan, together with the plans included pursuant to Section 14.2(d)(1), would satisfy the requirements of Code Sections 401(a)(4) and 410(b) for the Plan Year.

 

(e) The “ Determination Date ” for a Plan Year shall be the last day of the preceding Plan Year. The Determination Date shall also be the valuation date referred to in Code Section 416.

14.3 Key Employees

A “ Key Employee ,” with respect to a Plan Year, shall be any Employee or a former Employee (including any deceased Employee) of an Employer or Controlled Group Member who, at any time during the Plan Year that includes the determination date is one of the following:

 

(a) An officer of an Employer or Controlled Group Member whose Section 415 Compensation exceeds $130,000, as adjusted under Code Section 416(i)(1), provided however, that the number of Employees included on account of this Section 14.3(a) shall not exceed the lesser of

 

  (1) 50 Employees; or

 

  (2) The greater of three Employees or 10 percent of all Employees of the Employers and Controlled Group Members;

 

(b) A five-percent owner of an Employer or Controlled Group Member; or

 

106


(c) A one-percent owner of an Employer or Controlled Group Member if the Employee’s Section 415 Compensation for the Plan Year exceeds $150,000.

For purposes of this Section 14.3, only Section 415 Compensation attributable to services performed during the Plan Year for an Employer or Controlled Group Member shall be included. Ownership shall be determined in accordance with Code Section 318 (as modified by Code Section 416(i)(1)(B)(iii)).

A Beneficiary or Alternate Payee whose rights under the Plan derive from a Key Employee shall also be treated as a Key Employee.

Each Employee who is not a Key Employee is a “ non-Key Employee .”

14.4 Minimum Contribution

If this Plan is top-heavy, with respect to a Plan Year, then, to the extent required under the Code, each Employer shall make such additional contributions as the Committee determines are required so that each Participant who is a non-Key Employee of that Employer, and who is employed by an Employer or Controlled Group Member on the last day of the Plan Year, receives a total allocation for that Plan Year of the lesser of the following percentages of his or her Section 415 Compensation: 3 percent or the percentage equal to the largest contribution, expressed as a percentage of Section 415 Compensation, received by any Key Employee for that Plan Year. For purposes of satisfying the requirements of the preceding sentence, pre-tax 401(k) Contributions and Roth Contributions shall not be included, in the case of any Participant who is a non-Key Employee for that Plan Year, but shall be included in the case of any Participant who is a Key Employee for that Plan Year. If an Employee is employed by more than one Employer during a Plan Year in which the Plan is top-heavy, the Committee shall prescribe rules for determining each Employer’s share of any additional contributions required under this Section 14.4. If one of the aggregated plans is a defined benefit plan, then any Participant who participates both in that plan and would otherwise be entitled to a minimum contribution under this Section 14.4 will receive the minimum top-heavy benefit under the defined benefit plan and will not receive a required contribution under this Plan.

Effective January 1, 2006, Matching Contributions shall be taken into account for purposes of satisfying the minimum contribution requirements of this Section 14.4 and Code Section 416(c)(2). Matching Contributions that are used to satisfy the minimum contribution requirements shall be treated as Matching Contributions under Section 6.5(c) (relating to the ACP limit) and other requirements of Code Section 401(m).

14.5 Vesting

If this Plan is top-heavy with respect to a Plan Year then, notwithstanding Section 3.6, the vested interests of Participants shall be determined as follows:

 

107


(a) Subject to the other provisions of this Section 14.5, to the extent that a Participant’s interest in his or her Account is not already vested in accordance with the terms of Section 3.6 (relating to vesting), each such Participant’s interest in his or her Account shall vest in accordance with the following schedule, provided however, that use of the schedule in this Section 14.5 shall never result in a Participant’s Account vesting less rapidly than it would under Section 3.6 of the Plan:

 

Completed Years of Service

   Percent
Vested
 

Less than 1

     0

At least 1 but less than 2

     50

At least 2

     100

 

(b) The vesting schedule in Section 14.5(a) shall only apply to Participants who are Employees during the Plan Year and who are credited with at least one Hour of Service before the last day of the Plan Year.

 

(c) The vesting schedule in Section 14.5(a) shall apply to all amounts allocated to the Participant’s Account as of the last day in the Plan Year, including amounts allocated in Plan Years before the Plan became top-heavy.

 

(d) If this Plan is top-heavy with respect to a Plan Year and is not top-heavy with respect to a subsequent Plan Year and to the extent that a Participant’s interest in his or her Accounts is not already vested, such Participant may elect the vesting schedule pursuant to this Section 14.5 in accordance with Code Section 411(a)(10) and Treasury Regulation Section 1.416–1, V–7.

 

108


Article 15.Miscellaneous Provisions

15.1 No Enlargement of Employee Rights

This Plan is strictly a voluntary undertaking on the part of the Company and the Employers and shall not be deemed to constitute a contract between the Employers and any Employee or Participant, Beneficiary, or Alternate Payee, or to be consideration for, or an inducement to, or a condition of, the employment of any Employee. Nothing contained in the Plan shall be deemed to give any Employee the right to be retained in the service of any Employer or Controlled Group Member or to interfere with the right of any of them to discipline, discharge, or retire any person at any time. No Participant, Beneficiary, or Alternate Payee, before satisfying all conditions for receiving benefits, shall have any right or interest in or to any portion of the Trust Fund. No one shall have any right to benefits, except to the extent provided in this Plan.

15.2 No Examination or Accounting

Neither this Plan nor any action taken thereunder shall be construed as giving any person the right to an accounting or to examine the books or affairs of any Employer or Controlled Group Member.

15.3 Nonalienation

 

(a) Except as otherwise permitted by the Plan, no benefit payable at any time under the Plan shall be subject to the debts or liabilities of a Participant or his or her Beneficiary. Any attempt to alienate, sell, transfer, assign, pledge, or otherwise encumber any such benefit, whether presently or thereafter payable, shall be void. Except as provided in Section 15.3(b)–(d), no benefit under the Plan shall be subject in any manner to attachment, garnishment, or encumbrance of any kind.

 

(b) Payment may be made from a Participant’s Account to an Alternate Payee, pursuant to a Qualified Domestic Relations Order.

 

  (1) The Committee shall establish reasonable written procedures for reviewing court orders made, pursuant to state domestic relations law (including a community property law), relating to child support, alimony payments, or marital property rights of a Spouse, former Spouse, child, or other dependent of a Participant and for notifying Participants and Alternate Payees of the receipt of such orders and of the Plan’s procedures for determining if the orders are Qualified Domestic Relations Orders and for administering distributions under Qualified Domestic Relations Orders.

 

  (2) Except as may otherwise be required by applicable law, such Qualified Domestic Relations Orders may not require a retroactive transfer of all or part of a Participant’s Account to or for the benefit of an Alternate Payee without permitting an appropriate adjustment for earnings and investment gains or losses that have occurred in the interim, nor shall such orders require the Plan to provide rights to Alternate Payees that are not available to Beneficiaries generally.

 

  (3)

To the extent permitted by the terms of a Qualified Domestic Relations Order, amounts assigned to an Alternate Payee may be paid as soon as possible in a lump sum, notwithstanding the age, employment status, or other factors affecting the ability of the Participant to make a withdrawal or otherwise to receive a distribution of amounts allocated to the Participant’s Account. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Alternate Payee shall be paid in no event later than the dates

 

109


  specified in Section 8.8 (small amounts) or Section 8.9 (relating to required minimum distributions).

 

  (4) In cases in which a full and prompt payment of amounts assigned to an Alternate Payee will not be made, pursuant to this Section 15.3(b), the assigned amounts will be transferred within a reasonable time after determination that the order is a Qualified Domestic Relations Order to a separate Account for the benefit of the Alternate Payee and invested in accordance with the Alternate Payee’s Investment Elections.

 

  (5) No amount that is segregated pending a determination of whether a domestic relations order is a Qualified Domestic Relations Order or transferred to a separate Account for the benefit of the Alternative Payee, pursuant to Section 15.3(b)(4), shall be taken into account when determining the amount that

 

  (A) A Participant may withdraw from his or her Account, pursuant to Article 7;

 

  (B) A Participant (or his or her Beneficiary) may receive in a Plan loan, pursuant to Section 7.4; or

 

  (C) A Participant (or his or her Beneficiary) may receive in a distribution, pursuant to Article 8.

 

(c) Payment may be made from an Account, to the extent required by a federal tax levy made pursuant to Code Section 6331 or by the United States’ collection of a judgment resulting from an unpaid federal tax assessment. Payment may be made at the time required by the tax levy or judgment collection order, even if payment would not otherwise be made at that time under the terms of the Plan and payment from the Plan would not otherwise be permitted at that time under Code Sections 401(a), 401(k), or 411(a)(11).

 

(d) Payments from an Account may be offset to the extent permitted under Code Section 401(a)(13)(C) (relating to offsets regarding breaches of duty with respect to the Plan).

15.4 Incompetency

Every person receiving or claiming benefits under the Plan shall be conclusively presumed to be mentally competent and of age until the date on which the Committee receives a written notice, in a form and manner acceptable to the Committee, that such person is incompetent or a minor, for whom a guardian or other person legally vested with the care of his or her person or estate has been appointed; provided, however, that if the Committee shall find that any person to whom a benefit is payable under the Plan is unable to care for his or her affairs because of incompetency, or is a minor, any payment due (unless a prior claim therefore shall have been made by a duly appointed legal representative) may be paid to the Spouse, a child, a parent, a brother or sister, or to any person or institution deemed by the Committee to have incurred expenses for such person otherwise entitled to payment. To the extent permitted by law, any such payment so made shall be a complete discharge of liability therefore under the Plan. In the event that a guardian of the estate of any person receiving or claiming benefits under the Plan shall be appointed by a court of competent jurisdiction, and proper proof of appointment and continuing qualification is furnished in a form and manner acceptable to the Committee, then, to the extent permitted by law,

 

110


(a) Such guardian may act for the Participant, Beneficiary, or Alternate Payee and make any election required of or permitted by the Participant, Beneficiary, or Alternate Payee under this Plan, and such action or election shall be deemed to have been taken by the Participant, Beneficiary, or Alternate Payee; and

 

(b) Benefit payments may be made to such guardian, and any such payment so made shall be a complete discharge of any liability therefore under the Plan.

15.5 Records Conclusive

The records of the Company, Employers, the Committee, and the Trustee shall be conclusive in respect to all matters involved in the administration of the Plan.

15.6 Counterparts

This Plan may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original. All the counterparts shall constitute but one and the same instrument and may be sufficiently evidenced by any one counterpart.

15.7 Service of Legal Process

The Trustee and members of the Committee are hereby designated as agent(s) of the Plan for the purpose of receiving legal process.

15.8 Qualified Military Service

Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, contributions, benefits and service credit with respect to qualified military service will be provided in accordance with Code Section 414(u). Effective on and after January 1, 2009, if a Participant dies while performing qualified military service, as defined under the Uniformed Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act, the Participant shall be treated as having died while an Active Participant.

15.9 Severability

If any provision of this Plan is held illegal or invalid for any reason, such illegality or invalidity will not affect the remaining provisions; instead, each provision is fully severable and the Plan will be construed and enforced as if any illegal or invalid provision had never been included.

* * * * * * * * * *

 

111


In Witness Whereof, an authorized officer of the Company has signed this document on this 22 nd day of December, 2011, but effective as of January 1, 2012 (and the other dates specified herein).

 

Watson Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
By   /s/    R.T. Joyce
Its   EVP and CFO

 

112


F IRST A MENDMENT TO THE

W ATSON P HARMACEUTICALS , I NC . 401( K ) P LAN

(Restated as of January 1, 2012)

1. The following paragraph is hereby added to Section 2.1(cc) at the end thereof to read as follows, effective as of the Actavis Closing Date:

Effective as of the Actavis Closing Date, Actavis shall be treated as a participating employer, in accordance with Section 13.1, under this Plan.

2. A new Section 2.1(mmmm) is hereby added to the Plan in its entirety to read as follows, effective as of the Actavis Closing Date:

 

  (mmmm) “Actavis” means Actavis, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and any of its subsidiaries or related companies.

3. A new Section 2. l(nnnn) is hereby added to the Plan in its entirety to read as follows, effective as of the Actavis Closing Date:

 

  (nnnn) “Actavis Closing Date” means October 31, 2012, the day on which the transaction by the Company to acquire Actavis under the Actavis Purchase Agreement is completed.

4. A new Section 2.1(oooo) is hereby added to the Plan in its entirety to read as follows, effective as of the Actavis Closing Date:

 

  (oooo) “Actavis Purchase Agreement” means the stock purchase agreement, dated April 25, 2012, pursuant to which the Company acquired Actavis.

5. A new Section 3.6(d) is hereby added to the Plan in its entirety to read as follows, effective as of the Actavis Closing Date:

 

  (d) Any individual employed by Actavis on the Actavis Closing Date shall be immediately 100% vested in his or her Watson Accounts (including his or her Matching Contributions Account and Profit Sharing Contributions Account).

6. Section 4.3 is hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows, effective as of January 1, 2013:

4.3 Automatic Contribution Arrangement

 

  (a) Effective beginning on January 1, 2013, the following automatic contribution arrangement provisions shall apply.

 

  (b)

Effective for (i) any Active Participant whose employment or reemployment with the Employer, or an Affiliate, commences on or after January 1, 2013, if the Active Participant does not affirmatively enter into a Compensation Deferral Agreement, and (ii) any Active Participant who has been deemed to have entered into a Compensation Deferral Agreement under a Qualified Automatic Contribution Arrangement prior to January 1, 2013, the Active Participant shall be deemed to have


  entered into the following Compensation Deferral Agreements with his or her Employer:

 

  (1) A Compensation Deferral Agreement that reduces his or her Deferrable Compensation in an amount equal to the following percentages for the following time periods:

 

Time Period

   Automatic
Contribution
Percentage
Beginning on the Plan Entry Date and ending on the first Deferrable Compensation Payment Date that occurs on the April 1 st that is at least six (6) months following the first Deferrable Compensation Payment Date (for purposes of this Section, the phrase “April 1 st that is at least six (6) months following the first Deferrable Compensation Payment Date” shall be referred to as the “First April 1 st Anniversary Date”).        3 %
Beginning on the first day of the payroll period that begins on or immediately after the First April 1 st Anniversary Date and ending on the Deferrable Compensation Payment Date that occurs on or immediately after the April 1 st that follows the First April l st Anniversary Date (for purposes of this Section, the phrase “April 1 st that follows the First April l st Anniversary Date” shall be referred to as the “Second April 1 st Anniversary Date”).        4 %
Beginning on the first day of the payroll period that begins on or immediately after the Second April 1 st Anniversary Date and ending on the Deferrable Compensation Payment Date that occurs on or immediately after the April l st that follows the Second April 1 st Anniversary Date (for purposes of this Section, the phrase, “April 1 st that follows the Second April 1 st Anniversary Date” shall be referred to as the “Third April 1 st Anniversary Date”).        5 %
Beginning on the first day of the payroll period that begins on or immediately after the Third April 1 st Anniversary Date and ending on the Deferrable Compensation Payment Date that occurs on or immediately after the April 1 st that follows the Second April 1 st Anniversary Date (for purposes of this Section, the phrase, “April 1 st that follows the Third April 1 st Anniversary Date” shall be referred to as the “Fourth April 1 st Anniversary Date”).        6 %


Beginning on the first day of the payroll period that begins on or immediately after the Fourth April 1 st Anniversary Date and ending on the Deferrable Compensation Payment Date that occurs on or immediately after the April 1 st that follows the Second April 1 st Anniversary Date (for purposes of this Section, the phrase, “April 1 st that follows the Fourth April 1 st Anniversary Date” shall be referred to as the “Fifth April 1 st Anniversary Date”).        7 %
Beginning on the first day of the pay period that begins on or immediately after the Fifth April 1 st Anniversary Date and continuing thereafter, subject to subsection 4.3(b)(3).        8 %

 

  (2) For purposes of this Section 4.3(b), the term “Plan Entry Date” means the date of the Active Participant’s first pre-tax 401(k) Contribution to the Plan.

 

  (3) Notwithstanding subsection 4.3(b)(l), for any Active Participant who has been deemed to have entered into a Compensation Deferral Agreement under an automatic contribution arrangement prior to January 1, 2013, the Active Participant shall be deemed to have entered into the applicable Compensation Deferral Agreement in subsection 4.3(b)(l); provided, however, that such Active Participant’s Automatic Contribution Percentage shall not increase by more than 1% on any April 1 st Anniversary Date.

 

  (c) Each Active Participant shall be provided reasonable notice regarding the provisions of this Section 4.3 and will have the opportunity to decline to make the contribution, revoke the contribution, or make a different contribution percentage than provided in this Section 4.3.

Any Eligible Employee who severed from employment, within the meaning of Code Section 401(k)(2)(B)(i)(I), with Andryx prior to the Closing Date (as such term is defined in the Andryx Merger) and who subsequently becomes an Eligible Employee will be subject to the deemed Compensation Deferral Agreement as described in Sections 4.3(b) and 4.3(c).

7. Section 7.4(c) of the Plan is hereby amended by adding the following paragraph at the end thereof to read as follows, effective as of the Actavis Closing Date:

Notwithstanding the foregoing, effective as of the Actavis Closing Date, a Borrower who was employed by Actavis on the Actavis Closing Date and who, pursuant to Section 4.9(b)(3), directly rolls into this Plan two promissory notes in connection with two plan loans under the Actavis Retirement Plan may have up to two loans outstanding from this Plan until such time as one of the loans that was rolled over from the Actavis Retirement Plan is either repaid in full or deemed to be distributed pursuant to the requirements of Code section 72(p). After such rolled-over loan from the Actavis Retirement Plan is satisfied, the Borrower described in the previous sentence of this Section 7.4(c) will be treated the same as any other Borrower in the Plan and may have only one loan outstanding from this Plan. A Borrower who was employed by Actavis on the Actavis


Closing Date may not directly roll over any promissory notes in connection with loans under the Actavis Retirement Plan unless such Borrower makes an eligible rollover distribution from such plan to the Plan in accordance with Section 4.9(b).

8. Section 9.10(e) of the Plan is hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows, effective as of January 1, 2013:

 

  (e) As authorized by Section 11.6, the Committee shall appoint a third party to serve as an independent fiduciary acting as an investment manager with regard to the Watson Common Stock Fund. The third party independent fiduciary acting as an investment manager is subject to all the rules and responsibilities contained in Section 11.10 with respect to the Watson Common Stock Fund. The Company by action of an officer may remove the third party, or the third party may deliver its resignation to the Company, consistent with the terms of any applicable agreement between the Company and such third party.

The third party independent fiduciary shall have the exclusive authority and responsibility to exercise the following powers:

 

  (1) To impose any limitation or restriction on the investment of the Plan accounts in the Watson Common Stock Fund;

 

  (2) To eliminate the Watson Common Stock Fund as an investment option under the Plan and to sell or otherwise dispose of all or any portion of the Watson Common Stock held in the Watson Common Stock Fund;

 

  (3) To designate an alternative investment fund under the Plan for the investment of any proceeds from any sale or other disposition of Watson Common Stock; and

 

  (4) To instruct the Trustee of the Plan with respect to the foregoing matters.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Employer has caused this Amendment to be executed this 31 st day of October, 2012, to be effective as of the date set forth herein.

 

Watson Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
By:   /s/    Patrick Eagan
Title:   Sr. VP Human Resource


S ECOND A MENDMENT TO THE

W ATSON P HARMACEUTICALS , I NC . 401( K ) P LAN

(Restated as of January 1, 2012)

1. A new Section 1.1(g) is hereby added to the Plan in its entirety to read as follows, effective as of January 24, 2013:

Effective as of January 24, 2013, Watson Pharmaceuticals, Inc. changed its name to Actavis, Inc., and as a result, all references to Watson Pharmaceuticals, Inc. shall now be changed to Actavis, Inc.

2. Section 2.1(r) of the Plan is hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows, effective January 24, 2013:

 

  (r) “Company” means Actavis, Inc. or Actavis, a Nevada corporation and any successor thereto that assumes its obligations under the Plan. Prior to January 24, 2013, the name of the Company was Watson Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

3. Section 2.1(eee) of the Plan is hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows, effective as of January 24, 2013:

 

  (eee) “Plan” means the Actavis, Inc. 40l(k) Plan (formerly known as the “Watson Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 401(k) Plan”), as set forth in this Restatement and as hereafter amended from time to time.

4. Effective January 24, 2013, all references in the Plan to Watson Pharmaceuticals, Inc. or Watson contained herein shall be replaced with Actavis, Inc. or Actavis, respectively.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Employer has caused this Amendment to be executed this 08 day of March, 2013, to be effective as of the date set forth herein.

 

Actavis, Inc.
By:   /s/    Patrick Eagan
Title:   08 March 2013

Exhibit 99.3

Warner Chilcott

Equity Incentive Plan


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

     PAGE  

Section 1.  Purpose

     2   

Section 2.  Administration

     2   

Section 3.  Eligibility

     2   

Section 4.  Shares Subject to Plan

     3   

Section 5.  Awards

     3   

Section 6.  Options

     4   

Section 7.  Share Appreciation Rights

     5   

Section 8.  Share Awards

     6   

Section 9.  Share Units

     6   

Section 10.  Performance Awards

     7   

Section 11.  Dividend Equivalent Rights

     8   

Section 12.  Payment for ordinary shares

     8   

Section 13.  Termination of Service

     9   

Section 14.  Adjustment of ordinary shares

     9   

Section 15.  Securities Law Requirements

     10   

Section 16.  General Terms

     11   

Section 17.  Duration and Amendments

     12   

Section 18.  Definitions

     13   

Section 19.  Choice of Law

     16   

APPENDIX I CALIFORNIA SECURITIES LAW REQUIREMENTS

     APPENDIX I -1   

APPENDIX II UNITED KINGDOM LAW REQUIREMENTS

     APPENDIX II -1   

APPENDIX III UNITED KINGDOM TAX APPROVED OPTIONS

     APPENDIX III -1   


Warner Chilcott

Equity Incentive Plan

SECTION 1. Purpose.

The purpose of the Plan is to attract and retain the best available personnel, to provide additional incentive to persons who provide services to the Company and its Subsidiaries, and to promote the success of the Company’s business. Unless the context otherwise requires, capitalized terms used herein are defined in Section 17.

SECTION 2. Administration.

(a) Authority of the Board. The Plan shall be administered by the Board. The Board shall have full authority and sole discretion to take any actions it deems necessary or advisable for the administration and operation of the Plan, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, including, without limitation, the right to construe and interpret the provisions of the Plan or any Award, to provide for any omission in the Plan, to resolve any ambiguity or conflict under the Plan or any Award, to accelerate vesting of or otherwise waive any requirements applicable to any Award, to extend the term or any period of exercisability of any Award, to modify the purchase price or exercise price under any Award, to establish terms or conditions applicable to any Award and to review any decisions or actions made or taken by the Board. All decisions, interpretations and other actions of the Board shall be final and binding on all participants and other persons deriving their rights from a participant. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no action taken by the Board shall adversely affect in any material respect the rights granted to any participant under any outstanding Award without the participant’s written consent. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Board may, at its discretion, delegate its authorities under the Plan to any officer of the Company and may subject such delegation to such limits or parameters as it may determine and may revoke such delegation at will.

SECTION 3. Eligibility.

The Board is authorized to grant Awards to employees, directors and consultants of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company. Employees who have been granted Awards shall be participants in the Plan with respect to such Awards.

 

2


SECTION 4. Shares Subject to Plan.

(a) Basic Limitation. Subject to the following provisions of this Section and Section 14, the maximum number of ordinary shares that may be issued pursuant to Awards under the Plan is 24,170,880 ordinary shares. Ordinary shares may only be authorized but unissued ordinary shares and, unless permitted under New York or other applicable law, may not be treasury ordinary shares. Notwithstanding the foregoing and subject to the provisions of Section 14 of the Plan, under the Plan no Person may be granted in any calendar year Options, Stock Appreciation Rights or Performance Awards denominated in ordinary shares that, in the case of each type of Award, relate to more than two million ordinary shares or, with respect to any Performance Award denominated in cash or valued with reference to property other than ordinary shares, allow for a payment in excess of $5,000,000.

(b) Additional ordinary shares. In the event that any outstanding Award expires, is cancelled or otherwise terminated, any rights to acquire ordinary shares allocable to the unexercised or unvested portion of such Award shall again be available for the purposes of the Plan. In the event that ordinary shares issued under the Plan are reacquired by the Company pursuant to any forfeiture provision, such ordinary shares shall again be available for the purposes of the Plan.

SECTION 5. Awards.

(a) Types of Awards. The Board may, in its sole discretion, make Awards of one or more of the following: Options, Share Appreciation Rights, Share Awards, Share Units, Performance Awards and Dividend Equivalent Rights. The Company shall make Awards directly or cause one or more of its Subsidiaries to make Awards; provided , however , that the Company shall be responsible for causing any such Subsidiary to comply with the terms of any Award and the Plan.

(b) Award Agreements. Each Award made under the Plan shall be evidenced by a written agreement, and no Award shall be valid without any such agreement. An Award shall be subject to all applicable terms and conditions of the Plan and to any other terms and conditions which the Board in its sole discretion deems appropriate for inclusion in the Award agreement provided such terms and conditions are not inconsistent with the Plan. Accordingly, in the event of any conflict between the provisions of the Plan and any such agreement, the provisions of the Plan shall prevail. Prior to an Initial Public Offering, awards made to California participants shall also be subject to the applicable requirements set forth in Appendix I. Each agreement evidencing an Award shall provide, in addition to any terms and conditions required to be provided in such agreement pursuant to any other provision of this Plan, the following terms:

(i) Number of ordinary shares. The number of ordinary shares subject to the Award, if any, which number shall be subject to adjustment in accordance with Section 14 of the Plan.

 

3


(ii) Price. Where applicable, each agreement shall designate the price, if any, to acquire any ordinary shares underlying the Award, which price shall be payable in a form described in Section 12 and subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 14.

(iii) Vesting. Each Award agreement shall specify the dates and events on which all or any installment of the Award shall be vested and non-forfeitable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon a Change in Control any unvested Awards which are subject to a time-based vesting schedule shall be fully vested and non-forfeitable. Awards which are subject to a performance-based vesting schedule shall not be affected by a Change in Control, i.e. such awards shall not vest automatically upon a Change in Control.

(c) No Rights as a Shareholder. A participant, or a transferee of a participant, shall have no rights as a shareholder with respect to any ordinary shares covered by an Award until ordinary shares are actually issued in the name of such person (or if ordinary shares will be held in street name, to a broker who will hold such ordinary shares on behalf of such person).

SECTION 6. Options.

(a) Option Agreement. The Board may, in its sole discretion, grant Options. Each agreement evidencing an Award of Options shall contain the following information, which shall be determined by the Board, in its sole discretion:

(i) ISO/Nonstatutory Option. Each agreement shall designate an Option as either an ISO or a Nonstatutory Option (provided that an Option shall be a Nonstatutory Option unless the applicable award agreement specifically designates such Option as an ISO).

(ii) Exercisability. Each agreement shall specify the dates and events when all or any installment of the Option becomes exercisable.

(iii) Term. Each agreement shall state the term of each Option (including the circumstances under which such Option will expire prior to the stated term thereof), which shall not exceed ten years from the date of grant or (in respect of an ISO) such shorter term as may be required by Section 6(b)(iii) below for Ten Percent ordinary shareholders.

(b) Special ISO Rules. The following rules apply to ISO grants in addition to any other rule that may apply under this Plan:

(i) ISO Participants. ISOs may only be granted to employees of the Company or a Subsidiary thereof.

 

4


(ii) Exercise Price. The exercise price of an ISO shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of a ordinary share on the date of grant or such higher price as may be required by Section 6(b)(iii) below for Ten Percent ordinary shareholders.

(iii) Ten Percent ordinary shareholders. An individual who owns more than ten percent of the total combined voting power of all classes of outstanding stock of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (a “ Ten Percent ordinary shareholder ”) shall not be eligible for designation as a participant under an ISO unless (A) the exercise price is at least 110% of the Fair Market Value of a ordinary share on the date of grant and (B) the ISO is not exercisable after the expiration of five years from the date of grant. In determining stock ownership for purposes hereof, the attribution rules of Section 424(d) of the Code shall apply.

(iv) Dollar Limitation. The aggregate Fair Market Value of ordinary shares (determined as of the respective date or dates of grant) for which one or more Options granted to any participant under the Plan (or any other option plan of the Company or any Subsidiary thereof) may for the first time become exercisable as ISOs during any one calendar year shall not exceed the sum of $100,000. To the extent a participant holds two or more Options which become exercisable for the first time in the same calendar year, such Options shall qualify as ISOs on the basis of the order in which such Options were granted.

(v) Failure to Qualify. If all or a portion of an Award granted as an ISO fails (or later ceases to) qualify as an ISO, such Option or portion thereof shall be treated as a Nonstatutory Option.

SECTION 7. Share Appreciation Rights.

(a) Generally. The Board may, in its sole discretion, grant “Share Appreciation Rights”, including a concurrent grant of Share Appreciation Rights in tandem with any Option. A Share Appreciation Right means a right to receive a payment in cash, ordinary shares or a combination thereof in an amount equal to the excess of (i) the Fair Market Value, or other specified valuation, of a number of ordinary shares on the date the right is exercised over (ii) the Fair Market Value, or other specified valuation, of such ordinary shares on the date the right is granted. If a Share Appreciation Right is granted in tandem with or in substitution for an Option, the designated Fair Market Value in the Award agreement shall reflect the Fair Market Value of the ordinary shares underlying the Awards on the date the Option is granted.

 

5


(b) Share Appreciation Rights Award Agreement. Each agreement evidencing an Award of Share Appreciation Rights shall contain the following information, which shall be determined by the Board, in its sole discretion:

(i) Base Value. Each agreement shall specify the base value of the ordinary shares above which a participant shall be entitled to share in the appreciation in the value of such ordinary shares.

(ii) Exercisability. Each agreement shall specify the dates and events when all or any installment of the Share Appreciation Rights becomes exercisable.

(iii) Term. Each agreement shall state the term of each Share Appreciation Right (including the circumstances under which such Share Appreciation Right will expire prior to the stated term thereof), which shall not exceed ten years from the date of grant.

SECTION 8. Share Awards.

(a) Generally. The Board may, in its sole discretion, make “Share Awards” by granting or selling ordinary shares under the Plan. Each Share Award agreement shall set forth the applicable dates and/or events on which all or any portion of the Share Awards shall be vested and non-forfeitable. Payment in ordinary shares of all or a portion of any bonus under any other arrangement may be treated by the Board as an Award of ordinary shares under the Plan.

(b) No Purchase Price Necessary. In lieu of a purchase price, and except as required by applicable law, a Share Award may be made in consideration of services previously rendered by a participant to the Company or its Subsidiaries thereof.

SECTION 9. Share Units.

(a) Generally. The Board may, in its sole discretion, grant “Share Units”, which in each case shall be a notional account representing ordinary shares. Each Share Unit agreement shall set forth the applicable dates and/or events on or after which all or any portion of the Share Unit Award may be settled.

(b) Settlement of Share Units. Share Units shall be settled in ordinary shares unless the agreement evidencing the Award expressly provides for settlement of all or a portion of the Share Units in cash equal to the value of the ordinary shares that would otherwise be distributed in settlement of such units. Ordinary shares distributed to settle a Share Unit may be issued with or without payment or consideration therefor, except as may be required by applicable law or the Board in its sole discretion as set forth in the agreement evidencing the Award. The Board may, in its sole discretion, establish a program to permit participants to defer payments and distributions made in respect of Share Units.

 

6


SECTION 10. Performance Awards.

(a) The Board may, in its sole discretion, grant any Awards under the Plan pursuant to terms which condition the Award recipient’s right to receive the Award, exercise the Award or have the Award settled, and the timing thereof, upon achievement or satisfaction of such performance conditions as may be specified by the Board. The Board may use such business criteria and other measures of performance as it deems appropriate in establishing any performance conditions.

(b) Any such Awards may, in the discretion of the Board, be subject to such conditions as the Board deems necessary or appropriate to ensure that such Award satisfies the requirements for “performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code, or any successor provision thereto. For these purposes, one or more of the following criteria relating to the Company or a designated business segment, business unit, division, business line or other sub-category of the Company or its businesses may be used by the Board in establishing performance goals for such Awards: (i) revenues, (ii) expenses, (iii) gross profit, (iv) operating income, (v) net income, (vi) earnings per share, (vii) cash flow, (viii) capital expenditures, (ix) working capital, (x) economic value added, (xi) stock price per share, (xii) market value, (xiii) enterprise value, (xiv) book value, (xv) return on equity, (xvi) return on book value, (xvii) return on invested capital, (xviii) return on asset, (xix) capital structure, (xx) return on investment, (xxi) utilization, (xxii) cash net income, (xxiii) adjusted cash net income, (xxiv) EBITDA and (xxv) adjusted EBITDA. The performance goals relating to such criteria may be expressed as absolute measures or measures relative to stated references, including, without limitation, the achievements of one or more other businesses or indices.

(c) The Board will have the authority to adjust performance goals for any performance period as equitably necessary, without enlarging or diminishing the participants’ rights, in recognition of (i) extraordinary or nonrecurring events experienced by the Company during the performance period, (ii) changes in applicable accounting rules or principles or changes in the Company’s methods of accounting during the performance period or (iii) other corporate transactions or events affecting Awards, including, without limitation, the occurrence of a dividend or other distribution (other than an ordinary dividend), whether in the form of cash, securities or other property, recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, reclassification, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase, exchange of shares or other securities of the Company, issuance of warrants or other rights to purchase shares or other securities of the Company; provided that such adjustment is appropriate to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be provided under the Plan.

 

7


SECTION 11. Dividend Equivalent Rights.

(a) Generally. The Board may, in its sole discretion, grant Dividend Equivalent Rights with respect to any Award.

(b) Settlement of Dividend Equivalent Rights. Dividend Equivalent Rights may be settled in cash, ordinary shares, or other securities or property, all as provided in the Award agreement. The Board may, in its sole discretion, grant share units, which in each case shall be a notional account representing ordinary shares. The Board may, in its sole discretion, establish a program to permit participants to defer payments and distributions made in respect of Dividend Equivalent Rights.

SECTION 12. Payment for ordinary shares.

(a) General Rule. The purchase price of ordinary shares issued under the Plan shall be payable in cash or personal check at the time when such ordinary shares are purchased, except as otherwise provided in this Section 12.

(b) Surrender of ordinary shares. At the sole discretion of the Board, all or any part of the purchase price and any applicable withholding requirements may be paid by surrendering, or attesting to the ownership of, ordinary shares that are already owned by the participant. Such ordinary shares shall be surrendered to the Company in good form for transfer and shall be valued at their Fair Market Value on the date when the Award is exercised. The participant shall not surrender, or attest to the ownership of, ordinary shares in payment of any portion of the purchase price (or withholding) if such action would cause the Company or any Subsidiary thereof to recognize a compensation expense (or additional compensation expense) with respect to the applicable Award for financial reporting purposes, unless the Board consents thereto.

(c) Services Rendered. At the sole discretion of the Board, and except as required by applicable law, ordinary shares may be awarded under the Plan in consideration of services rendered to the Company or a Subsidiary thereof prior to or after the Award.

(d) Net Exercise. At the sole discretion of the Board on or after an Initial Public Offering, payment of all or any portion of the purchase price under any Award under the Plan and any applicable withholding requirements may be made by reducing the number of ordinary shares otherwise deliverable pursuant to the Award by the number of such ordinary shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the purchase price.

 

8


(e) Exercise/Sale. At the sole discretion of the Board and subject to applicable law, on or after an Initial Public Offering, payment may be made in whole or in part by the delivery (on a form prescribed by the Company) of an irrevocable direction (i) to a securities broker approved by the Company to sell ordinary shares and to deliver all or part of the sales proceeds to the Company, or (ii) to pledge ordinary shares to a securities broker or lender approved by the Company as security for a loan, and to deliver all or part of the loan proceeds to the Company, in each case in payment of all or part of the purchase price and any withholding requirements.

(f) Discretion of Board. Should the Board exercise its sole discretion to permit the participant to pay the purchase price under an Award in whole or in part in accordance with Section 12 (b) through (e) above, it shall not be bound to permit such alternative method of payment for the remainder of any such Award or with respect to any other Award or participant under the Plan.

SECTION 13. Termination of Service.

(a) Termination of Service. If a participant’s Service terminates for any reason, the Award shall be subject to the rights of repurchase, and the other provisions, set forth in the written agreement with the participant governing such Award.

(b) Leave of Absence. For purposes of this Section 13, unless otherwise required by applicable law, Service shall be deemed to continue while a participant is on a bona fide leave of absence, if such leave is approved by the Company in writing or if continued crediting of service for this purpose is expressly required by the terms of such leave or by applicable law (as determined by the Board).

SECTION 14. Adjustment of ordinary shares.

(a) General. If there shall be a Recapitalization, an adjustment shall be made to each outstanding Award such that each such Award shall thereafter be exercisable or payable, as the case may be, in such securities, cash and/or other property as would have been received in respect of ordinary shares subject to, or referenced by, such Award had such Award been exercised and/or settled in full immediately prior to such Recapitalization and such an adjustment shall be made successively each time any such change shall occur. In addition, in the event of any Recapitalization, the Board will adjust, in a manner it deems fair and equitable, the number of ordinary shares that may be issued under the Plan, the number of ordinary shares that may be issued to any Person in any calendar year, the number of ordinary shares subject to outstanding Awards, and the purchase price applicable to outstanding Awards to prevent dilution or enlargement of participants’ rights under the Plan and outstanding Awards. Should the vesting of

 

9


any Award be conditioned upon the Company’s attainment of performance conditions, the Board may, in a fair and equitable manner, make such adjustments to the terms and conditions of such Awards and the criteria therein to recognize unusual and nonrecurring events affecting the Company or in response to changes in applicable laws, regulations or accounting principles. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board shall not without a participant’s consent make any adjustment to an ISO or an Award that is subject to Section 409A of the Code that does not comply with the rules of Section 424(a) of the Code or Section 409A of the Code, respectively, or would otherwise cause the ISO to fail to qualify as an ISO for purposes of Section 422 of the Code.

(b) Mergers and Consolidations. In the event that the Company is a party to a merger or consolidation, outstanding Awards shall be subject to the agreement of merger or consolidation. Subject to the terms of the applicable Award agreement, the agreement with respect to such merger or consolidation, without the participants’ consent, may provide for:

(i) The continuation or assumption of such outstanding Awards under the Plan by the Company (if it is the surviving entity) or by the surviving entity or its direct or indirect parent;

(ii) The substitution by the surviving entity or its direct or indirect parent of share awards with substantially the same terms and economic value for such outstanding Awards;

(iii) The acceleration of the vesting of or right to exercise or receive settlement with respect to such outstanding Awards immediately prior to or as of the date of the merger or consolidation, and the expiration of such outstanding Awards to the extent not timely exercised or purchased by the date of the merger or consolidation or other date thereafter designated by the Board, after reasonable advance written notice thereof to the holder of each such Award; or

(iv) The cancellation of all or any portion of such outstanding Awards; provided that, with respect to “in-the-money” Awards, such cancellation must be made in exchange for a cash payment of the excess of the fair market value of the ordinary shares subject to such outstanding Awards or portion thereof being canceled over the purchase price, if any, with respect to such Awards or portion thereof being canceled.

SECTION 15. Securities Law Requirements.

(a) Ordinary shares Not Registered. Ordinary shares shall not be issued under the Plan unless the issuance and delivery of such ordinary shares comply with (or are exempt from) all applicable requirements of law, including (without limitation) the Securities Act, state or foreign securities laws and regulations, and

 

10


the regulations of any stock exchange or other securities market on which the Company’s securities may then be traded. The Company shall not be obligated to file any registration statement under any applicable securities laws to permit the purchase or issuance of any ordinary shares under the Plan, and accordingly any certificates for ordinary shares may have an appropriate legend or statement of applicable restrictions endorsed thereon. Each participant and any person deriving its rights from any participant shall, as a condition to the purchase or issuance of any ordinary shares under the Plan, deliver to the Company an agreement or certificate containing such representations, warranties and covenants as the Company may deem necessary or appropriate to ensure that the issuance of ordinary shares is not required to be registered under any applicable securities laws.

(b) California Participants. Prior to an Initial Public Offering, if an Award shall be made to a participant based in California, then such Award shall meet the additional requirements set forth in Appendix I.

(c) United Kingdom Participants: At any time, if an Award shall be made to a participant based in the United Kingdom, such Award shall be subject to the additional terms and conditions set forth in Appendix II.

SECTION 16. General Terms.

(a) Nontransferability of Awards. No Award may be transferred, assigned, pledged or hypothecated by any participant except in compliance with the terms of the agreement governing such Award. The exercisability of an Option or other right to acquire ordinary shares under the Plan by someone other than the participant shall be governed by the agreement pursuant to which such Option was granted.

(b) Restrictions on Transfer of ordinary shares. Any ordinary shares issued under the Plan shall be subject to such vesting and special forfeiture conditions, repurchase rights, rights of first offer and other transfer restrictions as the Board may determine. Such restrictions shall be set forth in the applicable Award agreement and shall apply in addition to any restrictions that may apply to holders of ordinary shares generally.

(c) Withholding Requirements. As a condition to the receipt or purchase of ordinary shares pursuant to an Award, a participant shall make such arrangements as the Board may require for the satisfaction of any federal, state, local or foreign withholding obligations that may arise in connection with such receipt or purchase. The participant shall also make such arrangements as the Board may require for the satisfaction of any federal, state, local or foreign withholding obligations that may arise in connection with the disposition of ordinary shares acquired pursuant to an Award.

 

11


(d) No Retention Rights. Nothing in the Plan or in any Award granted under the Plan shall confer upon a participant any right to continue in Service for any period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the rights of the Company (or any Subsidiary thereof employing or retaining the participant) or of the participant, which rights are hereby expressly reserved by each, to terminate his or her Service at any time and for any reason, with or without cause.

(e) Unfunded Plan. Participants shall have no right, title or interest whatsoever in or to any investments which the Company may make to aid it in meeting its obligations under the Plan. Nothing contained in the Plan, and no action taken pursuant to its provisions, shall create or be construed to create a trust of any kind, nor a fiduciary relationship between the Company and any participant, beneficiary, legal representative or any other person. To the extent that any person acquires a right to receive payments from the Company under the Plan, such right shall be no greater than the rights of an unsecured general creditor of the Company. All payments to be made hereunder shall be paid from the general funds of the Company and no special or separate fund shall be established and no segregation of assets shall be made to assure payment of such amounts. The Plan is not intended to be subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

SECTION 17. Duration and Amendments.

(a) Term of the Plan. The Plan, as set forth herein, shall become effective on the date of its adoption by the Board, subject to (i) the approval of the holders of a majority of the ordinary shares and (ii) any other shareholder approval required pursuant to the Sponsor Shareholders Agreement to the extent then in effect. If the requisite shareholder approvals set forth in the immediately preceding sentence to approve the Plan are not obtained within 12 months of its adoption by the Board, any Awards that have already been made shall be rescinded, and no additional Awards shall be made thereafter under the Plan. The Plan shall terminate automatically on the day preceding the tenth anniversary of its adoption by the Board unless earlier terminated pursuant to Section 17(b) below.

(b) Right to Amend or Terminate the Plan. The Board may amend, suspend or terminate the Plan at any time and for any reason; provided , however , that any amendment of the Plan (except as provided in Section 14) which increases the maximum number of ordinary shares available for issuance under the Plan in the aggregate, changes the legal entity authorized to make Awards under this Plan from the Company (or its successor) to any other legal entity or which materially changes the class of persons who are eligible for the grant of ISOs, shall be subject to: (i) the approval of the holders of a majority of the ordinary shares and (ii) any other shareholder approval required pursuant to the

 

12


Sponsor Shareholders Agreement to the extent then in effect. Except as may be required by the Sponsor Shareholders Agreement to the extent then in effect or as the Board may deem necessary or desirable in order to comply with any applicable law or regulations, approval of the holders of the ordinary shares shall not be required for any other amendment of the Plan.

(c) Effect of Amendment or Termination. Any amendment of the Plan shall not adversely affect in any respect any participant’s rights under any Award previously made or granted under the Plan without the participant’s consent unless determined to be required in order to comply with applicable law or regulations. No ordinary shares shall be issued or sold under the Plan after the termination thereof, except pursuant to an Award granted prior to such termination. The termination of the Plan shall not affect any Awards outstanding on the termination date.

(d) Modification, Extension and Assumption of Awards. Within the limitations of the Plan and applicable law or regulations, the Board may modify, extend or assume outstanding Awards or may provide for the cancellation of outstanding Awards in return for the grant of new Awards for the same or a different number of ordinary shares and at the same or a different price. The foregoing notwithstanding, no modification of an Award shall, without the consent of the participant, impair the participant’s rights or increase the participant’s obligations under such Award or impair the economic value of any such Award unless determined to be required in order to comply with applicable law or regulations.

SECTION 18. Definitions.

(a) “ Affiliate ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any other Person who, directly or indirectly, controls such first Person or is controlled by said Person or is under common control with said Person, where “control” means the power and ability to direct, directly or indirectly, or share equally in or cause the direction of, the management and/or policies of a Person, whether through ownership of voting shares or other equivalent interests of the controlled Person, by contract (including proxy) or otherwise.

(b) “ Award ” shall mean the grant of an Option, Share Appreciation Right, Share Award, Share Unit, Performance Award or Dividend Equivalent Right under the Plan.

(c) “ Board ” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company, as constituted from time to time, or if such Board of Directors has appointed a committee to administer the Plan that is composed of two or more directors, each of whom is both an “outside director” (within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code) and a “non-employee director” (within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act), such committee.

 

13


(d) “ Change in Control ” shall mean the occurrence of:

(i) any Person other than the Company, its Affiliates, an employee benefit plan or trust maintained by the Company or its affiliates, or the “Sponsors” (as defined in the Management Shareholders Agreement) becoming the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities (excluding any Person who becomes such a beneficial owner in connection with a transaction described in clause (A) of paragraph (iii) below);

(ii) at any time during a period of twelve consecutive months, individuals who at the beginning of such period constituted the Board ceasing for any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof, unless the election by the Company’s shareholders of each new director during such twelve-month period was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then still in office who were directors at the beginning of such twelve-month period; or

(iii) the consummation of (A) a merger or consolidation of the Company or any direct or indirect subsidiary of the Company with any other corporation, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity or any parent thereof) at least 50% of the combined voting power or the total fair market value of the securities of the Company or such surviving entity or any parent thereof outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation, or (B) any sale, lease, exchange or other transfer (in one transaction or a series of transactions) of assets of the Company having a total gross fair market value equal to more than 50% of the total gross fair market value of all assets of the Company immediately prior to such transaction or transactions.

(e) “ Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(f) “ Company ” shall mean Warner Chilcott plc, an Irish Company, or any successor or parent thereto as designated by the Board.

(g) “ Covered Employee ” shall mean a person whose compensation from the Company is, or is deemed likely by the Board to be, subject to the limitation on deductibility set forth in Code Section 162(m) of the Code.

 

14


(h) “ Dividend Equivalent Right ” shall mean an Award that entitles the holder to receive for each eligible ordinary share that is subject to (or referenced by) such Award an amount equal to the dividends paid on one ordinary share at such time as dividends are otherwise paid to shareholders of the Company holding ordinary shares or, if later, when the Award becomes vested.

(i) “ Exchange Act ” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(j) “ Fair Market Value ” shall mean the closing price of a ordinary shares as reported on the composite tape of the Nasdaq Global Market or any reporting system selected by the Board on the relevant dates or, if no sale of ordinary shares is reported for that date, on the date or dates that the Board determines, in its sole discretion, to be appropriate for purposes of the valuation.

(k) “ Initial Public Offering ” shall mean the initial Public Offering registered on Form S-1 (or any successor form under the Securities Act).

(l) “ ISO ” shall mean an “incentive stock option” described in Section 422(b) of the Code.

(m) “ Management Shareholders Agreement ” shall mean that certain Management Shareholders Agreement by and among Warner Chilcott Holdings Company, Limited, Warner Chilcott Holdings Company II, Limited, Warner Chilcott Holdings Company III, Limited and the other parties thereto (as the same shall be amended, supplemented or modified from time to time) to the extent then in force.

(n) “ Nonstatutory Option ” shall mean a “stock option” not described in Sections 422(b) of the Code.

(o) “ ordinary share ” shall mean one ordinary share of the Company, par value $.01 or, in the case of Awards by any successor or parent to Warner Chilcott plc, an ordinary or common share of such parent or successor.

(p) “ Option ” shall mean an ISO or Nonstatutory Option granted under the Plan and entitling the holder to purchase ordinary shares.

(q) “ Performance Award ” shall mean an Award granted under Section 10.

(r) “ Person ” shall mean an individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association, trust or other entity or organization.

(s) “ Plan ” shall mean this Warner Chilcott Equity Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time.

 

15


(t) “ Public Offering ” shall mean an underwritten public offering of ordinary shares pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, other than pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-4 or Form S-8 or any similar or successor form.

(u) “ Recapitalization ” shall mean an event or series of events affecting the capital structure of the Company including, but not limited to, a share split, reverse share split, share dividend (subject to the exclusion below), spin-off, recapitalization, combination or reclassification of the Company’s securities, but shall exclude any share dividend to the extent the treatment of a stock dividend is covered in the agreement governing the Award.

(v) “ Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(w) “ Service ” shall mean service as an employee, director or consultant of the Company or any Subsidiary thereof.

(x) “ Sponsor Shareholders Agreement ” means that certain Shareholders Agreement dated as of January 18, 2005, by and among Warner Chilcott Holdings Company, Limited, Warner Chilcott Holdings Company II, Limited, Warner Chilcott Holdings Company III, Limited, Bain Capital Integral Investors II, L.P., DLJMB Overseas Partners III, C.V., J.P. Morgan Partners (BHCA), L.P., Thomas H. Lee (Alternative) Fund V; L.P. and the other parties thereto (as such agreement may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time) to the extent then in effect.

(y) “ Share Appreciation Right ” shall have the meaning described in Section 7(a).

(z) “ Share Award ” shall have the meaning described in Section 8(a).

(aa) “ Share Unit ” shall have the meaning described in Section 9(a).

(bb) “ Subsidiary ” shall mean, with respect to any specified Person, any other Person in which such specified Person, directly or indirectly through one or more Affiliates or otherwise, beneficially owns at least 50% of either the ownership interest (determined by equity or economic interests) in, or the voting control of, such other Person.

SECTION 19. Choice of Law.

All issues concerning the construction, validity and interpretation of this Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York applicable to contracts made and performed entirely within such state, without regard to the conflicts of laws rules of such state. Any legal action or proceeding with respect to the Plan shall be brought in the courts of the United States for the Southern District of New York.

 

16


APPENDIX I

CALIFORNIA SECURITIES LAW REQUIREMENTS.

The terms of this Appendix I apply only to Awards made prior to an Initial Public Offering that would be subject to Section 25110 of the California Corporations Code or any successor law but for the exemption contained in Section 25102(o) of the California Corporation Code (or any successor law). For purposes of determining the applicability of the California securities law requirements contained in this Appendix, all Awards shall be deemed made in the State in which the participant is principally employed by the Company or any Subsidiary thereof (as determined by the employer’s records) on the date of grant or issuance of the Award. Except as modified by the provisions of this Appendix I, all the other relevant provisions of the Plan shall be applicable to such Awards.

(i) Number of Securities . At no time shall the total number of securities issuable upon exercise of all outstanding Options and the total number of ordinary shares provided for under this or any share bonus or similar plan or agreement of the Company exceed the applicable percentage calculated in accordance with Title 10 California Code of Regulations, Chapter 3, Subchapter 2, Article 4, Subarticle 4, Section 260.140.45.

(ii) Exercise Price . The exercise price of an Option shall not be less than 85% of the Fair Market Value on the date of grant (110% of the Fair Market Value on the date of grant for an Option granted to Ten Percent ordinary shareholders).

(iii) Purchase Price . The purchase price of an Award of ordinary shares shall not be less than 85% of the Fair Market Value on the date of issuance (100% of the Fair Market Value on the date of issuance for an Award granted to Ten Percent ordinary shareholders).

(iv) Vesting and Exercisability . Except in the case of an Option granted to a consultant, officer of the Company (or any Subsidiary thereof), or any member of the Board, each Option shall become exercisable and vested with respect to at least 20% of the total number of ordinary shares subject to such Option each year, beginning no later than one year after the date of grant.

(v) Repurchase Rights . Except in the case of an Award granted or issued to a consultant, officer of the Company (or any Subsidiary thereof), or any member of the Board, any rights of the Company to repurchase ordinary shares acquired under the Plan applicable to a participant whose Service terminates:

(A) Shall be exercised by the Company (if at all) within 90 days after the date the participant’s Service terminates (or for ordinary shares upon the exercise of an Award after Service terminates, within 90 days after the date of such exercise) and shall terminate on the date of an Initial Public Offering, and

 

APPENDIX I - 1


(B) Shall lapse at the rate of at least 20% of the ordinary shares subject to such Award per year (regardless of the portion of the Award exercised or exercisable), with the initial lapse to occur no later than one year after the date of grant, to the extent the repurchase right permits repurchase at less than Fair Market Value. Any repurchase right shall not be exercisable for less than the original purchase price paid by a participant.

(vi) Limited Transferability Rights .

(A) A Nonstatutory Option or other right to acquire ordinary shares (other than an ISO) may, to the extent permitted by the Board, be assigned in whole or in part during the participant’s lifetime (1) as a gift to one or more members of the participant’s immediate family or (2) by instrument to an inter vivos or testamentary trust in which such Award is to be passed to beneficiaries upon the death of the trustor (settlor). The terms applicable to the assigned portion shall be the same as those in effect for the Award immediately prior to such assignment and shall be set forth in such documents issued to the assignee as the Board may deem appropriate.

(B) Except as provided in Subsection (A) above, an Award may not be assigned or transferred other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution following the participant’s death.

(vii) Financial Reports . The Company shall deliver a financial statement at least annually to each participant holding Awards or ordinary shares issued under the Plan, unless such participant is a key employee whose duties in connection with the Company assure such individual access to equivalent information.

 

APPENDIX I - 2


APPENDIX II

UNITED KINGDOM LAW REQUIREMENTS.

Any participant in the Plan who is based in the United Kingdom shall participate in the Plan on the following additional terms and conditions:

 

  1. It shall be a condition of issue of any ordinary shares that the participant must, if required by the Company, enter into an election under section 431(1) of the Income Tax (Earnings and Pensions) Act 2003 in respect of any or all ordinary shares acquired by the participant under the Plan.

 

  2. In a case where the Company or an Affiliate or Subsidiary or any other person (the “ Relevant Person ”) is obliged to (or would suffer a disadvantage if they were not to) account for any tax (in any jurisdiction) by virtue of the receipt of any benefit under the Plan (whether in cash or ordinary shares) or for any social security contributions payable or assessable (which, unless the Board determines otherwise when the Award is made, shall not include secondary/employer’s National Insurance contributions in the UK) (together, the “ Tax Liability ”), the participant (or his personal representatives) must either:

 

  (a) make a payment to the Relevant Person of an amount equal to the Tax Liability; or

 

  (b) enter into arrangements acceptable to the Relevant Person to secure that such a payment is made (whether by authorizing the sale of some or all of the ordinary shares on his behalf and the payment to the Relevant Person of the relevant amount out of the proceeds of sale or otherwise),

and in this regard the participant (or his personal representatives) shall do all such things and execute such documents as the Relevant Person may reasonably require in connection with the satisfaction of the Tax Liability.

 

  3. An individual who participates in the Plan shall waive all and any rights to compensation or damages in consequence of the termination of his office or employment with the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate for any reason whatsoever, whether lawfully or otherwise, insofar as those rights arise or may arise from his ceasing to have rights under the Plan as a result of such termination, or from the loss or diminution in value of such rights or entitlements, including by reason of the operation of the terms of the Plan or the provisions of any statute or law relating to taxation. An individual who is eligible to participate in the Plan shall have no right to participate in the Plan.

 

APPENDIX II - 1


  4. Benefits under the Plan shall not form part of a Participant’s remuneration for any purpose and shall not be pensionable.

 

  5. By participating in the Plan, the Participant consents to the collection, processing, transmission and storage by the Company, in any form whatsoever, of any data of a professional or personal nature which is necessary for the purposes of introducing and administering the Plan. The Company may share such information with any Subsidiary or Affiliate, any trustee, registrars, brokers, other third party administrator or any person who obtains control of the Company (pursuant to a Change in Control) or acquires the company, undertaking or part-undertaking which employs the Participant, whether within or outside of the European Economic Area.

 

APPENDIX II - 2


APPENDIX III

UNITED KINGDOM TAX APPROVED OPTIONS

An Option granted under the Plan which is stated to be granted as a “ UK Approved Option ” shall be granted on the terms of the Plan as amended by the provisions of, and on the additional terms and conditions of, this Appendix III.

1. Definitions

In this Appendix III:

Appropriate Limit ” means the limit set out in Paragraph 6 of Schedule 4 to ITEPA;

Appropriate Period ” means the relevant period of time as set out in Paragraph 26(3) of Schedule 4 to ITEPA;

Associated Company ” means an associated company of the Company within the meaning that the expression bears in Paragraph 35 of Schedule 4 of ITEPA;

Close Company ” means a close company as defined in Paragraph 37 of Schedule 4 to ITEPA;

Control ” has the meaning given by Section 840 of the Taxes Act;

Eligible Employee ” means any individual who:

 

(A) is a director (who is required to work at least 25 hours per week exclusive of meal breaks) or any employee of a Participating Company; and

 

(B) does not have, as at the date on which the Option is granted, and has not had within the preceding 12 months, a Material Interest in a Close Company which is:

 

  (1) the Company; or

 

  (2) a company which has Control of the Company or is a Member of a Consortium which owns the Company;

ITEPA ” means the Income Tax (Earnings and Pensions) Act 2003;

Market Value ” means, in relation to a ordinary share on any day, its market value as determined in accordance with Part VIII of the Taxation of Chargeable Gains Act 1992 and agreed in advance with Shares Valuation at HM Revenue and Customs;

 

APPENDIX III - 1


Material Interest ” has the meaning given by Paragraph 10 of Schedule 4 to ITEPA;

Member of a Consortium ” has the meaning given by Paragraph 36(2) of Schedule 4 to ITEPA;

Original Market Value ” means, in relation to any ordinary share to be taken into account for the purposes of the limits in Rule 2.6, its Market Value as determined for the purposes of the grant of the relevant Option;

Participating Company ” means:

 

(A) the Company; and

 

(B) any other company which is under the Control of the Company and is for the time being designated by the Board as a Participating Company; and

Taxes Act ” means the Income and Corporation Taxes Act 1988.

2. Provisions applying at Grant

2.1 Options may only be granted under this Appendix III to Eligible Employees.

2.2 Options may only be granted under this Appendix III at such time or times as the ordinary shares over which Options are to be granted satisfy the conditions specified in Paragraphs 16 to 20 of Schedule 4 to ITEPA. To the extent these conditions are not met at the date the holder of the Option wishes to exercise an Option (whether in whole or in part) the Option shall be deemed to have been granted solely under the Plan and not in accordance with this Appendix III.

2.3 The exercise price of an Option shall not be less than the Market Value of a ordinary share on the date on which the Option is granted, but shall be subject only to any adjustment pursuant to Rule 5.1;

2.4 Options may be granted subject to such objective conditions of exercise as the Board may determine.

2.5 Any condition in respect of an Option granted under Part A may only be altered if events happen which mean that the Board considers that the original condition is no longer appropriate and that an altered condition reflects a more fair and reasonable measure. Such an alteration may only be effected to the extent that the Board reasonably considers that it will subsequently be no more difficult for the holder of the Option to satisfy the condition as so altered than it was for him to achieve the condition in its original form at the date on which the Option was granted. Any such alteration to an Option must be agreed in advance with HM Revenue and Customs.

 

APPENDIX III - 2


2.6 Any Option granted to an Eligible Employee shall be limited to take effect so that, immediately following such grant, the aggregate of the Original Market Value of all ordinary shares over which he has been granted option rights which are subsisting under:

(a) this Appendix III; and

(b) any other share option scheme approved under Schedule 4 to ITEPA which has been adopted by the Company or an Associated Company,

shall not exceed or further exceed the Appropriate Limit.

2.7 The agreement entered into pursuant to Section 6(a) of the Plan shall, in addition to the provisions set out in Section 6(a), specify:

(a) the date on which the Option was granted;

(b) that the Option has been granted in accordance with this Appendix III; and

(c) the full terms of any conditions of exercise which the Board has determined shall apply to the Option.

2.8 The agreement entered into pursuant to Section 6(a) of the Plan shall be executed by the Company in such other manner as to take effect in law as a deed.

2.9 Options may only be granted under this Appendix III following approval of this Appendix III by HM Revenue and Customs under Schedule 4 to ITEPA.

3. Provisions applying at Exercise

3.1 An Option may not be exercised by the holder of the Option if he has, or has had at any time within the 12 month period preceding the date of exercise, a Material Interest in the issued ordinary share capital of a Close Company which is the Company or a company which has Control of the Company or is a Member of a Consortium which owns the Company.

3.2 Options may be transferred upon a participant’s death to his personal representative(s). Where an Option may be exercised by the personal representatives of a deceased Participant, exercise shall be permitted for no longer than 1 year following the date of his death.

3.3 For the purposes of section 524 and paragraph 35A of Schedule 4 to ITEPA the specified retirement age shall be 55.

 

APPENDIX III - 3


3.4 Ordinary shares to be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option shall be issued within 28 days following the effective date of exercise of the Option.

3.5 The Board shall procure the transfer of any ordinary shares to be transferred pursuant to the exercise of an Option within 28 days following the effective date of exercise of the Option.

3.6 Ordinary shares issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option will rank pari passu in all respects with the ordinary shares then in issue at the date of such issue, except that they will not rank for any rights attaching to ordinary shares by reference to a record date preceding the date of issue.

3.7 Ordinary shares to be transferred pursuant to the exercise of an Option will be transferred free of all liens, charges and encumbrances and together with all rights attaching thereto, except they will not rank for any rights attaching to ordinary shares by reference to a record date preceding the date of transfer.

3.8 If and so long as the ordinary shares are admitted to trading on any stock exchange, stock market or other recognized exchange (the “Relevant Exchange”), the Company shall apply for any ordinary shares issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option to be admitted to trading on the Relevant Exchange, as soon as practicable after the issue thereof.

4. Option Exchange

4.1 If any company (the “ Acquiring Company ”):

(a) obtains Control of the Company as a result of making:

(i) a general offer to acquire the whole of the issued ordinary share capital of the Company which is made on a condition such that if it is satisfied the Acquiring Company will have Control of the Company; or

(ii) a general offer to acquire all the shares in the Company which are of the same class as the shares which may be acquired on the exercise of Options,

in either case ignoring any shares which are already owned by it or a member of the same group of companies;

(b) obtains Control of the Company in pursuance of a compromise or arrangement sanctioned by the Court under Part 26 Companies Act 2006 or under overseas legislation which HM Revenue and Customs accepts is equivalent to Part 26 Companies Act 2006; or

 

APPENDIX III - 4


(c) becomes bound or entitled to acquire Shares under Sections 428 to 430F of the Companies Act 1985 or Articles 421 to 423 of the Companies (Northern Ireland) Order 1986,

any holder of an Option may at any time within the Appropriate Period, by agreement with the Acquiring Company, release any Option which has not lapsed (the “Old Option”) in consideration of the grant to him of an option (the “New Option”) which (for the purposes of Paragraph 27 of Schedule 4 to ITEPA) is equivalent to the Old Option but relates to shares in a different company (whether the Acquiring Company itself or some other company falling within Paragraph 16(b) or (c) of Schedule 4 to ITEPA).

4.2 The New Option shall not be regarded for the purposes of Rule 4.1 as equivalent to the Old Option unless the conditions set out in Paragraph 27(4) of Schedule 4 to ITEPA are satisfied, but so that the provisions of the Plan shall for this purpose be construed is if:

(a) the New Option were an option granted under the Plan at the same time as the Old Option; and

(b) except for the purposes of the definition of “Participating Company”, the reference to “Warner Chilcott plc” in the definition of “Company” were a reference to the different company mentioned in Rule 4.1.

5. Adjustments and Alterations

5.1 The number of ordinary shares over which an Option has been granted and the exercise price thereof shall be adjusted in such manner as the Board shall determine following any capitalization issue (other than a scrip dividend), rights issue, subdivision, consolidation, reduction or other variation of share capital of the Company to the intent that (as nearly as may be without involving fractions of a ordinary share or an aggregate exercise price calculated, and rounded up, to more than two decimal places) the aggregate exercise price payable in respect of an Option shall remain unchanged, provided that no adjustment made pursuant to this Rule 5.1 shall be made without the prior approval of HM Revenue and Customs (so long as this Appendix III is approved by HM Revenue and Customs under Schedule 4 to ITEPA).

5.2 Where an Option subsists over both issued and unissued ordinary shares, an adjustment permitted by Rule 5.1 may only be made if any reduction of the exercise price of both issued and unissued ordinary shares can be made to the same extent.

5.3 Any alternation or addition to a key feature of this Appendix III (or any Option granted under this Appendix III), at a time when it is approved by HM Revenue and Customs under Schedule 4 to ITEPA, shall not have effect until is has been approved by HM Revenue and Customs.

 

APPENDIX III - 5


6. Terms of the Plan

The following provisions of the Plan shall not apply to Options granted in accordance with this Appendix III:

Sections 12(b), (c) and (d);

Section 12(e)(i), unless the documentation in relation to such provisions has previously been approved by HM Revenue and Customs;

Section 14(a);

the words “or by the surviving entity or its direct or indirect parent” in Section 14(b)(i);

Section 14(b)(ii);

Section 14(b)(iv); and

Section 16(b).


FIRST AMENDMENT

TO THE

WARNER CHILCOTT EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

WHEREAS, Section 5(b)(iii) of the Warner Chilcott Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) provides that upon a change in control of Warner Chilcott plc, or any successor or parent thereto as designated by the board of directors (the “Company”), any unvested awards granted under the Plan which are subject to a time-based vesting schedule shall become fully vested and non-forfeitable;

WHEREAS, the board of directors of the Company, upon the recommendation of the Compensation Committee, has determined that it is in the best interests of the Company to provide that all awards granted under the Plan on or after June 30, 2010, to employees of the Company or its subsidiaries, shall not automatically vest upon the change in control, but shall instead vest in the event of an involuntary termination of the employment of the award recipient without cause or a voluntary termination of the employment of the award recipient for good reason within one year after the change in control; and

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 17(b) of the Plan, the board of directors may amend the Plan at any time for any reason.

NOW THEREFORE, Section 5(b) of the Plan is amended by deleting clause (iii) in its entirety and replacing it with the following:

“(iii) Vesting. Each Award agreement shall specify the dates and events on which all or any installment of the Award shall be vested and non-forfeitable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless explicitly provided otherwise under the binding terms of the Award agreement, in the event that a participant’s employment is terminated by the Company or its successor without Cause or by the participant for Good Reason (as such terms are defined in the Award agreement), in either case within one year after a Change in Control, such participant’s then outstanding unvested Awards shall vest and be non-forfeitable. Nothing in this Section 5(b)(iii) shall limit the application of the provisions of Section 14.”